JAWS Built-in Functions

JAWS Built-In Functions

function abs

Description Returns the absolute value of the supplied signed integer.

Example: abs (-35) would return 35, abs (100) would return 100, and abs (0xFFFF) would return 65535.

Returns int the absolute value of the supplied signed integer.

Param int the signed integer.

Category system

function ActivateMenuBar

Description Activates or deactivates the Menu bar for the active program. Same as pressing and releasing the ALT key.

Category Menus

function ActivateOnMouseOver

Synopsis Activates OnMouseOver action at active cursor

Description This function Activates the OnMouseOver action at the active cursor. It is used primarily for the virtual cursor. This function was introduced in JAWS 8.0 update.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Category Mouse

function ActivateStartMenu

Description Brings up the Start menu in Windows 95/98 or NT. Same as pressing CTRL + ESC.

Category Menus

function AddCustomNodes

Synopsis This is the companion function to OptionsTreeCore, which sets up the optional node structures.

Description This companion function to OptionsTreeCore lives in Default and operates on the string sent to the OptionsTreeCore function, adding node paths where paths did not exist. See the description for OptionsTreeCore for complete examples.

Param string/byRef/sCustomItems The string upon which to operate, adding the node paths where they don't exist.

Param string/strNewNode The node name to explicitly use for all strings not containing node paths. Leave this blank for JAWS to fill in the node name based upon the configuration set which is active at runtime.

Category User Options

function AddHook

Description Installs a hook function. When a hook of type script is in place, it is called right before every script is run, and passed the name of the script which activated the hook, and the frame name if the script is attached to a frame as its two parameters. If the hook function of type script returns TRUE, the script is allowed to execute; if it returns FALSE, the script received by the hook function will not be allowed to run. See the KeyboardHelp script and the KeyboardHelpHook function in DEFAULT.JSS for an example of a script type hook function in action. When a hook of type event trace is in place, it is called before every script event is run. An event trace hook receives as parameters The path and name of the JSB file that will run the event, the name of the event that will run, and any parameters received by this event. The event trace hook is for diagnostic purposes, it does not prevent script events from running.

Param Int The type of hook to be installed. Use HK_SCRIPT for a script type hook, or HK_EVENT_TRACE for an event trace hook. Hook types are defined in HJConst.JSH.

Param string The name of a function to be installed as a hook.

Category Scripts

function AddMarkupForLanguage

Description Marks up a string of text with the specified language code.

Returns string The text marked up with the language code.

Param string The language code to be added as mark up to the text.

Param string The text to be marked up with the language code.

Category Speech Markup

function AddTestSuite

Description Add a suite of tests to the TestRunner.

Param Handle/hRunner The handle of the test runner to be released. This is a handle that was generated in a call to GetTestRunner.

Param String/strTests The name of the test suite to be added.

Category Test

function AllowedToUseSkypeAPI

Synopsis Checks to see if this version of JAWS is allowed to use the Skype API

Description When a program like JAWS first tries to use the Skype API, Skype asks the user to allow or deny that program access. Once access is allowed it remains in place until a new build of the program is put in place, at which time the access check is repeated.

Returns int 0=Access is allowed,1= access is waiting for user approval, 2=Client has explicitly denied access, 3=API unavailable most likely because no user is logged in to Skype, 0x8001=Skype not running

Category System

function AllowFormsModeTransition

Description Used to allow or disallow forms mode transition.

Param int True if JAWS should allow forms mode transition, false otherwise. Assumed to be true by default.

Category HTML

function AlphaNumCombinations

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function AltLeftMouseClick

Description Simulates holding down the ALT key and clicking the left mouse button.

Category Mouse

function AppCommand

Description performs an Windows app-command action.

Param int An app command which is a numeric value corresponding to definition in winuser.h.

Category system

function AppendToClipboard

Synopsis Adds a string of text to the end or the beginning of the Windows Clipboard.

Description The previous clipboard contents are retained and the new text added to the front or end. Appended items are separated by blank line space. Only plain text can be appended to the Clipboard.

Returns Int TRUE if the item was appended. FALSE if there was nothing to append to or if the clipboard update failed.

Param String The string to append.

Param Int TRUE if adding string to the End. FALSE if adding to the front.

Category Clipboard

function AreJAWSFramesActive

Synopsis Returns TRUE if any frames are currently defined and valid

Description This function determines if any frames are currently valid. For example, if three frames are defined for the current application but only one is valid at the moment, this function will return TRUE. If none are valid or none are defined, the function will return FALSE.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE

Category frames

function ArrayLength

Synopsis Obtains the length of one dimension of an array

Returns int the length of a dimension of the array

Param variant/ArrayName the array for which the length is desired

Category Aggregate Data Types

function AttributeEnumerate

Synopsis Finds each field in a window with the specified attribute and calls a callback function with the field's rectangular coordinates.

Description This function provides a quick method of enumerating all fields in a window with a specified attribute. For each field found, the coordinates of the bounding rectangle are passed to the callback function. If the callback function returns false then the enumeration stops. the callback function must take the following parameters: int topLeftX, int topLeftY, int bottomRightX, int bottomRightY. It must return true to continue the enumeration or false to abort the enumeration.

Returns Int the number of fields found in the window.

Param Handle/hWnd the window to enumerate.

Param Int/iAttributes the attributes of the text to find.

Param String/sCallback the callback function name.

Category Text Format

function Beep

Description This is used to make the PC beep. It can be included within an If...Then...Else...statement so that when a certain condition is present, the PC will beep.

Category Sounds

function BottomOfColumn

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the bottom of the current column.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function BrailleAddBrlCursorLine

Description This function is used To add the contents of the line at the Braille cursor to the display in Structured mode. It is different to BrailleAddFocusLine because it uses the line at the Braille cursor rather than the PC cursor. It is primarily required in virtual documents when Brailling table data.

Returns Int True if successful, false otherwise.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddColorField

Description Adds the current color field's line segment range to the Braille display's structured data including cursor tracking within the field. Note that this adds the current line segment falling within the color field, not the entire color field in the event that the color field spans multiple lines.

Optional

Param int/nSearchLeftMax The maximum distance to look left. The default distance is 0 pixels.

Param Int/nSearchRightMax The maximum distance to look right. The default distance is 0 pixels.

Param int/bSearchLeftFirst If True, JAWS looks left first, otherwise JAWS looks right first. The default value is true.

Category Colors

function BrailleAddField

Description Adds the field at the cursor to the Braille Structured data and allows cursor routing within the field.

Returns int true or false.

Optional

Param int If true, and the cursor is at the offset just after the last character of text in the field, jaws returns the preceding field.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddFocusCell

Description Used from within the BrailleAddObjectXX functions to Braille the contents of a table cell which may visually span multiple lines. This also allows proper tracking of the caret when editing the contents of a cell.

Returns Int True if successful, false otherwise.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddFocusItem

Description Used from within the BrailleBuildLine function to add the contents of the current control to the data to be shown on the Braille display.

Optional

Param int/noTranslation JAWS 19 and later: Set to true to force no translation for text in the focused item. If false or not supplied, text is translated if appropriate.

Param int/noSegmentDelimiter JAWS 19 and later: Set to true if you do not want the space between segments. (If false or not supplied, a segment delimiter space is added).

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddFocusLine

Description Used from within the BrailleBuildLine function to add the contents of the current line to the data to be shown on the Braille display.

Returns Int True if successful, false otherwise.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddFrame

Description Used to Braille a frame.

Returns Int TRUE if the frame exists and was added, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/FrameName the name of the frame to be added.

Optional

Param Int/iAttribs attributes of text to include.

Param Int/iTextColor text color of text to include.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor background color of text to include.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddString

Description Used with in BrailleBuildLine to add text to the Braille display.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/Buffer Text to be added.

Param Int/XPosition The X position for the mouse to click if a routing button is pressed over any of the cells in this string. This value is used along with Y position to determine where to click. Make both values 0 if no click should happen.

Param Int/YPosition the Y position for the mouse to click if a routing button is pressed over any of the cells in this string. This value is used along with X position to determine where to click. Make both values 0 if no click should happen.

Param Int/Attributes Combination of the ATRIB_xxx values from HJCONST.JSH that indicate the attributes of the characters in this string.

Optional

Param int/bNoTranslation output this string directly without translation even if Grade II or UEB is turned on. (Available as of JAWS 10.0.)

Param int/noSegmentDelimiter JAWS 19 and later: Set to true if you do not want the space between segments. If false or not supplied, a segment delimiter space is added.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddStringWithCallback

Description Like BrailleAddString, but rather than supplying a click point, supply a function to be executed if a routing button is clicked within this segment. The function may have parameters, e.g. BrailleAddStringWithCallback("hello", "sayString ('hello') ", attrib_highlight)

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param string/text the string to Braille.

Param string/funcNameAndParams a function and its parameters.

Optional

Param int attributes such as attrib_highlight, etc.

Param int noTranslation set to true to force no translation for text in the focused item. If false or not supplied, text is translated if appropriate.

Param int noSegmentDelimiter set to true if you do not want the space between segments. If false or not supplied, a segment delimiter space is added.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAddTextBetween

Synopsis Like BrailleAddFocusItem but allows specification of starting and ending x-coordinate on current line.

Description This function adds the text between the specified coordinates to the Braille display. It is used in situations where you do not wish to show the entire line but do wish to show the cursor context as you edit in this area of the line. It is used for example in MSWord 2000 and above in table cells.

Returns Void

Param Int/x1 the starting coordinate on the line.

Param Int/x2 the ending coordinate on the line.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleAutoAdvanceMode

Synopsis Starts or stops Braille Auto Advance Mode.

Description When Auto Advance Mode is enabled, JAWS will automatically pan through documents at the specified speed. Panning stops either at the bottom of the document, focus changes, a routing button is pressed or this function is called again with the iMode parameter set to FALSE. If a Flash Message is displayed, Auto Advance is paused until the Flash message is manually or automatically cleared. The user may still pan left or right while the mode is active. the timer will be restarted so that the user may reread the new information.

Returns int TRUE if the feature was successfully enabled or disabled.

Param int/iMode Set to TRUE to turn the mode on, FALSE to turn it off.

Optional

Param int/nInterval optional duration between pans, if not supplied, defaults to the value of OPT_BRL_AUTOADVANCE_INTERVAL.

Category Braille Navigation

function BrailleAutoAdvanceModeActive

Synopsis Enables the user to query if the Braille auto Advance mode is active.

Description When Auto Advance Mode is enabled, JAWS will automatically pan through documents at the specified speed. Panning stops either at the bottom of the document, focus changes, a Flash Message is displayed or the feature is explicitly disabled. The user may still pan left or right while the mode is active. the timer will be restarted so that the user may reread the new information.

Returns int TRUE if the feature is active, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille Navigation

function BrailleBuildStatus

Description Builds the line of Braille to be displayed in the status cells.

Returns Void

Category Braille Output

function BrailleClearMessage

Synopsis Clears the current Flash message.

Description This function clears the current Flash message.

Optional

Param int/iIgnoreIfInfinite if TRUE and the message time is set to infinite, the message will not be cleared, it defaults to FALSE.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleCount

Description Retrieves the number of Braille displays configured in JAWS

Returns Int the number of Braille displays configured in JAWS

Category Settings

function BrailleCursor

Description Turns on the Braille cursor. This cursor is only used internally by the Braille scripts and should never be left on after a script completes its work.

Category Cursors

function BrailleDisplayLoadErrors

Description Retrieves whether or not JAWS displays an error to the user when the Braille display at the specified index fails to load

Returns Int TRUE if the error should be displayed, FALSE otherwise

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display

Category Settings

function BrailleDriver

Description Retrieves the driver name of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The driver name of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose driver name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BrailleDriverInformation

Description Retrieves the driver information of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The driver information string of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose driver information string is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BrailleG2StringLength

Description Determines the length of the translation to grade two Braille of a given string.

Returns Int The length of the given string when translated to grade two Braille.

Param string String of interest.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetCellCount

Synopsis Gets the number of cells available on the attached Braille Display.

Description this function returns the number of cells on the installed and active Braille display.

Returns Int The number of cells.

Category Braille Device

function BrailleGetCurrentProfileName

Synopsis Obtains the display name of the current Braille profile.

Description This function obtains the display name of the current Braille profile.

Returns string the name of the profile.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetCurrentTranslatorMode

Synopsis Gets the current mode of the braille translator - this is an optional function for braille translator dlls.

Description Queries the active braille translator to see if it supports modes. If it does then the function gets the current mode setting.

Returns Int current mode of the braille translator if it supports modes, -1 otherwise. The first mode is always 0.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetCursorDots

Description Retrieves the DOT pattern used to show the active cursor on the Braille display.

Returns String The DOT numbers used to show the active cursor. For example, "78."

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetDataOffsetFromDisplayOffset

Synopsis Gets the offset into the original data from a display offset.

Description This function gets the offset into the original data (string) from a display offset (the offset as seen on the braille display). This is useful for getting the original position of a character, which is now at a different offset due to braille translation.

Returns int DataOffset the actual offset into the original data (string) sent to the display.

Param int DisplayOffset the offset as seen on the braille display

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetDeviceInfo

Synopsis Gets the Braille Display's driver name, Model Name and Port string.

Description This function gets the Braille Display's driver library name, its model name and its port string.

Returns Int true if a Braille Display is found, False otherwise.

Param String/ByRef/sDriver Driver name.

Param String/ByRef/sName Display Name.

Param String/ByRef/sPort Port String.

Category Braille Device

function BrailleGetFramePrompt

Synopsis Returns the Braille prompt associated with the frame specified.

Description This function retrieves the Braille prompt of the specified frame. If no frame is specified then the frame at the active cursor location is asumed. Note that a frame's prompt is any string or strings defined as part of any EVENT_Focus/ACTION_BrailleString pairs.

Returns String the Braille prompt.

Optional

Param String/sName the name of the frame whose prompt you want.

Category Frames

function BrailleGetProfileState

Synopsis Gets the current profile's state

Description this function returns The current profile's state.

Returns int One of brlComputerInContractedOut, brlComputerInContractedOut or brlContractedInContractedOut.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetStateString

Synopsis Returns a string defining the state for the specified state flags.

Description This function returns the state string as defined in the app or default jbs for the specified state flags. This may be a combination of strings. The state flags maybe any combinations of the CTRL_XX attributes defined in hjconst.jsh, eg CTRL_CHECKED etc.

Returns String the state string.

Param Int/nState the state flags.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetStatusCellCount

Description Returns the number of status cells on the currently attached Braille display.

Returns Int The number of status cells, or 0 if no Braille display is connected.

Category Braille Device

function BrailleGetSubtypeDisplayName

Synopsis Returns the type display name defined for the supplied type constant.

Description This function returns the type display name as defined in the app or default jbs for the specified type constant. Note that if no value is defined for a standard window type's displayname key in the jbs, the default string spoken for that type will be returned.

Returns String the type display name.

Param Int/nType either one of the wt_typeCode constants or a constant representing a custom control ie wt_custom_control_base + customControlCode.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetSubtypeString

Synopsis Returns the type string defined for the supplied type constant.

Description This function returns the type string as defined in the app or default jbs for the specified type constant.

Returns String the type string

Param Int/nType either one of the wt_typeCode constants or a constant representing a custom control ie wt_custom_control_base + customControlCode.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleGetTranslatorModeCount

Synopsis Returns the number of Braille Translator modes - this is an optional function for braille translator dlls.

Description Queries the active braille translator to see if it supports mode setting, and if so returns the number of modes.

Returns Int number of modes if braille translator supports modes, 0 otherwise.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetTranslatorModeID

Description Returns the internal ID of the translator mode supplied by index.

Returns int The internal ID of the mode by index.

Param int/Index the index of the Braille rules whose ID to return.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetTranslatorModeName

Synopsis Returns the name of a particular braille translator mode - this is an optional function for braille translator dlls.

Description Queries the active braille translator to see if it supports operating more than one mode. If it does then the function retrieves the name of the mode whose index matches the parameter provided.

Returns String copy of the braille translator mode name from the braille translator, empty string otherwise.

Param Int The index of the mode name desired - the index starts at 0.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleGetTypeKeysMode

Synopsis Retrieves TypeKeys mode state available in Freedom Scientific Braille displays.

Description When TypeKeys mode is enabled, characters typed using the display are inserted into the application with focus.

Returns int TRUE if TypeKeys mode is enabled, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille Keyboard

function BrailleInUse

Description Checks to see if a Braille display is in use.

Returns Int TRUE if Braille display is being used, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille Device

function BrailleIsMessageBeingShown

Synopsis Determines if a Flash message is currently being shown on the display.

Description This function Determines if a Flash message is currently being shown on the display, ie if the user has called BrailleMessage or internal code has called ShowMessage.

Returns int true or false.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleIsStructuredLine

Description Determines if the Braille line is a structured line. Only applicable when using Structured mode.

Returns Int True if line is structured, false otherwise.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleLine

Description Sends the current line of text to a Braille display. It is automatically executed ten times per second and does not need to be routinely used by a script. It can be used in a script after the BrailleString function has been used and you are ready to display a line of information from the desktop.

Returns Void

Optional

Param int/whichRange If the entire line will not fit on the Braille display, then this indicates which portion to show. Should be one of the brlShowXXX constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleLongName

Description Retrieves the descriptive name of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The descriptive name of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BrailleMessage

Synopsis Sends a Flash message to the display.

Description This function sends a Flash message to the display which is held on the display for the specified length of time. You may append messages together by using the second optional parameter. If you do not specify the duration of the message or the append flag, the duration will default to the value of the OPT_BRL_MESSAGE_TIME JCF option and the message will replace any existing message.

Returns void

Param string sMessage the message to send.

Optional

Param int/iAppend if non-zero, the message will be appended to the existing message, if 0, the message will replace the current message.

Param int/tiMS the time in milliseconds to keep the message on the display before restoring the display to the prior content.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleMessageRepeatLast

Synopsis Reshows the last Flash message on the Braille display.

Description This function reshows the last Flash message that was sent to the Braille display. It is shown for the same duration as it was originally shown for and with the same prefix. This works even if Flash Messages have been disabled.

Returns int True if the last message was repeated, False if no messages have yet been shown.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleName

Description Retrieves the name of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The name of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BrailleNextLine

Description Moves the Braille cursor one line down and shows the new line.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1,"WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Category Braille Navigation

function BraillePanLeft

Description Displays the prior group of Braille characters from the line with the active cursor. The characters that are displayed when this function is used are those that precede the first character on the current display of Braille characters. For example, the display moves or pans to the left to reveal additional text.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Optional

Param Int true to move to the last segment of the prior line if no more text to the left, default value is false.

Category Braille Navigation

function BraillePanRight

Description Displays the next group of Braille characters from the line with the active cursor. The characters that are displayed when this function is used are those that follow the last character on the current display of Braille characters. For example, the display moves or pans to the right to reveal additional text.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Optional

Param Int true to move to the first segment of the next line if no more text to the right, default value is false.

Category Braille Navigation

function BraillePort

Description Retrieves the port name of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The port name of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose port name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BraillePortString

Description Retrieves the port string of the Braille display at the specified index

Returns String The port string of the requested Braille display, or " ," if there is not a Braille display at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the Braille display whose port string is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function BraillePriorLine

Description Moves the Braille cursor one line up and shows the new line.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Category Braille Navigation

function BrailleRefresh

Description Used to refresh the Braille display and redisplay the appropriate text.

Returns Void

Optional

Param int/whichRange If the entire line will not fit on the Braille display, then this indicates which portion to show. Should be one of the brlShowXXX constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleRoutingButton

Description Attempts to move the PC cursor to the location designated by the braille cell.

Param int The 1-based number of a braille cell.

Optional

Param int/routingType 0 route and click, 1 rout only. See constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Braille Navigation

function BrailleSetColorsToMark

Synopsis Allows user to specify the foreground and background colors of up to 9 color pairs which should be marked in Braille with DOTS 7 and 8.

Description This function allows the user to specify the foreground and background colors of up to 9 color pairs which should be marked in Braille with DOTS 7 and 8. This function also toggles the Braille Mark Colors to on. Supply an empty string to turn off color marking or set the JCF option to exclude marking colors.

Returns Void

Param String up to 9 pairs of text and background colors of the form rgb/rgb,rgb/rgb,... Supply empty string to turn off color marking.

Category Colors

function BrailleSetCurrentProfile

Synopsis Loads a Braille profile.

Description Loads a language specific Braille profile.

Returns int true or false.

Param string three letter language abbreviation or lang ID of the form 0x409.

Optional

Param int destination -1 (default) to not save to JCF, or one of wdUser, wdSession or wdFocus.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleSetCursorDots

Description Sets the DOT pattern used to represent the active cursor on the Braille display.

Param String/DotPattern The DOT numbers used to show the active cursor. For example, "78."

Category Braille Output

function BrailleSetProfileState

Synopsis Sets the current profile's state

Description The profile's state can be set to one of brlComputerInContractedOut, brlComputerInContractedOut or brlContractedInContractedOut.

Returns int true or false.

Param int state one of the following constants from hjconst.jsh: brlComputerInContractedOut, brlComputerInContractedOut or brlContractedInContractedOut

Optional

Param int destination -1 (default) do not save, or one of wdUser, wdSession or wdFocus.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleSetStatusCells

Description Puts characters on the status cells of the Braille Display. This function should only be called from within a BrailleBuildStatus function.

Param String/StatusText Characters to be placed in the Braille status cells.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleSetTranslatorMode

Synopsis Sets the braille translator mode - this is an optional function for braille translator dlls.

Description Queries the active braille translator to see if it supports mode setting. If it does then the function sets the mode using the parameter provided.

Returns Int TRUE if switching to the desired braille translator mode was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int The index of the desired mode - the index starts at 0.

Category Braille Settings

function BrailleSetTypeKeysMode

Synopsis Sets the TypeKeys mode to the value specified by bEnable.

Description When TypeKeys mode is enabled, characters typed using the display are inserted into the application with focus.

Returns int TRUE if the value is properly set, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/bEnable Set to TRUE to enable TypeKeys mode, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille Keyboard

function BrailleString

Description Sends the specified string to the Braille display regardless of whether or not the line is visible.

Param String/strBuffer String to be sent to the Braille display.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleSupportsTypeKeysMode

Description Determines whether or not TypeKeys mode is supported by at least one of the loaded Braille drivers.

Returns int TRUE if the mode is supported, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille Keyboard

function BrailleSwitchTransLanguage

Description Switches to a Braille Translation engine appropriate for the specified language.

Returns Int true on success, false otherwise.

Param String language abbreviation, eg enu, deu, etc.

Category Braille Output

function BrailleVerbosity

Synopsis Adjusts the Braille verbosity.

Description When in structured mode varies the amount of descriptive information shown on the Braille display.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Braille Verbosity.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Braille Settings

function CallFunctionByName

Description Allows dynamically calling a function whose name is passed as the first argument. This means that the function name does not need to be known at compile time and can be passed in a variable. Note that using CallFunctionByName bypasses all checking of argument types that happens when a function is invoked normally.

Returns variant whatever the function being called returns

Param String/FunctionName the name of the function to be run

Optional

Param Variant the function's 1st argument

Param Variant the function's second argument

Param Variant the function's third argument

Param Variant the function's 4th argument

Param Variant the function's 5th argument

Param Variant the function's sixth argument

Param Variant the function's seventh argument

Param Variant the function's eighth argument

Param Variant the function's 9th argument

Category Scripts

function CancelLayeredKeySequence

Description Cancels any currently active key layer for both braille and QWERTY keyboards.

Category Keyboard

function CancelOCR

Synopsis If optical character recognition is in progress, cancels the operation.

Description If optical character recognition is in progress (initiated by OCRScreenArea), cancels the operation.

Returns void

Param int a job ID returned from OCRScreenArea identifying the OCR job to cancel.

Category Optical Character Recognition

function CanRecognize

Synopsis Determines if the OCR components are installed.

Description Determine whether the OCR components are installed.

Returns int 1 if OCR components are installed, 0 if OCR components are not installed or configured, and 2 if Convenient OCR Feature is Not supported.

Category Optical Character Recognition

function CapsIndicate

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function CapsIndicateDuringSayAll

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function CaptureAllGestures

Description If enabled, all gestures will be captured by JAWS, so that none will pass through to Windows. If disabled (default), then only gestures bound to scripts will be captured.

Returns void

Param int 1 for enable, 0 for disable

Category Scripts

function CaretVisible

Description Indicates whether an insertion point or a caret is visible in the active window. The function returns a constant value of TRUE to indicate that a caret is visible and a value of FALSE to indicate that it is not visible.

Returns Int "TRUE" = 1, "FALSE" = 0.

Category Cursors

function CenterMouseInView

Synopsis Centers the mouse in the active view.

Description The mouse is centered both horizontally and vertically. If MAGic is running and the screen is magnified, then the mouse is centered in the active view. Otherwise, the mouse is placed in the center of the display.

Category MAGic

function ChangeSystemVolume

Description Changes the system volume.

Param int The direction of volume change, use V_UP or V_DOWN defined in HJConst.jsh.

Param int The amount to change the volume. Volume ranges from 0 to 100.

Category system

function CheckAuthScheme

Description A call to this function determines if JAWS is authorized to run. For the dongle, a check is done to ensure the dongel is installed and that it is the correct one for the product .

Returns Int 0 if dongle is in place and authorized correctly, error code otherwise.

Category FS Product Info

function ClearSavedLocation

Synopsis Clears the prior saved location

Description This function clears the location saved by a prior call to SaveCurrentLocation.

Returns void

Category Cursors

function ClearScriptPerformanceHistory

Description Clears the Script Performance History.

Returns Void

Category Misc

function ClearSpeechHistory

Description Clears the Speech History buffer.

Returns void

Category Speech History

function ClickObjectByName

Description Does a LeftMouse click at the upper lefthand corner of the named object. This function relies on MSAA and is ideal for clicking an object that does not have its own window but for which you know the name.

Returns int TRUE if the object was found and could be clicked, false otherwise.

Param HANDLE/hwnd The window containing the object of interest

Param string/ObjectName The name of the object desired

Optional

Param int/nWhichOccurance If there is more than one object with this name, which one is desired. This parameter defaults to 1.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function ClipboardHasData

Description This function will return true if there is any data at all on the Windows clipboard.

Returns Int True if the clipboard contains data, false otherwise.

Category Clipboard

function CloseOleObject

Description Takes the pass-in IDispatch object, does a QueryInterface on it for IOleObject and if the QueryInterface succeeds, calls IOleObject::Close. This is very rarely used, and if none of the above makes sense assume you don't need to use it.

Returns int TRUE on success, FALSE on failure.

Param object/pObject the object that supports the IOleObject interface.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function CollectionCompare

Synopsis Compares the contents of two collections

Returns int True if the two collections have identical contents, False otherwise

Param collection/Collection1 the first of the collections to compare

Param collection/Collection2 the second of the collections to compare

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectionCopy

Synopsis Makes a deep copy of a collection

Description Normally when you assign a variable containing a collection to another variable, both variables then point at the same collection. This function allows making a copy of a collection so that each variable points at a unique copy of the collection. This means that if the elements of one collection are changed, these changes will not be reflected in the contents of the other collection.

Returns Collection a new collection with contents identical to that which was copied

Param collection/CollectionToCopy a variable containing the collection to be coppied

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectionItemCount

Synopsis Obtains the number of items contained in a collection

Returns int The number of items in the collection.

Param collection/CollectionName the Collection for which an item count is desired

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectionItemExists

Synopsis Determines if a specific item is contained in a collection

Returns int True if ItemName is in the collection, False otherwise.

Param collection/CollectionName the Collection to be searched

Param String/ItemName the name of the item to be looked up

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectionRemoveAll

Synopsis Removes all items from a Collection

Returns Void

Param collection/CollectionName the Collection from which all items should be removed

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectionRemoveItem

Synopsis Removes an item from a collection

Returns int True if ItemName was in the collection and was removed, False otherwise.

Param collection/CollectionName the Collection from which an item is to be removed

Param String/ItemName the name of the item to be removed

Category Aggregate Data Types

function CollectWindowInfo

Synopsis Collects the technical information about a window.

Description collects the technical information about a window.

Returns string The information retrieved for the window.

Param handle The window for which the information will be collected.

Category Utility

function ColorToRGBString

Description Converts a color value to a string of the form "255255255" where the first three digits represent the proportion of red, the second three digits the proportion of green, and the third three digits the proportion of blue.

Returns String The color value converted to an RGB string.

Param Int The color value to be used.

Category Colors

function ComAttachEvents

Synopsis Attaches script functions to events fired by a specific COM object.

Description For each event that the COM object fires, a script function will be called. If an event named OnBeforeClose is fired and sPrefix is word_ then the function word_OnBeforeClose will be called. This function should be defined with the parameters that the object passes to the event. Failure to add the parameters to the function definition will not cause any problems other than the inability of the function to access the information. No errors will be generated if only certain events have functions defined to handle them. The events will automatically be disconnected when the object to which they are connected goes out of scope or the variable containing the object is set to something else. This means that you should only attach events to objects referenced by global variables.

Returns int TRUE if events have been attached, FALSE otherwise.

Param Object The object for which events are desired

Param string/sPrefix The prefix to be added to the name of the event when constructing the name of the function to be called

Optional

Param string/IIDEventInterface The IID of the outgoing interface to which events are dispatched. This and all subsequent parameters should only be provided if the object does not support IProvideClassInfo2.

Param string/GuidTypeLib The GUID of the typelib in which the interface is described

Param int/TypeLibMajorVersion The major version of the typelib

Param int/TypeLibMinorVersion The minor version of the typelib

Category Object Model and MSAA

function ComDetachEvents

Synopsis Detaches script functions from a COM object.

Description This function only needs to be used if you want to hold on to an object but want the events from that object to stop being fired. If you let go of an object by setting the variable containing it to something else, the events will automatically be detached.

Returns int TRUE if events have been detached, FALSE otherwise.

Param Object The object for which events are no longer desired

Category Object Model and MSAA

function ComGetAvailableNames

Description A method for a script developer to interrogate an object and get back all its methods and properties. Returns the name of each method or property.

Returns string A list of available methods and properties for the supplied object. Items are separated by newlines.

Param object/ComObject The object to be interrogated. The results you get back will depend upon the object and how much of it is outward-facing.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function ComRelease

Synopsis Releases a COM object

Description When called with a single argument, this is equivalent to releasing the object without blocking, even if that means to intercept another process. When the optional second argument is TRUE, the object will be released in a way that there is no chance of the Release call blocking, even if the Release involves calling into another process that isn't responsive. When set to FALSE, the second parameter means set the object to null, releasing the pointer in JAWS. In other words, if the argument references an IDispatch object, that object will be released. The second parameter is set to TRUE by default. This added functionality is less resource efficient and should only be used in those situations where the call is likely to block.

Returns int TRUE if the object has been release, FALSE otherwise.

Param Object/obj The object to release

Optional

Param int/KeepFromBlocking TRUE to take steps to ensure that the call doesn't block, false simply to null the object. If this parameter is not specified, the default is TRUE.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function ContractedBrailleInputAllowedNow

Description Overwrite this function in your script file when you need to turn off Contracted Braille input in a scenario where it would otherwise be enabled. An example would be in Microsoft Word, where Quick Navigation Keys are enabled, CanEditNow should return false so the keyboard is used for navigation rather than editing This is called for the item with focus., and is not called for a window which does not support contracted input to begin with..

Returns int TRUE or False, script method for enabling or disabling contracted Braille input.

Category Braille Keyboard

function ControlCanBeChecked

Description Determines whether or not the current control can be checked.

Returns Int 0 if cannot be checked or 1 can be checked.

Category Dialog Controls

function ControlEnterKey

Synopsis The ControlENTER key is passed to the application.

Description Passes the ControlEnter key through to the application. If the virtual cursor is active and on an element with an OnMouseOver handler then the OnMouseOver handler is activated for that element.

Returns Void

Category Keyboard

function ControlIsChecked

Description Determines whether or not the current control is checked.

Returns Int Returns true or false.

Category Dialog Controls

function ControlLeftMouseClick

Description Sends a Control Left Mouse click to the system, useful for selecting non-contiguous items in a list.

Category Mouse

function ControlShiftEnterKey

Synopsis The Control Shift ENTER key is passed to the application.

Description Passes the Control Shift Enter key through to the application. If the virtual cursor is active and on an element then the focus is set on that element and Control + Shift + Enter key is passed to the application.

Returns Void

Category Keyboard

function ConvertListToNodeList

Synopsis Prepends alist of options with the same node path.

Description When you need to add a whole group of options in the same branch of the tree view, use this function to give each option the same node path. Pass the group in the standard list format using the vertical bar ( ) symbol as the primary array delimitor, and the colon (:) symbol as the divider between the callback function and the display text.

Param string/ByRef/strList The list of list item segments, delivered in the dlgSelect*ToRun format

Param string/sNode The node path explicit to the list you specified in the first parameter.

Category User Options

function ConvertLookupModuleDataToList

Description This list can be used to present to the user via dlgSelectItemInList.

Returns string a UI-capable list, presenting Rule set first, then Lookup Module name. This is the Pretty name assigned to the active rule set.

Param int/nSize The number of items to expect in the subsequent module and rule set lists.

Param string/strModules The list of lookup modules - delimited by LIST_ITEM_SEPARATOR or the bell char ( \007)

Param string/strRuleSets The list of rule sets - delimited by LIST_ITEM_SEPARATOR or the bell char (\007)

Category Research It

function CopyToClipboard

Description Puts a string of text onto the Windows clipboard erasing any previous clipboard contents. In order to copy multiple lines of text, these must be concatenated together into a single string before calling CopyToClipboard. In the concatenated string, lines should be separated with \r \n.

Param String/ClipboardData Text to be copied to the Windows clipboard.

Category Clipboard

function CreateObject

Description In applications such as Internet Explorer or those found in Microsoft Office, launches an application under the control of JAWS, which is the automation object. The difference between CreateObject and GetObject is that GetObject creates a pointer to an automation object that already exists, whereas CreateObject creates the automation object for the application.

Returns Object The automation object associated with the program.

Param String/ApplicationName Name of the COM class that can return an automation object.

Optional

Param string/manifestFile name of the manifest file that contains the Registration Free COM information or the name of a .dll with a manifest embedded as a resource. Providing this parameter allows creation of an object that hasn't been registered. More information can be found at http://msdn.microsoft.com by searching for "Registration Free COM"

Category Object Model And MSAA

function CreateObjectEx

Description In applications such as Internet Explorer or those found in Microsoft Office, launches an application under the control of JAWS, which is the automation object. The difference between CreateObject and GetObject is that GetObject creates a pointer to an automation object that already exists, whereas CreateObject creates the automation object for the application.

Returns Object The automation object associated with the program.

Param String/ApplicationName Name of the COM class that can return an automation object.

Param Int TRUE = Same behavior as CreateObject. FALSE = Will always force the use of CoCreateInstance instead of using GetObjectHelper when JAWS is running as a service.

Optional

Param string/manifestFile name of the manifest file that contains the Registration Free COM information or the name of a .dll with a manifest embedded as a resource. Providing this parameter allows creation of an object that hasn't been registered. This parameter is supported in JAWS 10.0 and beyond More information can be found at http://msdn.microsoft.com by searching for "Registration Free COM"

Category Object Model And MSAA

function cStrBrailleList

Description This function returns the default Braille verbosity list. The functions is found in VerbosityCore.jss. Use the new TreeCoreGetDefault version with JAWS 9 and later for AdjustJAWSOptions dialog box.

Returns String

Category Scripts

function cstrBrailleMarkingList

Description This function returns the default Braille marking verbosity list.

Returns String

Category Scripts

function cStrDefaultHTMLList

Description This function returns the default HTML verbosity list. This function is now legacy, and lives in VerbosityCore.jss. Use its TreeCore companion for VCursor options to add to the AdjustJAWSOptions tree.

Returns String

Category Scripts

function cStrDefaultList

Description This function returns the default verbosity dialog list. The list is now legacy, but is replaced with the new TreeCore functions.

Returns String

Category Scripts

function cStrTableBrailleList

Description This function returns the default Braille HTML table verbosity list. This list is now legacy, and the functions live in VerbosityCore.jss. For new functionality, use the TreeCore companion functions in default.jss

Returns String

Category Scripts

function CustomLabelsSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function DebugLookupModuleQueryUsingListOfModules

Description Debug output for rule set. Error codes / text are placed in the Virtual Viewer for developers of rule sets and/or modules. This function only displays what's thrown up by Invoke calls. No parameters, as it runs as a stand-alone providing both a list of available rule sets and a prompt to enter the search term. To make your rule set discoverable first, put at least a dummy version of the files into the RuleSets folder of your subdirectory. Then go to Settings Center Research It and make sure yours is checked, so it's available for listing. When asked for the search term, press ESC to send a blank string, or type the term and press ENTER. Note that in JAWS 12 or later, Settings Center replaces Configuration Manager.

Category Research It

function DecToHex

Synopsis converts a decimal integer to a hex string.

Description This function converts a decimal integer to a hex string.

Returns string The hex value

Param int/iDec decimal value

Category Number conversion

function Delay

Description Makes a script stand still for a specified period of time. It causes a script to stop, wait a period of time, and then resume again. It is different than the Pause function which yields to the processing needs of applications.

Param Int Type a number to indicate the amount of time that the script should be delayed. The number 1 equals one-tenth of a second. The number 10. equals one second. Do not use numbers with decimals, and do not use quotation marks.

Optional

Param Int/nNoEvents TRUE to suppress checking for and processing FocusChangedEvent and NewTextEvent functions before returning from the delay.

Category Scripts

function DeleteFile

Synopsis Deletes a specified file.

Returns int True if the file was successfully deleted, False otherwise

Param string/Filename the name of the file to delete

Category Files

function DescribeAreaEx

Description Describes a screen area.

Returns int 0 on success, any value greater than 0 on error.

Param int/left Screen area left coordinate

Param int/top Screen area top coordinate

Param int/right Screen area right coordinate

Param int/bottom Screen area bottom coordinate

Param int/multiService 0 to use only the Microsoft image recognition service, 1 to use all image recognition services.

Category Picture Smart

function DescribeClipboardEx

Description Describes an image on the clipboard.

Returns int 0 on success, any value greater than 0 on error.

Param int/multiService 0 to use only the Microsoft image recognition service, 1 to use all image recognition services.

Category Picture Smart

function DescribeCursorEx

Description Describes an image at the cursor.

Returns int 0 on success, any value greater than 0 on error.

Param int/multiService 0 to use only the Microsoft image recognition service, 1 to use all image recognition services.

Category Picture Smart

function DescribeSelectedFileEx

Description Describes the currently selected image file.

Returns int 0 on success, any value greater than 0 on error.

Param handle/focusWindow Focus window.

Param int/primaryLang Primary recognition language.

Param int/secondaryLang Secondary recognition language.

Param int/multiService 0 to use only the Microsoft image recognition service, 1 to use all image recognition services.

Param int/globalOcrJobId Recognition identifier.

Category Picture Smart

function DesktopAttachEvent

Synopsis Called right after switching from the security desktop to the user-desktop

Description This is the place for scripts to reconnect any COM events that were previously disconnected in DesktopDetachEvent. This function is only called when JAWS is running as a service.

Category Object Model and MSAA Events

function DesktopDetachEvent

Synopsis Called right before switching from the user-desktop to the Security desktop

Description This is the place for scripts to disconnect any COM events. This function is only called when JAWS is running as a service.

Category Object Model and MSAA Events

function DialogActive

Description Used to determine whether a dialog box is currently active. It returns a constant value to indicate the status: ACTIVE indicates that a dialog box is active, and INACTIVE indicates that a dialog box is not active. These constants can be used in If...Then...Else...statements.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Optional

Param int/useTopWindowControlType Specifies whether the control type of the top level window should be taken into consideration. The default is true.

Category Dialogs

function DisplayShapeOverlapInfo

Synopsis Display overlap information for the selected shape in the virtual buffer.

Description If the selected object is of type WT_SHAPE information about any shapes that overlap the shape are put in the virtual buffer.

Returns int TRUE if information was placed in the virtual buffer else FALSE.

Category Misc

function DlgAriaLiveRegionFilterText

Description Displays the ARIA Live Region dialog.

Returns int 1 if the dialog was opened successfully, regardless of the action performed.

Category HTML

function DlgCustomizeColumns

Synopsis Displays Custom column headers options.

Description Displays a dialog that contains options for indicating how column headers are spoken or brailled. This function requires the caller to supply column header text delimited by a vertical bar character. This function also requires the caller to supply a key in the form of a string to store the custom information. The function also returns the current or modified speech and braille custom column information.

Returns Int FALSE if the DlgCustomizeColumns is already open, TRUE otherwise.

Param String/sColumnHeaders Contains a list of vertical bar character delimited column header text.

Param String/sKey A key to identify specific custom column information.

Optional

Param String/sDialogTitle A string used for the dialog title.

Param String/ByRef/sSpeechColumnRules The current or modified Speech Column information.

Param String/ByRef/sBrailleColumnRules The current or modified Braille Column information.

Category User Interaction

function DlgCustomizeListview

Synopsis Displays Listview column headers options.

Description Displays a dialog that contains options for indicating how Listview column headers are spoken or brailled.

Returns Void

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the Listview of interest.

Category User Interaction

function DlgGetCustomSummaryInfo

Synopsis Displays dialog for labeling cells.

Description Displays a dialog that contains options for labeling cells and cell ranges in spreadsheets.

Returns Void

Param String/sSection The name of the worksheet.

Param String/sKey The name of the cell or cell range (Example, A1 or A1:B1).

Param String/sValue The description for the cell or cell range.

Param String/sFileName The file name of the JSI file.

Category User Interaction

function DlgListOfDropTargets

Description Displays a list of possible drop targets for a drag and drop operation on a web page.

Returns int 1 if the dialog was opened successfully, regardless of the action performed. 0 if there were no drop targets available.

Category HTML

function DlgListOfLandmarks

Description Displays a list of possible landmarks on a web page.

Returns int 1 if the dialog was opened successfully, regardless of the action performed. 0 if there were no landmarks.

Category HTML

Returns int True if links exist, false otherwise.

Optional

Param int linkTypeFlags set of flags specifying which kinds of links to include in the list, see hjconst.jsh for values, use 0xff or leave empty to include all links.

Category HTML

function DlgListOfPlaceMarkers

Synopsis Displays a dialog containing a list of PlaceMarkers.

Description PlaceMarkers dialog provides Add,MoveTo,ChangeName,Remove and RemoveAll PlaceMarker capabilities.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, returns FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/nAdd 1 to pop up Add dialog,bypassing PlaceMarkers dialog, 0 to display PlaceMarkers dialog.

Category HTML

function DlgSelectAVoiceProfile

Description Displays a dialog that contains a set of Voice Profiles. The user can select a voice profile as their default profile or can select a profile to be application specific.

Category User Interaction

function DlgSelectControls

Description Displays a list box containing controls you may want to perform any one of the following actions: right single click, left single click, left double click, or Move To. You may change the dialog window title, display any combinations of the buttons, and specify a default.

Returns Int An integer value indicating what type of mouse action is required to activate the selected task tray icon, whether it be Left Mouse Button, Right Mouse Button, or double click of the left mouse button.

Param String/strGraphicList The list of controls.

Param Int/nIdx/ByRef The number of controls.

Param String/strWindowTitle The new window title.

Param Int/nMask The mask that indicates the buttons desired. See the available buttons in HjConst.jsh with the prefix bt_.

Param Int/nDefault The default button as specified by the mask value.

Optional

Param Int/nDefaultSelectedIndex the index of the item which should have the focus when the dialog is invoked. (JAWS 12.0 and above)

Category User Interaction

function dlgSelectFunctionToRun

Description Presents a list of functions to be run and displays their current value. Pressing the space bar or the Execute button will change the return value of the selected function, based on how the function was written. It is much like dlgSelectScriptToRun except that it does not merely speak, but the new return values are placed in the list box.

Param String strList This is the delimited list to be presented in the list box. It is in the same format as the dlgSelectScriptToRun function.

Param String/strDialogName Enter the string consisting of the Dialog's name.

Param Int/iSort Enter True if the items are to be sorted alphabetically, false otherwise.

Category User Interaction

function DlgSelectItemInList

Description Displays a dialog that contains a set of menu items. When the dialog is okayed, the one based index of the selected item is returned.

Returns Int This is 0 if the dialog was cancelled, otherwise the one based index of the selected item.

Param String/Items A " \007" delimited set of menu items.

Param String/DialogName A string containing the name you want to appear as the title for the Menu Select dialog.

Param Int/nSort If TRUE, then the contents of the list will be sorted.

Optional

Param Int/nDefaultSelectedIndex the index of the item which should have the focus when the dialog is invoked. (JAWS 5.0 and above)

Param string/sButtonList a list of up to 5 button names delimited with the vertical bar character "ButtonCaption1 ButtonCaption2l ...ButtonCaption5"

Param int/byRef/nButtonIndex The 1-based button index of the custom button invoked, 0 for cancel, -1 for OK.

Category User Interaction

function DlgSelectScriptToRun

Description Displays a dialog that contains a set of scripts. Scripts can be performed from this dialog.

Param String/Scripts A " \007" delimited set of script names. Aliases can also be included in this list. Example: ScriptDialog (VerbosityLevel:Verbosity \007ScreenEcho). This would create a listbox containing entries; Verbosity and ScreenEcho.

Param String/DialogName A string containing the name you want to appear as the title for the script dialog. If this parameter is "PerformScript" is used for the title.

Param Int/nSort If TRUE, then the contents of the list will be sorted.

Category User Interaction

function DlgSkimRead

Synopsis Displays Skim Reading options.

Description Displays a dialog that contains options for indicating how Skim Reading is performed.

Returns Void

Category Skim-Reading

function DlgSysTray

Description Displays a list box containing the icons on the System Tray

Returns Int An integer value indicating what type of mouse action is required to activate the selected task tray icon, whether it be Left Mouse Button, Right Mouse Button, or double click of the left mouse button.

Param String/strGraphicList The list of Task tray icons.

Param Int/nIdx The number of Task tray icons.

Category User Interaction

function DocumentPresentationSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function DoesSelectedShapeOverlap

Description Checks if selected shape is overlapped by another shape

Returns int TRUE or FALSE

Category Misc

function DoesWindowBelongToFocusedThread

Description Determines if hwnd belongs to the same thread as the window with focus.

Returns Int TRUE if hwnd belongs to the same thread as the app with focus, FALSE otherwise

Param handle/hwnd Handle of window to check.

Category Window

function DoFlexibleWebDialog

Description Launches the dialog for flexible web.

Returns int 0 if the dialog failed to launch successfully, non-zero otherwise.

Category HTML Flexible Web

function DownCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the same cell in the next row.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function DragItemWithMouse

Description The drag-and-drop function is used to move the contents of one area of the screen to another area of the screen.

Param Int/SourceX The X coordinate of the item that is to be moved.

Param Int/SourceY The Y coordinate of the item that is to be moved.

Param Int/TargetX The X coordinate of the target location for the item.

Param Int/TargetY The Y coordinate of the target location for the item.

Category Mouse

function EnableFlexibleWeb

Description Enables or disables flexible web.

Param int On or Off.

Category HTML Flexible Web

function EnablePerModeGestures

Description If enabled (default), mode specific gestures will be available. If disabled, only base gestures will be available.

Returns void

Param int 1 for enable, 0 for disable

Category Scripts

function EnableRemoteAccessClient

Description Enable or disable the Remote Access Client component. The Remote Access Client component is typically enabled during product installation. When the component is enabled, %product% is able to recieve speech and Braille through a Citrix or Remote Desktop client session.

Returns Int TRUE if the component is successfully set to the desired state, FALSE otherwise.

Param int Set parameter to TRUE to enable or FALSE to disable.

Category System

function EnableRemoteAccessServer

Description Enable or disable the Remote Access Server component. The Remote Access Server component is typically enabled during product installation. When the component is enabled, %product% is able to run in a Remote Desktop or Citrix session.

Returns Int TRUE if the component is successfully set to the desired state, FALSE otherwise.

Param int Set parameter to TRUE to enable or FALSE to disable.

Category System

function EndOfRow

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the end of the current row.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function EnterKey

Synopsis The ENTER key is passed to the application.

Description Passes the enter key through to the application. If the Virtual PC cursor is positioned on a link or button, it is activated. If the Virtual PC cursor is on another form control, Forms Mode is activated.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Keyboard

function EnumerateChildWindows

Synopsis For each child of the specified window, calls a callback script function which may optionally process the window and either stop or continue the enumeration.

Description This function calls a specified function for each child of the starting window. This function must be defined as: int function SomeName(handle hwnd). This function must return true if the enumeration should continue or false if it should stop.

Returns Int true if the enumeration completed, false if it was terminated by the callback function returning false for a window.

Param Handle/hWnd starting handle.

Param String/sFunctionCallback The name of the script function to call for each child window.

Category Window

function EnumerateTypeAndTextStringsForWindow

Synopsis Calls a specified function with info about each control in a window

Description Information about each control is obtained using MSAA. The order in which items are enumerated is dictated by how they appear in the MSAA hierarchy. The callback function takes the following parameters: int typeCode, int stateCode,string name, string value,string Description. If the callback function returns 0 the enumeration stops, if it returns 1 the enumeration continues.

Returns int Number of controls enumerated.

Param handle/Window The window containing the controls to be enumerated.

Param String/CallbackName Name of the function to be called for each control.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function EscapeKey

Synopsis The ESCAPE key is passed to the application.

Description Passes the ESCAPE key through to the application. If the cursor is in the virtual ribbons, special functionality takes place.

Category Keyboard

function ExecuteZoomTextCommand

Synopsis Executes ZoomText command

Returns int TRUE when the command was successfully passed to ZoomText

Param String/CommandName Name of command to be executed.

Category Scripts

function ExMessageBox

Synopsis Displays a Windows Standard Message Box.

Description This function displays a Windows Standard Message Box. It is very much like the function MessageBox except it allows you to specify the Message Box title and the type of message box (i.e. The buttons that are used and the icon that is to be displayed). This function also returns a value that indicates which button was pressed on the Message Box.

Returns Int Returns an integer value indicating which button was pressed on the message box.

Param String/strMsg The text of the message that you would like to be displayed in the main body of the message box.

Param String/strTitle The text of the Message Box's title.

Param Int/iType One or more of the Message Box type specifiers that are listed in HJConst.jsh, separated by a single vertical bar. An example of such is: MB_YESNOCANCEL MB_DEFBUTTON1 making the Yes button the default.

Category User Interaction

function ExtractLanguageCodeFromMarkup

Description Extracts language code from marked up text, if any exists.

Returns string The language code.

Param string The marked up text from which a language code is to be extracted.

Category Speech Markup

function FetchCollectionProperty

Description A batch method to retrieve all values from an atomic property of a list of objects within a VB collection. This assumes that the collection is indexable, not just accessible by property name. Use this function to save a for loop's worth of round trip calls to access a collection member by index. Since the return is a variantArray, you can index that with a local for loop which will process much faster.

Returns int TRUE if the remote object was accessed, FALSE otherwise. May return TRUE and also supply an array length of 0 if there are no members.

Param object/remoteCollection the VB object collection that can be accessed by index.

Param string/list the property name of the list to be accessed by index. Often item, as it's written. E.g. list.item(i)

Param int/LowerBound Most VB arrays are 1-based.

Param int/upperBound the end point of the search, often a VB collection will have a .count property or method you can use for this.

Param string/methodOrPropertyName The atomic property you want, For example, "name" if the access is expressed like: list.Items(i).name

Param variantArray/byref/items All the values returned as a variant array. Note that even if the function returns TRUE, it may return a 0-length array.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function FetchObjectProperties

Description Retrieve all properties at once for a VB object. This saves round trips to and from the remote object, where you need to access a lot of properties of a particular object. For example, in Excel, the cell object has a lot of properties that are useful, but the round trip cost to get the properties can be expensive. Note that like a VB object itself, you may see the name for the property, but its value may be null or empty.

Returns int TRUE if the remote object was accessed, FALSE otherwise. TRUE does not mean the collection has items or that the items all have values. Only that the remote object was queried successfully.

Param object/remoteObject The object whose collection members to fetch.

Param collection/byref/JAWSLocalCollection a JAWS script language collection a map of the entire collection in one batch.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function FileExists

Description Checks to see if the specified path exists.

Returns Int TRUE if the path exists.

Param String/strFile The file to be checked.

Category Files

function FilenameGetNearestMatch

Synopsis finds a file whose name most closely matches the given name.

Description This function looks for a file whose name most closely matches the supplied name. The function uses the second two parameters to narrow the search. This function is most useful in locating JSI files to associate settings with documents whose settings maybe similar, indicated by similar file names eg Excel monthly reports.

Returns String The nearest matching filename to the one specified.

Param String/sFileToMatch The filename (including optional path). If the path is not specified the script directory is assumed.

Param Int/nMustMatchFirstNChars specifies the minimum number of characters of the filename's prefix which must match, eg if you are only interested in jsi files starting with excel_ then the value of this parameter would be 6.

Param Int/nMustMatchExtention Set this to true if the extention must match.

Category Files

function FileNameList

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of file names matching the specified criteria.

Description This function returns a delimited list of file names matching the specified criteria. For example, to get a list of scheme files, pass in "*.smf" for the first parameter

Returns String a delimited list of file names matching the specified criteria.

Param String sFileNameMask filename mask optionally including path information. If no path is included, the settings/lang path is prepended

Optional

Param String sDelim the delimiter to separate filenames with. If no delimiter is supplied, \007 is used.

Param String callback an optional callback function for filtering each file. The function is passed the basename of the file (i.e. without extension) and it must return true to include it in the list, or false to exclude it.

Category Files

function FindAncestorOfType

Description Searches the ancestors of the current object to find one with the indicated type.

Returns int The level in the ancestry of the current object with the matching type.

Param Int/typeToFind One of the wt_typeCode constants.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function FindCaret

Description allows the user to specify the coordinates of the system caret when JAWS is unable to locate it.

Returns Int TRUE if the function is determining the correct caret location, false otherwise.

Param Int/nX/ByRef set to x coordinate of caret.

Param Int/nY/ByRef set to y coordinate of caret.

Category Cursors

function FindColors

Description Searches for the occurrence of a specific combination of foreground and background colors. If the search is successful, the JAWS cursor is placed at the beginning of the text with the desired combination of colors.

Returns Int The number is 1 if the search was successful, 0 if it was not successful.

Param Int Type in a variable name or function that can provide the color value to be used as the foreground color. RGBStringToColor is often used as a parameter. Use the constant IgnoreColor defined in the file HJConst.jsh to ignore the foreground color and search only for the occurrence of the background color.

Param Int Type in a variable name or function that can provide the color value to be used as the background color. RGBStringToColor is often used as a parameter. Use the constant IgnoreColor defined in the file HJConst.jsh to ignore the background color and search only for the occurrence of the foreground color.

Param Int Type in one of the following constants defined in HJConst.jsh to indicate the direction of the search: s_top, to search from the top of the active window; s_bottom, to search from the bottom of the active window; s_next, to search forward from the position of the active cursor; s_prior, to search backward from the position of the active cursor.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Colors

function FindDescendantWindow

Description Find the descendant window with the specified Control ID.

Returns Handle The handle of the window that is found. This is 0 if the window is not found.

Param Handle The handle of the parent window that will serve as the starting point for the search.

Param Int The Control ID of the window for which you are searching.

Category Window

function FindDistantAncestorOfType

Description Searches the ancestors of the current object starting from the most distant to find one with the indicated type.

Returns int The level in the ancestry of the current object with the matching type; -1 if type is not found.

Param Int/typeToFind One of the wt_typeCode constants.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function FindFirstAttribute

Description Searches for the first occurrence of text with certain attributes. It begins the search at the upper left corner of the specified window and moves downward. If the search is successful, then the active cursor is placed on the first character that has the desired attributes. Generally, the PC cursor can be successfully moved to attributes within a text window.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Int Type the name of the constant value for the attribute that is to be located: ATTRIB_BOLD, ATTRIB_UNDERLINE, ATTRIB_ITALIC, ATTRIB_HIGHLIGHT, and ATTRIB_STRIKEOUT. You can search for a combination of attributes by placing a PLUS SIGN ( + ) between constants. For example, ATTRIB_BOLD + ATTRIB_UNDERLINE.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Text Format

function FindGraphic

Description FindGraphic searches for a graphic in the specified window. If the graphic is found, then the JAWS cursor is placed on it. The graphic must have a text label associated with it because the FindGraphic function searches for text labels. Text labels are assigned by the Graphics Labeler.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Handle Specify a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that indicates the window that is to be searched.

Param String Type the graphic label that is to be located. The label must be typed exactly as it appears in the graphic label file. Enclose the graphic label within quotation marks.

Param Int Indicate the search direction. Type a constant value to indicate the starting point for the search: S_TOP or S_BOTTOM.

Param Int Indicate search restriction. Type the name of a constant value to indicate whether the search should be restricted to the active window or it should extend into all child windows of the active application. Type S_UNRESTRICTED to search all application windows or S_RESTRICTED to limit the search to the active child window.

Category Graphics

function FindJAWSHelpFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified JAWS help file. This will depend in part on the current language.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS help file.

Param String/strHelpFile Name of the desired help file.

Category JAWS Program

function FindJAWSHomeFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified file in the JAWS home directory.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS file.

Param String/strFile Name of the desired file.

Category JAWS Program

function FindJAWSPersonalizedSettingsFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified JAWS personalized settings file. This will depend in part on the current language; it may also depend on the current logged-in user.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS personalized settings file.

Param String/strSettingsFile Name of the desired personalized settings file.

Optional

Param Int TRUE if the file is to be created in the user's personalized settings directory.

Category JAWS Program

function FindJAWSSettingsFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified JAWS settings file. This will depend in part on the current language; it may also depend on the current logged-in user.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS settings file.

Param String/strSettingsFile Name of the desired settings file.

Optional

Param Int TRUE if the file is to be created in the user's settings directory.

Category JAWS Program

function FindJAWSSoundFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified JAWS sound file. This will depend in part on the current language; it may also depend on the current logged-in user.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS sound file.

Param String/strSoundFile Name of the desired sound file.

Optional

Param Int TRUE Optional. if only the user's space is to be searched, FALSE to search both user and shared spaces. Leave this parameter empty (do not include) to specify FALSE.

Category JAWS Program

function FindJAWSUtilityProgram

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified JAWS utility program.

Returns String Full path to the specified JAWS utility program.

Param String/strUtility Name of the desired utility program.

Category JAWS Program

function FindKeyAliasMatch

Description Find the actual key that has the passed in alias.

Returns String The name of the key that matches the Alias. The returned string is empty if no match is found.

Param String/strAlias

Category Keyboard

function FindLastAttribute

Description Searches for the last occurrence of text with certain attributes. It begins the search at the lower right corner of the active window and moves up to the upper left corner of the window. If the search is successful, then the active cursor is placed on the first character that has the desired attributes. Generally, the PC cursor can be successfully moved to attributes within a text window.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0. "FALSE" = search failure.

Param Int Type the name of the constant value for the attribute that is to be included in the search: ATTRIB_BOLD, ATTRIB_UNDERLINE, ATTRIB_ITALIC, ATTRIB_HIGHLIGHT, and ATTRIB_STRIKEOUT. You can search for a combination of attributes by placing a PLUS SIGN ( + ) between constants. For example, ATTRIB_BOLD + ATTRIB_UNDERLINE.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Text Format

function FindNextAttribute

Description Searches for the next occurrence of text with certain attributes. The search begins at the location of the active cursor and moves down through the remainder of the active window. If the search is successful, then the active cursor is placed on the first character that has the desired attributes. Generally, the PC cursor can be successfully moved to attributes within a text window.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Int Type the name of the constant value for the attribute that is to be located: ATTRIB_BOLD, ATTRIB_UNDERLINE, ATTRIB_ITALIC, ATTRIB_HIGHLIGHT, and ATTRIB_STRIKEOUT. You can search for a combination of attributes by placing a PLUS SIGN ( + ) between constants. For example, ATTRIB_BOLD + ATTRIB_UNDERLINE.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Text Format

function FindPriorAttribute

Description Searches for the prior occurrence of text with certain attributes. It begins the search at the location of the active cursor and moves up through the remainder of the active window. If the search is successful, then the active cursor is placed on the first character that has the desired attributes. Generally, the PC cursor can be successfully moved to attributes within a text window.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Int Type the name of the constant value for the attribute that is to be included in the search: ATTRIB_BOLD, ATTRIB_UNDERLINE, ATTRIB_ITALIC, ATTRIB_HIGHLIGHT, and ATTRIB_STRIKEOUT. You can search for a combination of attributes by placing a PLUS SIGN ( + ) between constants. For example, ATTRIB_BOLD + ATTRIB_UNDERLINE.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Text Format

function FindString

Description FindString searches for a string of text in a specified window. If the text is found, then the JAWS cursor is placed at the beginning of the text string

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Handle Specify a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function to provide the handle of the window that is to be searched.

Param String Specify the text that is to be located. Type a text string, or type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the text. Text strings must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Param Int Indicate the search direction. Type the name of a constant value to indicate the direction of the search: S_TOP or S_BOTTOM.

Param Int Indicate search restriction. Type the name of a constant value to indicate whether the search should be restricted to the active window or it should extend into all child windows of the active application. Type S_UNRESTRICTED to search all application windows or S_RESTRICTED to limit the search to the active child window.

Optional

Param int/bUseUnderlyingDom set to TRUE to use the ap's underlying DOM to find text even if not onscreen, FALSE to do an onscreen search (for backward script compatibility, defaults to FALSE)

Category Strings

function FindTopLevelWindow

Description Find the top level window with the specified window class and/or window name. If you do not wish to search based on one of the arguments, use " ," for that argument

Returns Handle The handle of the window that is found. This is 0 if the window is not found.

Param String The window class that will be used to find the desired window.

Param String The window name that will be used to find the desired window.

Category Window

function FindWindow

Synopsis finds a window with a specified class or name.

Description This function starts at the specified window and searches all of its children to find one with the specified Class or Window Name. If the handle is 0 then a top level window is sought (ie equivalent to calling FindTopLevelWindow). Leave the name blank to find a window with a class but any name or leave the class blank to find a window with any class but a particular name.

Returns Handle the window handle of the found window.

Param Handle/hStart starting window.

Param String/sClass class name to search for.

Optional

Param String/sWindowName the name of the window to find.

Category Window

function findWindowByType

Synopsis Finds a child window by its type.

Description This function allows the scripter to find a child window of a given window with a specified window type.

Returns handle the handle of the window with the specified type if found, or 0 if no window with the specified type exists under the starting window's hierarchy.

Param handle the starting window

Param int the window type (one of the WT_ constants from hjconst.jsh).

Category Window

function FindWindowsSystemFile

Description Retrieves the full path to the specified Windows system file.

Returns String Full path to the specified WIndows system file.

Param String/strSystemFile Name of the desired file.

Category JAWS Program

function FindWindowWithClassAndId

Synopsis Finds a child window with a given control ID and class

Description this function is useful when control IDs are not unique in an application and you need to find a child window with a given control ID and class name.

Returns handle the handle of the window if found, NULL otherwise

Param handle/hwnd starting handle

Param string/sClass the class name

Param int/ControlID the control ID of the child

Category Window

function FirstCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the first cell.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function FlashMoviesRecognize

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function FlexibleWebGetActiveRulesNumberForSelectedLocation

Description Returns the number of selected rules for the current location, when the Apply Flexible Web rules dialog is active, and the focus is in the Locations tree view.

Returns int The number of active rules for the selected Location

Category HTML Flexible Web

Synopsis Causes the system focus to move to a specified link in a document.

Description The first link in the buffer is 1, the second 2, etc.

Returns int The number of the link

Param int/LinkNumber The 1-based number of the link to which focus should move.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function FocusWindowSupportsUIA

Description Determines if the focus window supports UIA.

Returns int

Category Window

function FormatString

Description Formats the string you specify with the messages received as subsequent parameters. The message to be formatted must be delimited with the parameter place holder delimiters, such as %1 %2 %3 %4 %5

Returns String the contents of Message with all place holders replaced by their associated parameters.

Param String/Message string containing text intermingled with parameter place holders.

Optional

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %1 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %2 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %3 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %4 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %5 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %6 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %7 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %8 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %9 every time it appears in Message.

Category Strings

function FormatStringWithEmbeddedFunctions

Synopsis Formats a string with embedded functions.

Description This function replaces each occurance of with the result of calling the function func.

Returns String The string with occurances replaced by function result.

Param String/SStr string with embedded functions.

Category Strings

function FormsModeEvent

Synopsis Is activated whenever forms mode is entered or exited.

Description This function is activated whenever forms mode is entered or exited. It is passed a boolean value indicating which of these actions has taken place. If bEntering is equal to true, forms mode has been turned on. If bEntering is equal to false, forms mode has been turned off.

Param Int/bEntering This is the boolean value representing the current state of forms mode.

Optional

Param int/bApplicationMode This is the boolean value representing the current state of application mode. Applicable to JAWS 10 only.

Category HTML Events

function FramesEnumerate

Synopsis Enumerates all frames calling a script function for each frame defined.

Description This function enumerates all defined and valid frames and calls a function for each frame passing in the name and rectangle tlx, tly, brx, bry for the frame.

Returns Void

Param String/Callback script function.

Category Frames

function FrameViewer

Synopsis Launch the Frame Viewer

Description Launch the Frame Viewer with information regarding a possible new frame creation.

Returns void

Param Int/iAction What action should the Frame Viewer perform. Possible values are found in HJConst beginning with FRAMEVIEW_.

Param Int/iEnclosingTop the screen coordinate for the top of the parent window for the new frame.

Param Int/iEnclosingLeft the screen coordinate for the left of the parent window for the new frame.

Param Int/iEnclosingBottom the screen coordinate for the bottom of the parent window for the new frame.

Param Int/iEnclosingRight the screen coordinate for the right of the parent window for the new frame.

Param Int/iFrameTop the screen coordinate for the top of the new frame.

Param Int/iFrameLeft the screen coordinate for the left of the new frame.

Param Int/iFrameBottom the screen coordinate for the bottom of the new frame.

Param Int/iFrameRight the screen coordinate for the right of the new frame.

Param String/strName the title of the parent window.

Param String/strClass the class of the parent window.

Param String/strPrompt the prompt that will be associated with this frame.

Category Frames

function FrameViewerActive

Synopsis Determines whether or not the Frame Viewer is loaded and active.

Description Since multiple instances of the Frame Viewer cannot be simultaneously loaded, this function is usefull for giving the user feedback when a second instance of the Frame Viewer is denied from launching.

Returns Int TRUE if the Frame Viewer is active, otherwise FALSE.

Category Frames

function GetActiveConfiguration

Synopsis retrieves the name of active configuration set.

Description The Name is what is left when all of the path information is stripped away from the Active Configuration path.

Returns String The name of the active configuration set.

Optional

Param int When TRUE, GetActiveConfiguration will return the name of the active domain configuration if applicable. Otherwise, the application configuration is returned.

Category Settings

function GetActiveCursor

Description Returns the type of the active cursor. If the detailed type is requested, and the generic type is CURSOR_PC, the more detailed type of cursor is returned.

Returns Int (JAWS Values) CURSOR_JAWS = 0, CURSOR_PC = 1, CURSOR_INVISIBLE = 2, CURSOR_Braille = 3.

Optional

Param int TRUE-returns the detailed cursor type, FALSE-returns the generic type. Defaults to FALSE.

Category Cursors

function GetActiveCursorName

Synopsis Returns the name of the active cursor.

Description This function returns the name of the active cursor.

Returns string the name of the active cursor.

Category Cursors

function GetActiveProfileIndex

Description Returns the index of the currently active voice profile.

Returns int The index of the currently active voice profile.

Category Voices

function GetActiveProfileName

Description Returns the name of the currently active voice profile.

Returns string The name of the currently active voice profile.

Category Voices

function GetActiveSynthInfo

Synopsis Returns information about the active synthesizer.

Description This function retrieves the active synthesizer's short name, long name and driver.

Returns Int TRUE if synth information was retrieved, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/byRef/sShortName the short name of the synth as defined in SynthNShortName in JFW.ini.

Param String/byRef/sLongName the long name of the synth as defined in SynthNLongName in JFW.ini.

Param String/byRef/sDriver the driver name of the synth as defined in SynthNDriver in JFW.ini.

Category Voices

function GetActiveSynthLanguage

Synopsis Retrieves the name of the active synth language.

Description This function gets the name of the synth language in use.

Returns String the language name.

Category Voices

function GetAlternateUserDirectoryMode

Description Returns the current Alternate User Directory Mode. See the documentation of SetAlternateUserDirectoryMode for information on the various Alternate User Directory Modes.

Returns Int AlternateUserDirMode_Off = 0, AlternateUserDirMode_Default = 1, AlternateUserDirMode_Roam = 2

Category Settings

function GetAncestorCount

Description Gets the hierarchical ancestor count of MSAA objects.

Returns int hierarchical Count of MSAA objects.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetAnnotationAtCaret

Description returns ref mark, author, text, date and time, and description of an annotation at the cursor. Note that there may be multiple annotations associated with the character at the cursor, e.g. comment plus comment replies.

Returns int The UIA AnnotationType constant representing the annotation object's type, or 0 if there is no annotation object at the caret.

Param int index 0-based index of annotation to retrieve

Param string/byref/refText the reference mark or name of the annotation

Param string/byref/ author the author of the annotation

Param string/byref/targetText The text of the actual annotation e.g. comment, footnote or endnote text.

Param string/byref/dateAndTime The date and time of the annotation if available.

Param string/byref/description A string description of the annotation type if available.

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetAnnotationCountAtCaret

Description returns the number of annotations at the cursor. The count is 1-based, the annotations list by index is 0-based.

Returns int the number of annotations such as comments, footnotes or endnotes at the caret

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetAppFileName

Description Determines the file name of the active application program or an active component of that program that was subsequently executed. These file names are the actual program files that are executed by Windows. The file name of the application is used when naming script files.

Returns String Provides a filename.

Category Application Info

function GetAppFileNameWithoutExtension

Description Determines the file name of the active application program or an active component of that program that was subsequently executed. Where GetAppFileName includes the extension, GetAppFileNameWithoutExtension does not include the extension.

Returns String The filename without an extension.

Category Application Info

function GetAppFilePath

Description The GetAppFilePath is used to get the fully qualified path name of the currently running application. When used in combination with GetFileDate, the results can be used to surmise an application version.

Returns String A string containing the fully qualified path name of the currently running application. This includes drive, directory, file name, and extension.

Category Application Info

function GetAppletName

Description Retrieves the name of the applet of the requested window handle.

Returns String The name of the applet.

Optional

Param Handle Window of interest. If not included, then the current window is used.

Category Window

function GetAppMainWindow

Description Determines the window handle for the Main window of the active application.

Returns Handle Provides the window handle of the application's Main window.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window. GetCurrentWindow is often used as the parameter.

Category Window

function GetAppTitle

Description This obtains the title of the active application program. To have the application title spoken, you must use this function as a parameter for the SayString function.

Returns String The string is the title of the application.

Category Application Info

function GetAuthCode

Synopsis Obtains the first 7 characters of the authorization code.

Description For versions of JAWS using SENTINEL_LM as the Authorization scheme, this function obtains the first 7 characters of the JAWS authorization code and returns the characters as a string.

Returns string The first 7 characters of the authorization code, or null if the authorization code could not be obtained.

Category FS Product Info

function GetAuthLanguageCat

Description A call to this function determines what languages are authorized for JAWS. The values are found in HjConst.jsh and start with the prefix AUTHCAT_.

Returns Int value for the language category. The possible values are found in HjConst.jsh and start with the prefix AUTHCAT_.

Category FS Product Info

function GetAuthScheme

Description A call to this function determines what authorization scheme is being used by JAWS. An empty string indicates no authorization scheme was found.

Returns String The authorization scheme currently in use. Authorization schemes are found in HjConst.jsh and start with the prefix SCHEME_.

Category FS Product Info

function GetAuthScriptLanguageCat

Description This function is used by developers of JAWS scripts who are concerned with use of the dongle. A flag is returned and execution of code can be based upon a registered language.

Returns Int The value of the language registered in the dongle. These are registered in HjConst.jsh with the prefix AUTHCAT_SCRIPT_.

Category FS Product Info

function GetBatteryChargeStatus

Description Returns the state of the battery charge. The returned value is 1 for High, 2 for Low, 4 for Critical, 8 for Charging, 128 for No system battery, or 255 for Unknown status.

Returns int Returns the state of the battery charge.

Category System

function GetBatteryLifeTimeRemainingString

Description Returns the battery charge remaining as a string. The returned string displays hours and minutes remaining.

Returns String Returns the battery charge remaining as a string.

Category System

function GetBatteryLifeTimeSecondsRemaining

Description Returns the total number of seconds of battery charge remaining. Returns -1 if status is unknown.

Returns int Returns the percentage of full battery charge remaining.

Category System

function GetBrailleCellColumn

Description Retrieves the screen column at which the specified Braille cell is located.

Returns Int The horizontal pixel location of the cell.

Param Int The number of the Braille cell of interest.

Category Braille Output

function GetBrailleCellRow

Description Retrieves the screen row at which the specified Braille cell is located.

Returns Int The vertical pixel location of the cell.

Param Int The number of the Braille cell of interest.

Category Braille Output

function GetBrailleDisplayName

Description Returns the name of the braille display that is currently in use.

Returns String The name of the braille display that is currently in use. If no braille display is attached, this function returns an empty string.

Category Braille Device

function GetBrailleKeyboardLayout

Description Returns the keyboard layout for the braille display that is currently in use.

Returns String The keyboard layout for the braille display that is currently in use. If no braille display is attached, this function returns an empty string.

Category Braille Device

function GetBrailleModeForModeId

Description Returns the information about the mode or translation rule set associated with the supplied mode ID. it is broken up into parts separated by a (vertical bar). In order, the parts for the mode information are mode ID, mode friendly name, three-letter language abbreviation and language friendly name.

Returns string The information for the mode, or translation rule set, associated with the supplied mode ID.

Param int/ModeID the ID of the mode whose information is to be retrieved.

Category Braille Settings

function GetBrailleModesForLanguage

Description Returns a list of modes, or available sets of rules, for the selected language. List items are separated by # (number sign), and parts of the list item are separated by a (vertical bar). In order, the parts for each list item are mode ID, mode friendly name, three-letter language abbreviation and language friendly name.

Returns string The list of available modes for the selected language.

Param string/TLA The three-letter abbreviation of the language whose modes are to be returned.

Category Braille Settings

function GetBrailleRestriction

Description Gets the restriction value for the Braille cursor. These values are located in HjConst.jsh and start with Restrict.

Returns Int a constant representing the current level of cursor restriction. These constants begin uncder the heading Restriction types, and can be found in hjconst.jsh. They are: RestrictNone to allow the cursor to roam the screen, RestrictAppWindowto restrict to the application window, RestrictRealWindow to restrict to the real window or RestrictWindow to restrict to the current window.

Category Cursors

function GetBrailleTableDisplayName

Synopsis Provides the localized display name for a given Braille table.

Description Given a Braille table file name, GetBrailleTableDisplayName returns the corresponding localized display name. If there is no display name, then the file name is returned.

Returns string the localized display name corresponding to the provided file name.

Param string the Braille table file name. This is the name of the file containing the Braille table definition without the path and file extension.

Category Braille Settings

function GetBrailleTableFileName

Synopsis Provides the file name for a given Braille table.

Description Given a Braille table display name, GetBrailleTableFileName returns the corresponding file name. This is the name of the file containing the Braille table definition without the path and file extension. If there is no file name, then the display name is returned.

Returns string the file name corresponding to the provided display name.

Param string the Braille table display name.

Category Braille Settings

function GetBrailleTranslatorSupportedLanguages

Description returns a list of the languages supported by the active Braille translator. The list items are separated by the # (number sign). Each list item is made up of two parts: the three-letter language code and the friendly name for the language. The parts are separated by a vertical bar ( ).

Returns string The number-sign delimited list of languages supported by the Braille translator.

Category Braille Settings

function GetCachedMSAAFocusInfo

Description Used as a diagnostic tool for obtaining MSAA info for the focused object and its hierarchy.

Returns string The diagnostic information for the MSAA object.

Param int The object level in the hierarchy. 0 is the focus, 1 its parent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetCell

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, gets the contents of the current cell.

Returns String Provides the Cell of information.

Category Tables

function GetCellCoordinates

Description Gets the coordinates of the current cell in a table and passes them by reference to the variables specified in the parameter list.

Returns Int TRUE if the current cursor is positioned inside of a table. In this case, the Row and Column parameters will have meaningful information placed in them.

Param Int/Column/ByRef References the current cell column on return.

Param Int/Row/ByRef References the current cell row on return.

Category Tables

function GetCellFormula

Description When in a spreadsheet, gets the formula for the cell.

Returns string The formula for the cell, or an empty string if there is no formula.

Category Tables

function GetCellNote

Description When in a spreadsheet, gets the note for the cell.

Returns string The note for the cell, or an empty string if there is no note.

Category Tables

function GetCellSpan

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, gets the number of rows and columns spanned by the current cell.

Returns int True if the function succeeded, false otherwise.

Param int/byref/rows When the function returns, contains the number of rows spanned by the current table cell.

Param int/byref/columns When the function returns, contains the number of columns spanned by the current table cell.

Category Tables

function GetCharacter

Description Copies the character or graphic label where the active cursor is positioned. The copied text can then be used by other script functions.

Returns String Provides a character or graphic label.

Category Screen Text

function GetCharacterAttributes

Description Retrieves the text attributes of the character at the current cursor location. The returned value is a combination of the same bit fields used in FindFirstAttribute, FindNextAttribute, etc. To test for the presence of a particular attribute, use code of the form: if (GetAttributes) & ATTRIB_UNDERLINE) then....

Returns Int The attributes of the current character.

Category Text Format

function GetCharacterByExample

Description Retrieves an example phrase of the supplied character.

Returns String The example phrase for the supplied string parameter.

Optional

Param String with character to retrieve the example for. If not provided, gets example phrase for the character at the current cursor.

Category IME

function GetCharacterFont

Description Retrieves the name of the font used for the character at the current cursor location.

Returns String The name of the font.

Category Text Format

function GetCharacterPhonetic

Description returns the phonetic rendering of the character at the cursor or an empty string if there is no phonetic rendering.

Returns string The phonetic representation of the character under the cursor.

Category Screen Text

function GetCharacterPoints

Description Retrieves the point size of the character at the current cursor location.

Returns Int The point size of the character, or 0 if the cursor is either not positioned on anything or is positioned on a graphic.

Category Text Format

function GetCharacterValue

Synopsis Returns the numeric value of the character parameter.

Description This function returns the numeric value of the character parameter.

Returns Int the value of the character.

Param string the character whose value is desired.

Category Strings

function GetCharacterValueString

Synopsis returns a string describing the specified character value.

Description This function maybe used with SayCharacter thrice to get an appropriate string to speak describing the character. For example: Character u + 627 or Character 255 plus 248 or Character 1075 etc. Flags maybe used to specify if the value should be converted to hexedecimal or left as decimal and whether or not to markup the character value portion of the string.

Returns string if the character is successfully converted to a multibyte sequence using the specified code page then the string will contain either the hex or decimal values of the characters. If the markup flag was specified, the actual values will be marked up using the toSpell text option.

Optional

Param string/sChar if not supplied, the character at the active cursor is assumed.

Param int/nFlags see HJConst.jsh for supported flags (see CVF constants.

Param int/nCodePage if not specified, the active code page is assumed.

Category Strings

function GetCharacterWidth

Description Retrieves the width of the character or graphic at the current cursor location.

Returns Int The width of the character or graphic, or 0 if the cursor is not positioned on anything.

Category Text Format

function GetChunk_ColorNA

Description Similar to GetChunk, but whereas GetChunk treats sections of text with differing colors as separate chunks, GetChunk_ColorNA disregards color as a factor in sectioning text.

Returns String Provides the color independent chunk of information.

Category Screen Text

function GetChunk

Description Obtains the chunk of information to which the active cursor is pointing. A chunk is text and graphic information that was written to the screen in a single operation. GetChunk is similar to GetField, however, the GetField function uses logic to determine the text that is to be obtained, while GetChunk simply obtains the text that was stored in the off screen model as a single unit.

Returns String Provides the chunk of information.

Category Screen Text

function GetClipboardText

Synopsis Retrieve text from the Windows clipboard.

Description Retrieves text from the clipboard that is in standard ANSI format. Each line ends with a carriage return/linefeed (CR-LF) combination.

Returns STRING The text found on the clipboard, or " ," if the clipboard is empty.

Category Clipboard

function GetColorApproximation

Synopsis Returns the closest color for which we have a name to the color supplied. Also provides information about how the closest color relates to the color supplied.

Description This function takes a COLORREF and finds the closest color in our table for which we have a name. It also provides information as to whether the approximated color is lighter or darker than the color passed in.

Returns int The color approximately the same as the one past in.

Param int/iColor the color to approximate.

Param int/byRef/nComparisonIndicator a positive number is returned if the approximated color is brighter than the original, 0 if it is the same or a negative number to indicate that the approximated color is darker than the original.

Category Colors

function GetColorAtPoint

Description Retrieves the color at the specified location. This is the color RGB value in such as 000000000 or 255255255.

Returns Int The color value at the specified point.

Param Int/nX the column coordinate of the desired location. You can use GetCursorCol() to retrieve this value.

Param Int/nY the row coordinate of the desired location. You can use GetCursorRow() to retrieve this value.

Category Colors

function GetColorBackground

Description Retrieves the background color of the character at the current cursor location.

Returns Int The background color value.

Category Colors

function GetColorField

Description Obtains the color field at the position of the active cursor. A color field is a section of information, usually text, that has a common combination of colors. For example, the combination might be white foreground on blue background. The use of the color combination must be contiguous. GetColorField is similar to GetField. However, the function GetColorField is based on color changes, while GetField is based on attribute changes.

Returns String The color field pointed to by the active cursor.

Optional

Param int/nSearchLeftMax The maximum distince to look left. The default distance is 0 pixels.

Param Int/nSearchRightMax The maximum distance to look right. The default distance is 0 pixels.

Param int/bSearchLeftFirst If True, JAWS looks left first, otherwise JAWS looks right first. The default value is true.

Category Colors

function GetColorName

Description Retrieves the textual name for the given color found in colors.ini.

Returns String The name of the color, or an RGB string if a name is not provided in colors.ini.

Param Int The color value to be used.

Category Colors

function GetColorText

Description Retrieves the text color of the character at the current cursor location.

Returns Int The text color value.

Category Colors

function GetColumnHeader

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, gets the contents of the column header.

Returns String Provides the header of information.

Optional

Param Int/iMarkedHeader Include only headers that are marked in the table

Category Tables

function GetColumnText

Synopsis Gets the text of a range of cells in the current column of a table.

Description This function gets the text of a range of cells in the current column of a table. You can specify the separator string to use between data elements, whether or not to include the coordinates of the active cell immediately before that cell's data and the start and end rows to include.

Returns String The text of the included cells.

Optional

Param String/lpszSeparator string to insert between cell data, defaults to a single space.

Param String/lpszCurrentCoordinateTemplate a string defining how the coordinates of the current cell will be rendered. This string must contain two % style parameters (eg c%1r%2) which will be filled with the numeric value of the current column and row respectively. If this parameter is 0 then no coordinates will be included before the current cell.

Param String/lpszBlankCellText the text to be displayed if the cell is blank.

Param Int/nStartRow the starting row, defaults to the first row (1) of the table.

Param Int/nEndRow the ending row, defaults to the last row of the table.

Category Tables

function GetColumnTextAsArray

Description Returns an array where each element is the text of a cell in the specified range. For example, if you request the entire column, there will be an element for each cell in the column. If you only request rows 3 to 5, there will be three elements, the first for row 3, the 2nd for 4 and the third for 5. In this case you will need to take note of the starting row requested if you wish to map this back to the entire column.

Returns stringArray the array of cells.

Optional

Param int/startRow Defaults to the first row.

Param int/endRow Defaults to the last row.

Category Tables

function GetControlAttributes

Description This function returns an integer value indicating the attributes of the current control.

Returns Int The control attributes, as defined in HJconst.jsh. The values returned may be one of the following; CTRL_NONE = 0, CTRL_CHECKED = 1, CTRL_UNCHECKED = 2, CTRL_GRAYED = 4, CTRL_DISABLED = 8, CTRL_SUBMENU = 16, or CTRL_PRESSED = 32.

Optional

Param Int/BypassMSAACache if TRUE, do not use cached MSAA state

Category Dialog Controls

function GetControlID

Description Determines the Control ID for the specified child window in a dialog box. Each list box, edit field, radio button, etc. in a dialog has a unique control ID number. Child windows that contain static text all have the same control ID.

Returns Int Provides a numeric ID for the specified dialog control, or returns 0 when a dialog box is not active.

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide a window handle.

Category Window

function GetControlIDString

Synopsis Like GetControlID, but for .Net controls

Description Retrieves the ID string for a control on a .Net Windows Form. This string is actually the name of the variable used by the programmer to name the field so it may or may not be useful. GetControlID is not useful in .Net applications because numeric control IDs are automatically assigned by the runtime and are

Returns String a control's ID String

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide a window handle.

Category Window

function GetControlName

Description Gets the name of the current control.

Returns String The name of the control.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetControlTypeName

Description returns a localized string describing the WT_XX HJConst.jsh constant passed in.

Returns string The localized string for the control type.

Param int/type One of the wt_ constants from hjConst.jsh.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetCountedSelectionContextItems

Description Retrieves a flagset representing the context itemms for which counts will be spoken. See the SelCtxCount constants in HJConst.jsh.

Returns int The flagset representing the context itemms for which counts will be spoken.

Category Speech Markup

function GetCountOfGlanceHighlights

Description Retrieves the count of glance highlights on the page.

Returns int The count of glance highlights on the page.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentControlID

Description Determines the control ID of the active child window in a dialog box. Each list box, edit field, radio button, and so on, in a dialog has a unique control ID number. Child windows that contain static text all have the same control ID. This function performs the same task as GetControlID but it does not require a window handle.

Returns Int Provides a numeric ID for the active dialog control, or returns 0 when a dialog box is not active.

Category Window

function GetCurrentDocumentLength

Description Retrieves the number of characters in the virtual document.

Returns int The length of the virtual document.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentHeading

Description Gets the text of the current heading.

Returns String the text of the heading at the virtual cursor if any.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentHeadingLevel

Description Gets the level of the current heading.

Returns Int The heading level (if the cursor is on a heading) or 0 otherwise. The heading level is 1 for h1, ... 6 for h6.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentItem

Description Retrieves the 1-based index of the item in a ListView or combobox which has focus. This function expands the functionality of lvGetFocusItem to also work for comboboxes.

Returns Int index number of the Current item.

Param Handle The ListView or combobox window.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetCurrentKeyboardLayoutDisplayName

Synopsis Retrieves from the registry the currently active keyboard layout's registry key "Layout Text"

Returns string The registry value for the key HKLM \SYSTEM \CurrentControlSet \Control \Keyboard Layouts <activelayout > \Layout Display Name

Category Scripts

function GetCurrentKeyboardLayoutText

Synopsis Retrieves from the registry the currently active keyboard layout's registry key "Layout Text"

Returns string The registry value for the key HKLM \SYSTEM \CurrentControlSet \Control \Keyboard Layouts <activelayout > \Layout Text

Category Scripts

function GetCurrentLinkIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the link on which the PC cursor is positioned in a virtual buffer.

Description The first link in the buffer is 1, the second 2, etc.

Returns int The number of the link

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetCurrentObject

Description Uses MSAA to obtain the object with focus at the active cursor position.

Returns Object The accessible object at the current cursor location.

Param Int/IDChild ID of child.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetCurrentRegionName

Description returns the name of the active Aria region

Returns string The name of the Aria region.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentRegionType

Description returns the type of the active Aria region

Returns string The type string for the Aria region.

Category HTML

function GetCurrentRowColumnCount

Description Returns the physical number of columns in the current table row.

Returns Int 0 if not in a table row or the number of columns in the current row.

Category Tables

function GetCurrentSayAllScheme

Description returns the name of the currently active Speech and Sounds scheme used when performing a SayAll.

Returns string the currently active SayAll scheme.

Category Speech Markup

function GetCurrentSchemeName

Synopsis Gets the name of the currently loaded Speech and Sound Scheme.

Description This function returns the name of the currently loaded Speech and Sounds Scheme.

Returns String the currently active smf file minus the extention .

Category Speech Markup

function GetCurrentScriptKeyName

Description Retrieves the name of the key or gesture used to invoke the currently active script.

Returns String The key or gesture name.

Category Scripts

function GetCurrentWakeWord

Description Retrieves the word or phrase used to wake the JAWS voice assistant.

Returns string The phrase or word used to wake the JAWS voice assistant.

Category Misc

function GetCurrentWindow

Description Determines the window handle for the window that contains the active cursor. In contrast, the GetFocus function uses an analytic process to find the window that currently has the focus, regardless of which cursor is active.

Returns Handle Provides a handle for the active window.

Category Window

function GetCursorCol

Description This determines the horizontal position or column where the active cursor is located. It returns an integer that can be spoken with the SayInteger script function. The value returned is based upon the number of pixels that the active cursor is from the left edge of the screen.

Returns Int the value of the active cursor column position.

Optional

Param Int/nCursorType Optional parameter that designates whose cursor position is to be retrieved. If this parameter is not specified, then the active cursor is used.

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The prefered coordinate system in which the value should be returned This is only a recommendation and will not work in all places. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Cursors

function GetCursorColString

Description This gets the appropriate string describing the cursor position relative to the left of the page or sccreen.

Returns string The cursor column position.

Optional

Param int Type the constant value that represents a cursor, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Cursor constants are: CURSOR_JAWS, CURSOR_PC, CURSOR_INVISIBLE, CURSOR_Braille. A script function such as GetActiveCursor also can provide the constant.

Param int desired units of measure, see hjconst.jsh smmUnitsOfMeasure constants.

Category Cursors

function GetCursorPos

Description This gets the cursor position relative to the top of the page or sccreen.

Returns int TRUE if the coordinates were obtained in the desired unit of measure, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int Type the constant value that represents a cursor, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Cursor constants are: CURSOR_JAWS, CURSOR_PC, CURSOR_INVISIBLE, CURSOR_Braille. A script function such as GetActiveCursor also can provide the constant.

Param int desired units of measure, see hjconst.jsh smmUnitsOfMeasure constants.

Param Int/nCol/ByRef set to x coordinate of caret in desired unit of measure (if supported).

Param Int/nRow/ByRef set to y coordinate of caret in desired unit of measure (if supported).

Category Cursors

function GetCursorPosString

Description This gets the appropriate string describing the cursor position relative to the top and left of the page or sccreen.

Returns String The cursor column and row position.

Param Int Type the constant value that represents a cursor, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Cursor constants are: CURSOR_JAWS, CURSOR_PC, CURSOR_INVISIBLE, CURSOR_Braille. A script function such as GetActiveCursor also can provide the constant.

Optional

Param int desired units of measure, see hjconst.jsh smmUnitsOfMeasure constants.

Category Cursors

function GetCursorRow

Description This determines the vertical position or row where the active cursor is located. It returns an integer that can be spoken by the SayInteger script function. The value returned is based upon the number of pixels that the active cursor is from the top of the screen.

Returns Int the value of the active cursor row position.

Optional

Param Int/nCursorType Optional parameter that designates whose cursor position is to be retrieved. If this parameter is not specified, then the active cursor is used.

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The prefered coordinate system in which the value should be returned This is only a recommendation and will not work in all places. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Cursors

function GetCursorRowString

Description This gets the appropriate string describing the cursor position relative to the top of the page or sccreen.

Returns string The cursor row position.

Optional

Param int Type the constant value that represents a cursor, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Cursor constants are: CURSOR_JAWS, CURSOR_PC, CURSOR_INVISIBLE, CURSOR_Braille. A script function such as GetActiveCursor also can provide the constant.

Param int desired units of measure, see hjconst.jsh smmUnitsOfMeasure constants.

Category Cursors

function GetCursorShape

Description Gets the current shape of the mouse cursor.

Returns String The shape of the current cursor. It may be one of the following values; Arrow Cursor, I beam cursor, Hour Glass, or cross hair cursor.

Category Cursors

function GetCustomLabelFileName

Synopsis returns the custom label filename for the current document

Description This allows scripts used in the process of creating a custom label to obtain the filename for the current document.

Returns string the filename containing custom labels for this document.

Category Custom Labels

function GetCustomLabelKey

Synopsis returns the custom label key for the current object

Description This allows scripts used in the process of creating a custom label to obtain the unique key for the current object. this key is used to map the object to the custom label.

Returns string the key used to map the object to the custom label.

Category Custom Labels

function GetCustomLabelSectionName

Synopsis returns the custom label section name for the current document

Description This allows scripts used in the process of creating a custom label to obtain the section name for the current document. Typically the section name is just [CustomLabels] but in the case of MSWord, where the labels are stored in a file named after the attached template, the section name may also be [CustomLabels docname.doc] where docname.doc refers to the specific document. thus, MSWord may define template level and document level custom labels.

Returns string the section name containing custom labels for this document.

Category Custom Labels

function GetCustomTutorMessage

Synopsis Retrieves a custom tutor message to be spoken by SayTutorialHelp.

Description Retrieves a custom tutor message to be spoken by SayTutorialHelp. Overwrite this function in applications where you want a custom tutor message to be substituted instead of the usual tutor message. This function is processed after GetFrameTutorMessage and before any of the usual tutor messages are processed.

Returns string Null if no custom tutor message is to be spoken, otherwise the custom tutor message.

Category Help

function GetDayOfWeek

Description Returns a localized string representing the day of the week given a date in the YYYY/MM/DD format. The day can be either the long day format or the short day format.

Returns String The day of the week

Param String/strDate a date in the format YYYY/MM/DD

Optional

Param String/strDayType "L" or "S". Determines if the day of the week is returned as a short abbreviated day or a long day. Defaults to a long day name.

Param String/locale The LCID to be used for determining the language in which the day name should be returned. Defaults to the system LCID.

Category System

function GetDefaultBrailleDisplayInfo

Description Retrieves information about the default braille display.

Returns int True if information about the default braille display could be retrieved, false otherwise.

Param string/byRef braille display short name.

Param string/byRef braille display long name.

Param string/byRef braille display driver.

Category Braille Device

function GetDefaultButtonName

Description Identifies the default button in a dialog box. This is the button that will be chosen when ENTER is pressed.

Returns String Provides the name of the default dialog button.

Category Dialogs

function GetDefaultJCFOption

Description Determines the value of a specified option in the default JAWS configuration file.

Returns Int Returns the numeric Value that has been set for the specified option.

Param Int Type the constant value that names the option that you wish to check. Constant values are listed in HJCONST.JSH, and begin with the prefix "OPT_" or "OPTBRL_." Constants beginning with "OPTBRL_" are for Braille devices.

Category Settings

function GetDefaultProfileIndex

Description Returns the index of the default voice profile.

Returns int The index of the default voice profile.

Category Voices

function GetDefaultProfileName

Description Returns the name of the default voice profile.

Returns string The name of the default voice profile.

Category Voices

function GetDefaultSynthGlobalSectionName

Description retrieves the section name used in default.jcf for the default synthesizer.

Returns string The section name in default.jcf of the default synthisizer.

Category Files

function GetDefaultSynthInfo

Synopsis Returns information about the default synthesizer.

Description This function retrieves the default synthesizer's short name, long name and driver.

Returns Int TRUE if synth information was retrieved, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/byRef/sShortName the short name of the synth as defined in SynthNShortName in JFW.ini.

Param String/byRef/sLongName the long name of the synth as defined in SynthNLongName in JFW.ini.

Param String/byRef/sDriver the driver name of the synth as defined in SynthNDriver in JFW.ini.

Category Voices

function GetDescribedByText

Description Returns the text of any elements that have a describedBy relationship to the current element.

Returns string The descriptive text.

Category HTML

function GetDialogIdentifier

Synopsis Obtains the dialog identifier.

Description This function obtains the dialog identifier. If focus is in a multi-page dialog the Dialog Identifier is the Dialog Page Name. If focus is in a web page dialog or a MSAA window the Dialog Identifier is the name of the object that has the dialog role; this information is obtained from the Cached MSAA Data. Otherwise the Dialog Identifier is the window name of the dialog box.

Returns String The dialog identifier

Category Dialogs

function GetDialogPageName

Description If the active cursor is inside a multi-page dialog, retrieves the name of the current page.

Returns String The name of the current page.

Category Dialogs

function GetDialogStaticText

Description Gets the static text in a dialog box.

Returns String The static text found in a Dialog box.

Category Dialogs

function GetDocumentLoadState

Synopsis Queries the document at the requested window for its load state.

Description This is currently supported in applications that use the Freedom Scientific Document Server module.

Returns int One of the values listed in hjconst.h under Document Load States.

Param HANDLE/hWnd The window at the document whose state is to be queried.

Category Window

function GetDocumentName

Description Retrieves the name of the active document in the virtual buffer.

Returns string The name of the active document in the virtual buffer.

Category HTML

function GetDocumentPath

Synopsis returns the path for the current document

Description This allows scripts to obtain the path or URL of the currently active document

Returns string The path of the current document

Category HTML

function GetDocumentPercentage

Synopsis Returns the position of the active cursor as a percentage of the entire document.

Description This function returns the position of the cursor as a percentage of the entire document.

Returns Int percentage

Category HTML

function GetDocumentProperties

Description Returns various document properties for an editable text document. At present this function is only valid for Lotus Notes 8. This function is available in JAWS 8.0 update 1 and higher.

Returns Int 1 for success, 0 for failure

Param string/title The title of the document

Optional

Param string/PageName The number (or letter) of the current page

Param string/PageNumber The number of a page as it relates to all pages. For example, PageNumber would be the number "1" in the text "1 of 3"

Param string/TotalPages The total number of pages in the document

Param string/LineNumber The current line number within a document page

Param string/CharacterPosition The index of a character on a line of text

Param string/ColumnNumber The number of the current text column

Param string/TotalColumns The total number of text columns

Param string/SectionName The name of the current text section

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetDocumentTitle

Description Retrieves the title of the active html document.

Returns string The title of the active document from its title tag.

Category HTML

function GetDocumentXML

Description This function returns XML for the current virtual document. It obtains well-formed XML from the Dom Server for parsing using the MSXML com object.

Returns string The XML for the current virtual document.

Category HTML XML DOM

function GetDomainName

Synopsis returns the domain for the current document.

Description This allows scripts to obtain the domain of the currently active document. Starting with JAWS 17, called on local files it returns the filename without path or extension --e.g. for f:.html it returns "index".

Returns string The domain of the current document

Category HTML

function GetElementDescription

Synopsis Returns a string describing the current HTML element.

Description This function returns the current HTML element's parameters and their values as a string suitable for speaking or posting to the Virtual Buffer.

Returns String Description of element

Optional

Param Int/nAncestors the number of ancestors to include in the description, the default is 1.

Param Int/bWantTagsOnly true if you only want the tag name(s) and not the parameters as well, default is TRUE.

Category HTML

function GetElementXML

Description This function returns the XML for the element at the virtual cursor. You may also specify the number of ancestors to include.

Returns string The XML for the element at the virtual cursor.

Optional

Param int/ancestorCount 0 for current element only, 1 to include parent, 2 for grandparent etc, -1 for all ancestors.

Category HTML XML DOM

function GetElementXMLAtPoint

Description This function returns the XML for the element at the specified point. You may also specify the number of ancestors to include.

Returns string The XML for the element at the specified point.

Param int/x The X coordinate of the point.

Param int/y The Y coordinate of the point.

Optional

Param int/ancestorCount 0 for current element only, 1 to include parent, 2 for grandparent etc, -1 for all ancestors.

Category HTML XML DOM

function GetEmbeddedObjectDescription

Description Used to get the description of an object embedded within another object. Usually, this applies to objects, such as links, which may be embedded within a text object. Presently, this function will only return success when focus is on a text object with a role of IA2_ROLE_PARAGRAPH. At this time, the only application implementing such objects is in Lotus Notes 8. This function is available after JAWS 8, update 1.

Returns string Description of the embedded object at the cursor position.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetEnvironmentVariable

Description Retrieves the value of a Windows environment variable.

Returns STRING

Param string/environmentVariableName

Category system

function GetField

Description Obtains the information in the field where the active cursor is pointing. A field is a section of information (usually text) that has a common attribute. Examples are; bold, underlined, italics, or strikeout. The use of the attribute must be contiguous. GetField is similar to GetChunk, however, the GetField function uses logic to determine the text that is to be obtained, while GetChunk simply obtains the text that was stored in the Off Screen Model as a unit.

Returns String Provides a field of information.

Optional

Param int If true, and the cursor is at the offset just after the last character of text in the field, jaws returns the preceding field.

Category Screen Text

function GetFileDate

Description Used to get the last modified date of a particular file GetAppFilePath can be used to specify the path of the desired application.

Returns Int An integer containing the last modified date in the form of yyyymmdd. For example, the integer 19970911 would specify September 11, 1997.

Param string Enter the fully qualified path name of the desired application. GetAppFilePath can be used to get the path of the currently running application.

Category Files

function GetFirstChild

Description Determines the first child window that may have been created by a specific parent window. This function is useful when you wish to move down through the stack of window handles.

Returns Handle Provides the handle of the first child window or returns a value of 0 when a child window cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetFirstWindow

Description Provides the handle for the first window that is at the same logical level as a specified window handle. It is used to get to the beginning point of a series of windows.

Returns Handle Provides the handle for the first window that is at the same logical level or returns 0 when a window is not found.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetFixedProductVersion

Description GetFixedProductVersion gets the application's fixed product version.

Returns Void

Param string The path of the program for which you want the information. You can get the path by using GetAppFilePath.

Param Int/nMajorVersion/ByRef Type the variable to receive the major version value.

Param Int/nMinorVersion/ByRef Type the variable to receive the minor version value.

Param Int/nUpdateVersion/ByRef Type the variable to receive the update version value.

Param Int/nBuildNumber/ByRef Type the variable to receive the build number value.

Category Application Info

function GetFocus

Description Obtains the window handle for the window that has the focus. It always seeks the PC cursor or highlighted item that has the focus. It does not take into account which cursor is active. In contrast, the GetCurrentWindow function is less sophisticated. It simply obtains the handle for the window in which the active cursor is located.

Returns Handle Provides the window handle for the window with the focus.

Optional

Param int/byref MSAA object ID for the object with focus. Available in Jaws 11 update 1 and later.

Param int/byref MSAA child ID for the object with focus. Available in Jaws 11 update 1 and later.

Category Window

function GetFocusObject

Description Uses MSAA to get the object with focus.

Returns Object The interface to the Accessible object.

Param Int/IDChild ID of child.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetFocusRect

Description Gets the coordinates of a focus rectangle.

Returns Int TRUE if the focus rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Int/hWnd the handle of the window containing the focus rectangle.

Param Int/nLeft the left edge of the focus rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight the right edge of the focus rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop the top edge of the focus rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom the bottom edge of the focus rectangle after the function is called.

Category Window

function GetFocusRectBottom

Description Gets the coordinates of the bottom edge of a focus rectangle.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of bottom edge of focus rectangle.

Param Int Handle of window containing the focus rectangle.

Category Window

function GetFocusRectLeft

Description Gets the coordinates of the left edge of a focused rectangle.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of left edge of focus rectangle.

Param Int Handle of window containing the focus rectangle.

Category Window

function GetFocusRectRight

Description Gets the coordinates of the right edge of a focus rectangle.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of right edge of focus rectangle.

Param Int Handle of window containing the focus rectangle.

Category Window

function GetFocusRectTop

Description Gets the coordinates of the top edge of a focus rectangle.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of top edge of focus rectangle.

Param Int Handle of window containing the focus rectangle.

Category Window

function GetFont

Description Gets font information about the character under the active cursor.

Returns String

Category Text Format

function GetForegroundWindow

Description Retrieves the handle to the current foreground window. This is generally the main window of the active application, but can sometimes be the handle of a dialog box. Marginally faster than GetAppMainWindow.

Returns Handle The handle of the foreground window.

Category Window

function GetFormFieldIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current formfield.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current formfield. Note that if the ControlType optional parameter is supplied and specifies a valid WT constant, this function will return the index for that control type only.

Returns Int the 1-based table index or 0.

Optional

Param int/ControlType one of the WT_ constants to match on or wt_unknown (or 0) for all. This enables a list of specific formfield types to be retrieved. Note this extra param is only available in JAWS 6.0 and higher.

Category HTML

function GetFrameDescription

Description Retrieves the description of a specified frame.

Returns String The text of the description.

Param string The frame name of interest.

Category Frames

function GetFrameNameAtCursor

Description Retrieves the name of the frame that surrounds the location of the current cursor.

Returns String The name of the frame containing the cursor. If no such frame exists, the string is empty. An empty string can be tested for by comparing the result with " "

Category Frames

function GetFramePrompt

Synopsis Returns the prompt associated with the frame specified.

Description This function retrieves the prompt of the specified frame. If no frame is specified then the frame at the active cursor location is asumed. Note that a frame's prompt is any string or strings defined as part of any EVENT_Focus/ACTION_SayString pairs.

Returns String the prompt.

Optional

Param String/sName the name of the frame whose prompt you want.

Category Frames

function GetFrameSynopsis

Description Retrieves the synopsis of a specified frame.

Returns String The text of the synopsis.

Param string The frame name of interest.

Category Frames

function GetFrameTutorMessage

Synopsis Returns the tutor message associated with the frame specified.

Description This function retrieves the tutor message of the specified frame. If no frame is specified then the frame at the active cursor location is asumed.

Returns String the tutor message.

Optional

Param String/sName the name of the frame whose tutor message you want.

Category Frames

function GetFromStartOfLine

Description Retrieves text on the current line that is located to the left of the active cursor.

Returns String

Category Screen Text

function GetGestureName

Description Retrieves the name of the gesture attached to the specified script.

Returns String The gesture name.

Param string The name of the script.

Category Scripts

function GetGestureNames

Description Retrieves a \r \n delimited list of the names of all the gestures that are assigned to the specified script.

Returns String A \r \n delimited list of the names of all the gestures that are assigned to the specified script.

Param string The name of the script.

Category Scripts

function GetGraphicID

Description Gets the ID associated with the graphic under the current cursor. If this function fails, then the pointer is not positioned in a valid location on the graphic. Moving into the center of the graphic increases the success of this call.

Returns Int The Graphic ID, or zero if GetGraphicID fails.

Category Graphics

function GetGroupBoxName

Description Gets the name of the current Group box.

Returns String The name of the Group box.

Category Dialogs

function GetHeadingCount

Description Gets the number of headings present on the current Web page at the specified level.

Returns Int The number of headings present.

Param Int/nAtLevel 0 for all headings or 1 through 6 to get the count of levels at that level. These correspond to HTML tags h1 through h6.

Category HTML

function GetHotKey

Description Retrieves the first underlined character in the chunk of text on which the active cursor is positioned. This is especially useful in menus and dialog boxes where an accelerator key for a particular item has been defined and is displayed on the screen as a underlined letter in the name of the control.

Returns String The first underlined character if one exists, otherwise an empty string.

Optional

Param Handle The Handle of the window for which you would like to find the hot key. If a handle is not provided, the handle of the current window will be used.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetHTMLFrameCount

Description Gets the number of HTML frames present on the current Web page or html document.

Returns Int The number of frames present.

Category HTML

function GetHTMLFrameIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current HTML frame.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current frame. Note that invisible frames are not counted.

Returns Int the frame index.

Category HTML

function GetHTMLFrameName

Synopsis Returns the name of the current frame.

Description This function returns the name of the current HTML frame. This is either taken from the title or if no title, the name attribute.

Returns String the name of the frame.

Category HTML

function GetHTMLFrameNames

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of visible frames currently rendered in the VPC buffer.

Description This function returns a delimited list of visible frames currently rendered in the VPC buffer. Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter. This is used to ensure that the list of frames presented by the ins + f9 keystroke is consistent with what is in the VPC bbuffer. Note that this function is not used if the VPC cursor is not active.

Returns String the delimited list of frame names.

Optional

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the frame names.

Category HTML

function GetInputLanguage

Description Returns the name of the active intput language. One can add multiple input languages through Control Panel's Regional and Language Options.

Returns String The name of the active input language.

Category System

function GetIntOptionDefaultSetting

Synopsis retrieves the shipping default settings for a JCF option.

Description Looks in the shared settings directory for the default shipping value of a JCF option. If the application has a JCF file and the option is set there, retrieves the value for the setting; otherwise, retrieves the value from the default.jcf file.

Returns int The default value of the setting in the shipping scripts; otherwise, -1 if the setting could not be retrieved.

Param string The section name to which the JCF setting belongs.

Param string The key name exactly as it appears in the JCF file.

Category Files

function GetItemCount

Description Retrieves a count of items in a ListView, Toolbar, or combobox. This function expands the functionality of lvGetItemCount to also work for comboboxes and ToolBArs.

Returns Int the count of items.

Param Handle The window of interest.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetItemRect

Description Gets the bounding rectangle surrounding the specified item or items. Items can be combined using the bitwise ( ) operator. When two or more items are combined, the resulting rectangle enclosed each of the items.

Returns Int TRUE if the bounding rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Int/nX The x coordinate of the point where the target item exists. If nX and nY are 0, then the current item rectangle will be retrieved.

Param Int/nY The y coordinate of the point where the target item exists. If nX and nY are 0, then the current item rectangle will be retrieved.

Param Int/nLeft The left edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight The right edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop The top edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom The bottom edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nType The item type. Can be IT_CHUNK, IT_WORD, IT_CHAR, IT_FIELD, IT_COLORFIELD, IT_PROMPT, IT_CARET, IT_BOUNDINGRECT, IT_MAGNIFIED, IT_LINE, IT_PRIOR_WORD, IT_NEXT_WORD, or IT_HIGHLIGHT. Types can be combined using the bitwise ( ) operator. For example, if you want to get the rectangle that surrounds an edit control and its prompt, use IT_BOUNDINGRECT IT_PROMPT for this parameter.

Category Window

function GetJAWSDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to the directory in which JAWS is running.

Returns String The JAWS drive and directory without a trailing .

Category JAWS Program

function GetJAWSFindText

Description Gets the text to be located when JAWSFindNext runs.

Returns string the text which JAWSFindNext will use when searching

Category Screen Text

function GetJAWSHelpDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to the JAWS help directory currently in use. This depends on which language is being used.

Returns String The JAWS drive and help directory without a trailing .

Category JAWS Program

function GetJAWSMode

Description Determines whether JAWS is running normally, running from the system tray, or running as MagUtil.

Returns int One of the JAWS modes listed in HJConst.jsh.

Category JAWS Program

function GetJAWSSettingsDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to the JAWS settings directory currently in use. This depends on which language is being used.

Returns String The JAWS drive and settings directory without a trailing .

Category JAWS Program

function GetJAWSUserName

Synopsis Retrieves the name of the user currently logged into JAWS.

Description If this instance of JAWS is not network aware, then the function returns " ,"

Returns String the name of the user currently logged into JAWS.

Category JAWS Program

function GetJCFOption

Description Determines the value of a specified option as it is currently set in memory.

Returns Int Returns the numeric value that has been set for the specified option.

Param Int Type the constant value that names the option that you wish to check. Constant values are listed in HJCONST.JSH, and begin with the prefix "OPT_" or "OPTBRL_." Constants beginning with "OPTBRL_" are for Braille devices.

Category Settings

function GetJFWLang

Description Gets the three letter abbreviation of the JAWS Language that is currently in use. This is the language of the resource DLLs that are loaded by JAWS. This is not necessarily the same as the current speech synthesizer language.

Returns String Returns a string containing the three letter abbreviation of the JAWS Language that is currently in use.

Category JAWS Program

function GetJFWSerialNumber

Description Used to get the serial number of the currently running JAWS.

Returns Int The serial number of the corrently running JAWS, or 0 if there is an error.

Category FS Product Info

function GetJFWSMACount

Synopsis Returns the SMA count.

Description This function returns the SMA count as an integer.

Returns Int The SMA count.

Category FS Product Info

function GetJFWVersion

Description Used to get the version of the currently running JAWS. Can be used to ensure that a function is only called on versions of JAWS that support it.

Returns Int An integer of the form jjmmbbb where j represents the major version, m represents the minor version, and b represents the build number. For example, the integer 300061 would specify JFW 3.00.61.

Category JAWS Program

function GetKeyState

Description Returns by reference both the up/down state of the key, and the toggle state if applicable. NumLock, ScrollLock, and CapsLock have toggle states.

Returns Int TRUE if the keystate was successfully returned.

Param String/strName The name of the key whose state is to be retrieved. A list of key names is referenced in keycodes.ini.

Param Int/bDown/ByRef Set to true if the key is in a down state.

Param Int/bOn/ByRef Set to true if the toggle state is on. For example, if CapLock is in the on state, then this value will be true.

Category Keyboard

function GetLandmarkCount

Description Retrieves the number of available landmarks on the current web page.

Returns int The number of available landmarks.

Optional

Param Int/landmarkType landmark type to count.

Category HTML

function GetLanguageCodeAtCursor

Synopsis Obtains language code at cursor

Description Returns the language abbreviation of the text at the active cursor or the active JAWS language if the language at the cursor cant be determined.

Returns string the language code

Category System

function GetLastBrailleRoutingKey

Description Retrieves the position of the last routing key pressed on a Braille display.

Returns Int The position of the Braille cell with which the routing key is associated. 1 = "cell 1", 2 = "cell 2", and so on.

Category Braille Output

function GetLastInputSource

Description Used to determine the source of the most recent input.

Returns int The most recent input source: keyboard (1), braille (2) or touch (4). See InputSource constants in HJConst.jsh.

Category Scripts

function GetLastKeyPressTime

Description Returns the tick count of the last keyboard event. This function can be used in conjunction with GetLastMouseMovementTime in cases in which it is necessary to know whether a mouse event or a keyboard event occurred more recently.

Returns int Returns the tick count of the last keyboard event.

Category Keyboard

function GetLastMouseMovementTime

Description Returns the tick count of the last mouse movement event. This function can be used in conjunction with GetLastKeyPressTime in cases in which it is necessary to know whether a mouse event or a keyboard event occurred more recently.

Returns int Returns the tick count of the last mouse movement event.

Category Mouse

function GetLastMSAAAlertInfo

Synopsis retrieves the text and alert level of the last known MSAA alert

Description This function allows the user to retrieve the text and alert level of the last MSAA alert.

Returns int TRUE if there is alert data still in the buffer, FALSE otherwise

Param string/byRef/sText the text of the alert

Param int/byRef/nLevel the priority level of the alert, 1 highest, 3 lowest

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetLastWindow

Description Provides the handle for the last window that is at the same logical level as a specified window handle. It is used to get to the end point of a series of windows.

Returns Handle Provides the handle for the last window that is at the same logical level or returns 0 when a window is not found.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetLine

Description Copies the text from the line where the active cursor is positioned. The copied text can then be used by other script functions.

Returns String Provides a line of text.

Category Screen Text

function GetLineBottom

Description Determines the vertical pixel location of the bottom of the line containing the current cursor.

Returns Int The pixel location of the bottom of the current line of text, or 0 if no text is found in this location.

Optional

Param Int/nCursorType Optional parameter that designates whose cursor position is to be retrieved. If this parameter is not specified, then the active cursor is used.

Category Text Format

function GetLineCount

Synopsis Gets the number of lines in the current document .

Description This function returns the number of lines in the current virtual document.

Returns Int the number of lines.

Category HTML

function GetLineTop

Description Determines the vertical pixel location of the top of the tallest character of the line on which the current cursor is positioned. Since the cursor position reported by JAWS is based on the base line of characters, this function is the only way of determining how high up a line of text extends.

Returns Int The pixel location of the top of the tallest character on the current line of text, or 0 if no text is found in this location.

Optional

Param Int/nCursorType Optional parameter that designates whose cursor position is to be retrieved. If this parameter is not specified, then the active cursor is used.

Category Text Format

function GetLinkCount

Description Gets the number of links present on the current Web page.

Returns Int The number of links present.

Category HTML

function GetListIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current list.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current list. If the cursor is not within a list, returns 0.

Returns Int the 1-based list index or 0.

Category HTML

function GetListOfFormFields

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of form fields.

Description This function returns a delimited list of form fields currently rendered in the VPC buffer. Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter.

Returns String the delimited list of form fields.

Optional

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the form fields

Param int/ControlType one of the WT_ constants to match on or wt_unknown (or 0) for all. This enables a list of specific formfield types to be retrieved. Note this extra param is only available in JAWS 6.0 and higher.

Category HTML

function GetListOfGlanceHighlights

Description This function returns a delimited list of glance highlights on the page.

Returns string The delimited list of glance highlights.

Category HTML

function GetListOfLists

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of lists.

Description This function returns a delimited list of lists currently rendered in the document. Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter. This function is used in conjunction with MoveToListByIndex and GetListIndex to facilitate the listing of tables in a ddocument and the ability for the user to select and move directly to any of the tables listed.

Returns String the delimited list of lists.

Optional

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the list information for each list in the list.

Category HTML

function GetListOfObjects

Description Given a window handle, retrieves the names of all objects contained in that window. This function is intended primarily as a tool for script developers to explore a new aplication and find out the names of objects contained therein. This info can be used in crafting scripts to use calls to GetObjectInfoByName.

Returns String A delimited list of object names.

Param HANDLE/hwnd The window containing the objects of interest

Optional

Param String/Delimiter Character to be used as the delimiter between object names. If not provided, defaults to \007.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetListOfProofreadingElements

Synopsis gets a delimited list of proofreading elements

Description This function is used to obtain a delimited list of proofreading elements to present to the user so that the user can select and move the cursor to a particular element.

Returns string the list of elements found delimitted by the specified delimiter or \007 if none specified.

Param int/nProofreadingElementType see hjconst.jsh for the proofreading element types, peSpellingError, peGrammaticalError, peRevision

Optional

Param string/sDelim the delimiter to use to separate the elements.

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetListOfTables

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of tables.

Description This function returns a delimited list of tables currently rendered in the VPC buffer. Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter. The information for each table will be taken from its caption, Summary, (if no Caption) or text within the table. If the table doesn't have any text then the table entry will be labelled untitled N where N increases from 1 for each untitled table. This function is used in conjunction with MoveToTableByIndex and GetTableIndex to facilitate the listing of tables in a ddocument and the ability for the user to select and move directly to any of the tables listed.

Returns String the delimited list of tables.

Optional

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the table information for each table in the list.

Category HTML

function GetListOfTags

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of elements with a specified tag.

Description This function returns a delimited list of elements with the specified tag currently rendered in the VPC buffer. Specify the tag and the attributes you wish to be used for information about the tag. If a tag doesn't have any of the attributes in the comma delimited list, the inner text of the tag will be used if possible. Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter. The information for each table will be taken from its caption, Summary, (if no Caption) or text within the table. If the table doesn't have any text then the table entry will be labelled untitled N where N increases from 1 for each untitled table. This function is used in conjunction with MoveToTableByIndex and GetTableIndex to facilitate the listing of tables in a ddocument and the ability for the user to select and move directly to any of the tables listed.

Returns String the delimited list of tags.

Param string/sTag the UPPERCASE HTML tag to collect.

Param string/sAttrList a comma delimited list of HTML attributes to look for when gathering information about the tag.

Optional

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the tag information for each tag in the list.

Category HTML

function GetListOfTagsWithAttribute

Synopsis Returns a delimited list of elements with a specified tag. The element must also have the specified attribute

Description This function returns a delimited list of elements with the specified tag currently rendered in the VPC buffer. The element must have the supplied attribute. You may optionally also indicate if the tags may be nested or not (which will affect their index). Specify the delimiter for the list using the optional string parameter. This function is used in conjunction with MoveToTagWithAttributeByIndex and related functions. If you specify that you want the value of the attribute included in each list item (see optional param 6), the list's elements will be divided into two parts, the first part is the value of the supplied attribute followed by a colon. The second part is the inner text of the element. For example, in The AOL AIM Triton History Window, this function may be used to obtain information about the messages. The list will look something like MSGID:text MSGID:text ...

Returns String the delimited list of tags.

Param string/sTag the UPPERCASE HTML tag to collect (maybe empty if you want all tags with a specific attribute such as any element with an onclick).

Param string/sAttr the attribute which each element in the list must have and whose value is optionally included as part of the list items retrieved.

Optional

Param int/iAllowNesting TRUE to allow nested elements, FALSE to disallow nesting. Default is TRUE

Param String/sDelimiter The delimiter to use to separate the tag information for each tag in the list.

Param handle/hwndDoc the handle of the document (may not have focus). If this parameter is not supplied, we assume the document has focus.

Param int/bIncludeAttributeValueInListItems if TRUE, the value of the attribute will be included in each list item, if FALSE, the value of the attribute will not be included.

Category HTML

function GetLiveRegionText

Synopsis Obtains the text of the live region with the given ID from the window.

Description This function returns the text of a live region in a given window. Optionally supply the ID of a particular Live Region, or leave it blank to retrieve the text of the last Live Region updated in the specified window.

Returns string The text.

Param handle The window handle of the window containing the Live Region.

Optional

Param string Optionally supply the ID of the Live Region, or leave blank.

Category screen text

function GetLocaleNameForLangID

Description Given a language abbreviation or language ID, retrieves the locale name of the language.

Returns string The locale name of the language matching the abbreviation or id.

Param string The abbreviation or ID of a language.

Category Misc

function GetLockingCode

Synopsis Obtains the locking code.

Description For versions of JAWS using SENTINEL_LM as the Authorization scheme, this function obtains the JAWS locking code and returns the code as a string.

Returns string The locking code, or null if the locking code could not be obtained.

Category FS Product Info

function GetLotusProgramVersion

Description This function returns the major version of Lotus Notes application. For example, if the full version of Lotus Notes 6.5.20.4091, GetLotusProgramVersion would return 6.

Returns Int An integer specifying the major version of the Lotus Notes program.

Param string The path of the Lotus Notes program for which you want the version. You can get the path by using GetAppFilePath.

Category Application Info

function GetLotusVersionInfoString

Description GetLotusVersionInfoString gets a requested string from the version table of Lotus Notes application. If version is lower than 6, this function get the string from String table of this application.

Returns String The requested string.

Param string The path of the Lotus Notes program for which you want the information. You can get the path by using GetAppFilePath.

Category Application Info

function GetMAGicSerialNumber

Description Used to get the serial number of the currently running MAGic.

Returns Int The serial number of the corrently running MAGic, or 0 if there is an error.

Category MAGic

function GetMenuMode

Description Gets the mode of a menu, active or inactive.

Returns Int The Menu mode returned.

Category Menus

function GetMenuName

Description Gets the name of the active menu.

Returns String The name of the active menu.

Category Menus

function GetMetroAppName

Description Retrieves the name of the current application if it is a Universal/Modern/Metro app. (They're all the same thing renamed over the years.) This function should only be used if IsMetroApp returns true.

Returns String the app name. Note that the name may not correspond to anything that a user will see on screen.

Category Application Info

function GetMetroAppVersion

Description Retrieves the version of the current application if it is a Universal/Modern/Metro app. (They're all the same thing renamed over the years.) This function should only be used if IsMetroApp returns true.

Returns String Version of the form "17.0.50.0"

Category Application Info

function GetNativeOMFromMSAA

Synopsis Gets a pointer to the native Object Model of an application using MSAA.

Description This function uses MSAA to get a pointer to the Application's native object model directly. It should be used when other methods fail and will only work for Office 2000 and above. It is particularly useful when running under Windows XP in Excel where all other methods fail. This function should be called when focused on the main work area, ie the Excel7 class window in Excel, the _wwg class window in MSWord etc.

Returns Object a poihnter to the Application Object.

Optional

Param int/ObjectID The object ID to use when requesting the native OM pointer. In most cases this is OBJID_NATIVEOM and that's what is used if this parameter isn't specified.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetNavModuleVersionInfo

Description Retrieves information about the nav module responsible for the passed in window handle.

Returns String String describing the nav module that is handling the passed in window.

Param Handle Window of interest

Category Window

function GetNearestGlanceHighlightIndex

Description Retrieves the index of the nearest glance highlight on the page.

Returns int If there are glance highlights on the page, the index of the nearest one; otherwise, 0.

Category HTML

Optional

Param int LinkTypeFlags specifying which link types you want to find.

Category HTML

function GetNextWindow

Description Provides the next window handle in a series of window handles that are all at the same logical level. It is used to move across a list of window handles.

Returns Handle Provides the handle of the next window in the stack or returns a value of 0 when another window cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetObject

Description Looks in the Windows Running Object Table for an instance of an application with the specified COM class name.

Returns Object

Param String/ApplicationName Program to find.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectAtPoint

Description Uses MSAA to determine the object at a set of X/Y coordinates.

Returns Object The accessible object at the given point.

Param Int ref data.

Param Int The x coordinate.

Param Int The y coordinate.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectAutomationId

Description Retrieves the UIA automation ID of an object in the focus hierarchy. This is much faster than using the UIA Script API.

Returns String the automation ID.

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectClassName

Description Retrieves the UIA class name of an object in the focus hierarchy. This is much faster than using the UIA Script API.

Returns String the class name.

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectContainerHelp

Synopsis Returns the description of an MSAA object's container

Description This function returns the AccDescription property of the container of an MSAA object if it has one.

Returns String AccDescription property of accessible object's container.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectDescription

Description the description of the object with focus is returned. The value is returned as a string.

Returns String the MSAA description of the object with focus.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectFromEvent

Synopsis retrieves an MSAA object from a window.

Description This function retrieves the specified MSAA object from the given window. This object is generated by an event.

Returns Object the MSAA object.

Param Handle/hWnd the window containing the Object.

Param Int/idObject the id of the object.

Param Int/idChild the id of the child.

Param Int/byRef/v.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectHelp

Synopsis Returns the description of an MSAA object.

Description This function returns the AccDescription property of an MSAA object if it has one.

Returns String AccDescription property of accessible object.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/Level Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectIA2State

Description Gets the IA2 state of an object in the focus hierarchy.

Returns int the IA2 state bits of the nth object.

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectIA2UniqueID

Description Gets the IA2 unique ID of an object in the focus hierarchy.

Returns int the IA2 unique ID of the nth object.

Param int/level The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0 refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectInfoByName

Description Given a window handle and the name of an objectt contained in that window, retrieves information about that object. In most cases, this information is obtained using MSAA. Using this function is much faster than directly using MSAA functions to walk the object hierarchy to find the object of interest and then querying the object for the equivalent information. Information is returned in byRef parameters. Not all information is available for all objects.

Returns int TRUE if function was successful, false on failure.

Param HANDLE/hwnd The window containing the object of interest

Param string/ObjectName The name of the object desired

Param int/nWhichOccurance If there is more than one object with this name, which one is desired. To retrieve the first occurance, pass in 1 as the value for this parameter.

Param int/byref/nSubtype On return will contain the object's subtype code.

Optional

Param int/byref/nState On return will contain the object's state flags. This will be a combination of Control Attribute identifiers defined in HJCONST.JSH.

Param String/byRef/Value On return will contain the object's value.

Param String/byRef/Description On return will contain the object's description.

Param String/byRef/HotKey On return will contain the object's HotKey

Param string/ContainerName On return will contain the name of the object that contains this object.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectIsEditable

Description whether or not the object with focus is editable.

Returns int true or false according to whether the cursor is in an object which may be edited.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectItemStatus

Description Retrieves the UIA ItemStatus property of an object in the focus hierarchy. This is much faster than using the UIA Script API.

Returns String the ItemStatus property

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectItemType

Description Retrieves the UIA ItemType property of an object in the focus hierarchy. This is much faster than using the UIA Script API.

Returns String the ItemType property

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectModuleId

Description Determines the type of module currently in focus. The module types are listed in HJConst.jsh.

Returns int One of the module ID type constants listed in HJConst.jsh.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetObjectMSAAState

Description Gets the MSAA state of an object in the focus hierarchy.

Returns int the MSAA state bits of the nth object.

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectName

Description If the Pc Cursor is active, the name of the object with focus is returned. Otherwise, the name of the object at the position of the active cursor is returned. The value is returned as a string.

Returns String the name of the object at the position of the active cursor.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function getObjectNameFromEvent

Synopsis retrieves the name of an MSAA object from a window.

Description This function retrieves the name of the specified MSAA object from the given window. This object is generated by an event.

Returns String Object name, help or description (searched in that order).

Param Handle/hWnd the window containing the Object.

Param Int/idObject the id of the object.

Param Int/idChild the id of the child.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectNameUnfiltered

Description Unconditionally obtains the name of the object with focus or one of it's ancestors. This is in contrast to GetObjectName which does not return the names of objects of type wt_unknown. Any Objects with MSAA role of Window get mapped to the JAWS type of wt_unknown, which means that it's impossible to use GetObjectName to get the names of windows in the focus hierarchy that don't have a more specific type because the names are returned as empty strings. GetObjectNameUnfiltered does not have the above limitation and provides this functionality without breaking legacy behavior.

Returns String the name of the object in the focus hierarchy.

Optional

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectPlaceholder

Description If the PC cursor is active, the placeholder value of the object with focus is returned. Otherwise, the placeholder value of the object at the position of the active cursor is returned.

Returns string The placeholder value of the object at the position of the active cursor.

Optional

Param int/alwaysUseMSAA If TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/level Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetObjectProcessName

Description Retrieves process name for current object in cached focus.

Returns string Process name with extension

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectRect

Synopsis Retrieves the focus rectangle surrounding the object at the position of the active cursor.

Description Will return TRUE if the object has a focus rectangle, FALSE otherwise. This function takes four int parameters. Left, right, top and bottom. Declare, but do not initialize, the int variables for these parameters, as they are passed by reference.

Returns Int True if a focus rectangle was found surrounding the object, false otherwise.

Param Int/iLeft the value for the left-hand edge of the focus rectangle surrounding the object.

Param Int/iRight the value for the right-hand edge of the focus rectangle surrounding the object.

Param Int/iTop the value for the top edge of the focus rectangle surrounding the object.

Param Int/iBottom the value for the bottom edge of the focus rectangle surrounding the object.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectRole

Description Gets the role of an object in the focus hierarchy.

Returns int the role of the nth object.

Optional

Param int/nLevel The object in the hierarchy to be used. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectState

Synopsis Returns the state of the given object.

Description If the PC cursor is active, the state of the object with focus is returned. Otherwise, the state of the object at the position of the active cursor is returned.

Returns String The state of the object.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectStateCode

Synopsis Returns the state of the given object. Unlike GetObjectState which returns a string that is an interpretation of the state, GetObjectStateCode returns an int which is the bit set of the actual object state.

Description If the PC cursor is active, the state of the object with focus is returned. Otherwise, the state of the object at the position of the active cursor is returned.

Returns int The state of the object.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectSubtype

Description Retrieves the subtype of the object located at the current cursor's location. Because the type is a string that differs across languages, this function should only be used when the objective is to speak the type of the object. GetObjectTypeCode should instead be used in all conditional statements because it provides a language independent solution.

Returns String The subtype of the object at the current cursor's location.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectSubTypeCode

Description Retrieves the numeric subtype code of the object located at the current cursor's location. Constants for these type codes all begin with WT_ and are defined in HJCONST.JSH. The numeric values are the same for all languages of JAWS. Using this function in all conditional statements instead of using GetObjectType insures that these statements will function without change in multiple languages. The subtype code is more specific, i.e. a button can have the sub type of WT_CHECKBOX.

Returns Int The type of the object at the current cursor's location.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param Int/nLevel Level of the object from which to get the type. 0 retrieves the type code for the object with focus; 1 refers to the parent, 2 the grand parent, and so on.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectType

Description Retrieves the type of the object located at the current cursor's location. Because the type is a string that differs across languages, this function should only be used when the objective is to speak the type of the object. GetObjectTypeCode should instead be used in all conditional statements because it provides a language independent solution.

Returns String The type of the object at the current cursor's location.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectTypeCode

Description Retrieves the numeric type code of the object located at the current cursor's location. Constants for these type codes all begin with WT_ and are defined in HJCONST.JSH. The numeric values are the same for all languages of JAWS. Using this function in all conditional statements instead of using GetObjectType insures that these statements will function without change in multiple languages.

Returns Int The type of the object at the current cursor's location.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetObjectValue

Description If the PC cursor is active, the value of the object with focus is returned. Otherwise, the value of the object at the position of the active cursor is returned. The value is returned as a string.

Returns String the value of the object at the position of the active cursor.

Optional

Param Int/AlwaysUseMSAA if TRUE, always obtains this information via MSAA, even in those situations where other methods would otherwise be used instead.

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetOCRLanguages

Description These language codes can be used for primary or secondary OCR language settings.

Returns string a bell-char-delimited list of OCR languages

Category Optical Character Recognition

function GetOutputModeName

Synopsis retrieves a human friendly name for an output mode

Description This function retrieves a human friendly output mode name given an output destination. The names can be different for Speech and Braille. For instance, OT_HELP may have a speech name of Help Information while the Braille name might be hlp. this function is used primarily to retrieve an appropriate message to be shown in the Status cells of the Braille Display or prepended to a Flash message for displays with no status cells during the display of a Flash message. This makes it easier to determine where the message is coming from.

Returns string the human friendly name for the given output mode and destination.

Param int/iOutputType one of the OT constants from hjconst.jsh

Param int/IDestination one of the Output Type destinations from hjconst.jsh.

Category Misc

function GetParagraph

Synopsis Gets the paragraph at the cursor.

Description This function returns the text of the paragraph at the cursor.

Returns String The paragraph.

Category Screen Text

function GetParent

Description Determines which window created a specified child window. For Example, when a dialog box pops up, it could be used to determine the window handle of the window that created the dialog box. It can be used to move up through a list of window handles in order to get to a specific window.

Returns Handle This is the handle of the parent window.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetPhraseByExample

Description Retrieves an example phrase of the supplied string.

Returns String The example phrase for the supplied string parameter.

Optional

Param String phrase to retrieve the example for, otherwise it uses the phrase at the current cursor.

Category IME

function GetPlaceMarkerCount

Synopsis Retrieves the number of PlaceMarkers on the current page or virtual document.

Description Returns the number of available PlaceMarkers on the active page. It does not determine whether or not they are valid.

Returns Int The number of PlaceMarkers found.

Category HTML Placemarkers

function GetPowerACLineStatus

Description Returns the Offline or Online status of AC power. The returned value is 0 for Offline, 1 for Online, or 255 if status is unknown.

Returns int Returns the Offline or Online status of AC power.

Category System

function GetPriorCharacter

Description If this function returns a null string, the cursor is at the beginning of the line.

Returns String the prior character from the cursor position.

Optional

Param Int/IncludeMarkup This optional parameter was added in JAWS 10.0. The default value for the parameter it FALSE. This parameter controls whether markup information is included when the text of the character is returned.

Category Screen Text

function GetPriorWindow

Description Provides the prior window handle in a series of window handles at the same logical level. It is used to move across a list of window handles.

Returns Handle Provides the handle of the prior window in the stack or returns a value of 0 when another window cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetPriorWord

Description gets the word prior to the cursor location without moving the cursor.

Returns string the prior word.

Optional

Param int/bIncludeMarkup FALSE by default.

Category Screen Text

function GetProgramVersion

Description This function returns the major version of an application. For example, if the full version was 3.00.62, Get ProgramVersion would return 3.

Returns Int An integer specifying the major version of the specified program.

Param string The path of the program for which you want the version. You can get the path by using GetAppFilePath.

Category Application Info

function GetProgressBarInfo

Synopsis Returns the handle and the name and value by reference of the first progress bar in the current real window.

Description This function returns the handle, the name and the value of the first progress bar in the current real window.

Returns handle the progress bar handle if any.

Param string/byRef/sName the prompt of the Progress Bar.

Param string/byRef/sValue the value of the progress bar as a percentage.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetProofreadingElementCount

Synopsis gets the number of spelling errors, grammatical errors or revisions in the current document

Description This function returns the number of spelling errors, grammatical errors or revisions in the current document.

Returns int the number of proofreading elements of the specified type.

Param int/nProofreadingElementType see hjconst.jsh for the proofreading element types, peSpellingError, peGrammaticalError, peRevision

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetProofreadingElementInfo

Synopsis Gets information about a proofreading element at the current cursor location

Description This function allows the scripter to obtain information about an element at the cursor such as the text, author, initials, type and date of the element (if relevant). Not all components are returned for all element types.

Returns int TRUE if info was obtained for the specified element type, FALSE otherwise

Param int/nProofreadingElementType see HJConst.jsh for types, prefixed by pe.

Param string/byRef/sText text of element

Param string/byRef/sAuthor author's name

Param string/byref/sInitials Author's initials

Param string/byref/sDesc extra descriptive information (such as revision type if element is a revision).

Param string/byref/date date of element creation (such as revision or comment date).

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetRangeInconsistencyByIndex

Synopsis obtains information about the specified inconsistency in the requested text range

Description This function obtains information about the inconsistency with the 0-based index in the specified text range at the cursor.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE.

Param int/nRange 0 line, 1 sentence, 2 paragraph

Param int/nIndex 0-based index of inconsistency in range for which you want information

Param int/nInconsistencyTypeFlags The type of inconsistencies bitwise ored together, see hjconst.jsh.

Param int/nPairedSymbolCategoryFlags the flags governing the paired symbols to check, see hjconst.jsh

Param int/byref/nTypeOfInconsistency The inconsistency type see hjconst.jsh

Param string/byref/sChars The characters of the inconsistency (eg the punctuation symbol, miscapitalized letter, etc).

Param int/byref/nOffset The offset of the inconsistency from the start of the specified text range.

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetRangeInconsistencyCount

Synopsis returns the number of inconsistencies in the specified text range at the cursor.

Description This function obtains the number of inconsistencies in the specified unit of text. The user can determine what kinds of inconsistencies are detected and thus counted.

Returns int The number of inconsistencies detected in the requested range at the cursor's location.

Param int/nUnit 0 line, 1 sentence, 2 paragraph

Param int/nInconsistencyTypeFlags The type of inconsistencies bitwise ored together, see hjconst.jsh.

Param int/nPairedSymbolCategoryFlags the flags governing the paired symbols to check, see hjconst.jsh

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function GetRealWindow

Description Moves up through the list of window handles in search of a real window. A real window is one that has a title.

Returns Handle Provides the handle of the real window.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetRegionCount

Description Gets the number of regions of the indicated type. If no type is given, then a count of all types of regions is returned.

Returns int Count of regions of the indicated type or all region types if no type is specified.

Optional

Param Int/regionType one of the wt_typeCode constants.

Category HTML

function GetRegistryEntryDWORD

Synopsis Gets a DWORD entry of the registry, first parameter represents root key.

Description Use to get DWORD entries in registry.

Returns int registry entry, no error checking.

Param int 0=HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, 1=HKEY_CURRENT_USER, 2=HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, 3=HKEY_USERS.

Param String/byRef/Name of SubKey

Param String/byRef/Name of Variable

Category System

function GetRegistryEntryString

Synopsis Gets a string entry of the registry, first parameter represents root key.

Description Use to get string entries in registry.

Returns string The string of entry, otherwise an empty string.

Param int 0=HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, 1=HKEY_CURRENT_USER, 2=HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, 3=HKEY_USERS.

Param String/byRef/Name of SubKey

Param String/byRef/Name of Variable.

Category System

function GetRelationText

Description Using one of the relation constants specified in hjconst.h, retrieves text associated with the given relation. These relations are specified as part of the IAccessible2 interface.

Returns string Text associated with the requested relation.

Param int Relation type. Only one relation type at a time is valid for this function.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetReservedKeystrokes

Description Returns the keystrokes reserved by the currently active web application. This delimited string consists of key;item pairs, where key is the keystroke and item is its action as described by the web application. For example, key;item \n.

Returns String A delimited string containing the keystrokes reserved by the currently active web application in the format keystroke;action \n.

Category Keyboard

function GetRestriction

Description Gets the restriction value for the current cursor. These values are located in HjConst.jsh and start with Restrict.

Returns Int a constant representing the current level of cursor restriction. These constants begin uncder the heading Restriction types, and can be found in hjconst.jsh. They are: RestrictNone to allow the cursor to roam the screen, RestrictAppWindowto restrict to the application window, RestrictRealWindow to restrict to the real window or RestrictWindow to restrict to the current window.

Category Cursors

function GetRestrictionName

Description Says the current level of restriction for the active cursor. All cursors besides the PC cursor can have their restriction changed.

Returns Void

Param Int/nRestriction The first parameter requires a constant indicating the current level of cursor restriction. The function GetRestriction can provide a constant for this value.

Category Cursors

function GetRibbonStatus

Synopsis returns the state, active tab (if any), active group (if any) and group description (if any).

Description This function returns the status and descriptive information about the Microsoft Ribbon in the current application. It will work with and without the virtual ribbon enabled; but, with the virtual ribbon enabled, unless the real focus is on a lower ribbon item, it will not obtain lower ribbon information when the virtual cursor is reviewing lower ribbon objects since they don't really have focus.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE, depending on whether the ribbon data was obtained for the currently focused application.

Param int/byref/RibbonState The state is 0 when the focus is not in the ribbon but the ribbon is expanded, 1 the focus is in the upper ribbon, 2 the focus is in the lower ribbon, 3 the ribbon is collapsed. If the state is 0, 1 or 2, the ribbon is expanded, if it is 3, it is collapsed.

Param string/byref/tabName The name of the active tab if the upper or lower ribbon has focus.

Param string/byref/groupName The name of the lower ribbon group if a lower ribbon group item has focus.

Param string/byref/groupDesc The description of the group of the lower ribbon item with focus.

Category Window

function GetRichEditDocument

Description Gets a pointer to the ITextDocument interface of the document in the specified window. This only works for windows of class RichEdit20A or RichEdit20W. The ITextDocument Interface allows access to the object model of RichEdit documents in a similar manner to the MSWord object model. For more details, search Microsoft Developer Network for "Text Object Model."

Returns Object A pointer to the ITextDocument interface.

Optional

Param Handle/hRichEdit The handle to the window of interest. It defaults to the window with focus.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetRightLeaf

Synopsis Traverses the window tree to find the right-most leaf window, starting from the specified root window.

Description Traverses the window tree to find the right-most leaf window, starting from the specified root window.

Returns handle The right-most leaf window handle.

Param handle The starting window handle, the root position.

Param string ByRef The string describing the path from the root to the leaf.

Param int ByRef The hierarchical x position of the leaf window.

Param int ByRef The hierarchical y position of the leaf window.

Category Utility

function getRoleText

Synopsis Retrieves the localized description of an MSAA role.

Description This function retrieves the description of an MSAA role. MSAA roles can be retrieved by accessing the accRole property of an MSAA object. This function is equivalent to the GetRoleText function in the MSAA SDK.

Returns String The text describing the role.

Param int/sRole The role constant to describe. This should be obtained from the accRole property of an MSAA object.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function GetRowHeader

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, gets the contents of the row header.

Returns String Provides the header of information.

Optional

Param Int/iMarkedHeader Include only headers that are marked in the table

Category Tables

function GetRowSpanInfo

Description When in a table on the web, gets position of the current cell in a rowspan and the total number of cells in the span.

Returns int True if the function succeeded, false otherwise.

Param int/byref/posInSpan When the function returns, contains the position in the span of the current cell.

Param int/byref/totalSpan When the function returns, contains the total number of rows spanned by the rowspan cell.

Category Tables

function GetRowText

Synopsis Gets the text of a range of cells on the current row of a table.

Description This function gets the text of a range of cells on the current row of a table. You can specify the separator string to use between data elements, whether or not to include the coordinates of the active cell immediately before that cell's data and the start and end columns to include.

Returns String The text of the included cells.

Optional

Param String/lpszSeparator string to insert between cell data, defaults to a single space.

Param String/lpszCurrentCoordinateTemplate a string defining how the coordinates of the current cell will be rendered. This string must contain two % style parameters (eg c%1r%2) which will be filled with the numeric value of the current column and row respectively. If this parameter is 0 then no coordinates will be included before the current cell.

Param String/lpszBlankCellText the text to be displayed if the cell is blank.

Param Int/nStartCol the starting column, defaults to the first column (1) of the row.

Param Int/nEndCol the ending column, defaults to the last column of the row.

Category Tables

function GetRowTextAsArray

Description Returns an array where each element is the text of a cell in the specified range. For example, if you request the entire row, there will be an element for each cell in the row. If you only request cells 3 to 5, there will be three elements, the first for column 3, the 2nd for 4 and the third for 5. In this case you will need to take note of the starting column requested if you wish to map this back to the entire row.

Returns stringArray the array of cells.

Optional

Param int/startCol Defaults to the first column.

Param int/endCol Defaults to the last column.

Category Tables

function getRunningFSProducts

Description Returns a bit field listing the running products. Valid options are product_JAWS, product_MAGic, or product_OpenBook

Returns int The bit field listing the running products.

Category FS Product Info

function GetScreenEcho

Description Obtains the current screen echo setting. The screen echo setting determines the amount of information that is to be read as the information is displayed on the desktop. The Say NonHighlighted text and Say Highlighted text functions often check the setting for screen echo before deciding how much information to speak.

Returns Int "ECHO_NONE" = 0, "ECHO_HIGHLIGHTED" = 1, "ECHO_ALL" = 2.

Category Screen Text

function GetScreenXML

Description This function obtains screen content as XML which may be processed by the Microsoft MSXML Com Object. To use this XML, you will first need to create an object instance to Microsoft's XML Com interface. Use the following: CreateObject("msxml2.DOMDocument.6.0"), or take a look at HomeRowUIAObject.jss for code examples using XML.

object function GetUIAXMLObject(string UIAInfoXMLString)
var
    object oMSXML,
    object o
if !UIAInfoXMLString then
    return Null()
EndIf
let oMSXML = CreateObject("msxml2.DOMDocument.6.0")
if !oMSXML then
    if InHomeRowMode() then
        Say(msgErr_NoXMLObject,ot_error)
    EndIf
    return Null()
EndIf
oMSXML.async = false
oMSXML.resolveExternals = false
oMSXML.loadXML(UIAInfoXMLString)
let o = oMSXML.SelectNodes("/item")
if !o then
    if InHomeRowMode() then
        say(msgErr_NoItemsInXMLObject,ot_error)
    EndIf
    return Null()
EndIf
return o.item(0)
EndFunction

Optionally, do a search on the Internet for help on data members for the Microsoft XML object.

Returns string The screen content as XML.

Optional

Param int left

Param int top

Param int right

Param int bottom

Category Screen Text

function GetScriptAssignedTo

Description Looks up the name of the script assigned to the specified key or gesture.

Returns string If the key or gesture name is assigned to a script, the name of the script to which it is assigned; null otherwise.

Param string the key or gesture name for which the script assignment is to be determined.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptCallStack

Synopsis Retrieves the names and parameters of all scripts and functions currently executing.

Description Information is ordered from most recent to least recently called items.

Returns string The contents of the call stack.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptDescription

Description Retrieves the description of a specified script.

Returns String The text of the description.

Param string The script name of interest.

Optional

Param int As of JAWS 14, if true, retrieves the script description from default.jsd.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptFileName

Description Retrieves the name of a currently active default or application script file. For the application script file, this is the same as the executable file name of the application, except in those cases where the originally loaded application script file replaced itself with another one by me and of SwitchToScriptFile. Similarly, for the active default script file, this is the name specified in JFW.INI, except in those cases where the original file replaced itself by means of SwitchToScriptFile.

Returns String The name of the script file. This name can be blank if requesting the application script file name and no application script file is loaded.

Param Int/WantAplication True to obtain the name of the application script file, False to obtain the name of the default script file.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptKeyName

Description Retrieves the name of the key attached to the specified script.

Returns String The key name.

Param string The name of the script.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptKeyNames

Description Retrieves a \r \n delimited list of the names of all the keys that are assigned to the specified script.

Returns String A \r \n delimited list of the names of all the keys that are assigned to the specified script.

Param string The name of the script.

Category Scripts

function GetScriptPerformanceHistory

Description Obtains the Script Performance History.

Returns string

Category Misc

function GetScriptSynopsis

Description Retrieves the synopsis of a specified script.

Returns String The text of the synopsis.

Param string The script name of interest.

Optional

Param int As of JAWS 14, if true, retrieves the script synopsis from default.jsd.

Category Scripts

function GetScrollBarInfo

Description Retrieves information about a ScrollBar

Returns int The current position of the thumb on the ScrollBar

Param Handle/hWnd handle to a ScrollBar window or NULL to use the window containing the active cursor

Param int/byref/MinValue the minimum value of the ScrollBar

Param int/byref/MaxValue the maximum value of the ScrollBar

Category Window

function GetSecondaryFocusSelectionGroupPosition

Description Retrieves the position in group information for the selected item at the secondary focus.

Param int/setLevel/ByRef The level of set in the secondary focus.

Param int/sizeOfSet/ByRef The count of items in the secondary focus.

Param int PositionInSet/ByRef The index of the selected item in the secondary focus.

Category Secondary Focus Events and Helpers

function GetSecondaryFocusSelectionText

Description Retrieved the selected text in the secondary focus.

Returns string The selected text in the secondary focus.

Category Secondary Focus Events and Helpers

function GetSelectedCellsAsArray

Description Returns an array where each element is the text of a cell in the selected range. Note this only works in selected apps supporting the selection of cells.

Returns stringArray the array of selected cells.

Optional

Param int/byref/startCol

Param int/byref/startRow

Param string/byref/startColName

Param int/byref/endCol

Param int/byref/endRow

Param string/byref/endColName

Category Selection

function GetSelectedText

Description Retrieves the currently selected text.

Returns String Provides the selected text.

Optional

Param int/bWantMarkup JAWS 6.0, specify true if you want the text to contain speech markup, defaults to false if not specified.

Param int/bWantAllListViewItemText Set when you want to get all the text for a ListView item across multiple columns. When not set you will only get the text in the first column.

Category Selection

function GetSelectionContext

Synopsis Returns a bit pattern of flags indicating items present at the caret or within the current selection.

Description This function returns the currently detected items at the caret or in the selection as determined by the flags set in SetSelectionContextFlags. For instance, if selCtxSpellingErrors is set, and there is a spelling error at the caret location, this flag will be set in the result returned by this function.

Returns int a bit pattern of the detected items at the caret or within the selection.

Category Speech Markup

function GetSelectionContextFlags

Synopsis Returns the flags set by SetSelectionContextFlags which will determine which items will be detected during document navigation.

Description This function enables the user to determine which flags are currently set and thus which items will be detected during document navigation.

Returns int The flags set by SetSelectionContextFlags.

Category Speech Markup

function GetSentence

Synopsis Gets the sentence at the cursor.

Description This function returns the text of the sentence at the cursor.

Returns String The sentence.

Category Screen Text

function GetSettingsCenterControlDisabledReason

Description Used to retrieve a help message for a disabled Settings Center control, explaining why the control is disabled.

Returns String The help message explaining why the control is disabled.

Param handle The dialog page or a spawned dialog, and where the specified control is located.

Param handle The handle of the disabled control who's disabled reason is to be retrieved.

Category Settings

function GetSettingsCenterControlHelp

Description Retrieves the help text belonging to a specified control in the JAWS Settings Center.

Returns string The help message for the specified control.

Param handle The dialog page or a spawned dialog, and where the specified control is located.

Param handle The control who's help string is to be retrieved.

Category Settings

function GetSharedScriptsDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to where shared scripts reside.

Returns String The full path without a trailing backslash.

Optional

Param int/LanguageSpecific TRUE to include the language code as part of the path, FALSE otherwise.

Category JAWS Program

function GetSharedSettingsDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to the shared settings directory currently in use. This depends on which language is being used.

Returns String The shared drive and settings directory without a trailing .

Category JAWS Program

function GetSpeechHistory

Description Obtains the Speech History either as plain text or HTML.

Returns string Either plaintext or HTML of speech history.

Optional

Param int true for HTML, false for plain text. The default is to plain text.

Param string if requesting HTML, the title of the HTML.

Category Speech History

function GetSpellString

Description Adds spaces between characters in a string so that saying the string will result in the characters being spelled out.

Returns String

Param String/sText

Category Strings

function GetStringWidth

Synopsis Returns the length of the string in the given font.

Description This function returns the length of the string in units of 1/100 of an inch using the given font.

Returns Int length of the string in 1/100 of an inch.

Param String/sString The string to be measured

Param String/sFontName the name of the font

Param Int/iPointSize The size in points of the font.

Param Int/iBold True if the font is bold.

Param Int/iItalic True if the font is italic.

Param Int/iUnderline True if the font is underlined.

Param Int/iStrikeout True if the font is strikeout.

Category Text Format

function GetSynthLanguages

Synopsis Retrieves a list of the installed synthesiser languages .

Description This function retrieves a list of the currently active synthesisers supported languages.

Returns String the list of synthesiser languages.

Param String/sDelim the delimiter to use to separate the languages in the list.

Category Voices

function GetSynthPitchRange

Description Assigns the minimum and maximum possible pitch settings to the parameters taken by reference.

Returns Void

Param Int/Min/ByRef Type the variable to receive the minimum pitch seting for your synthesizer.

Param Int/Max/ByRef Type the variable to receive the maximum pitch setting for your synthesizer.

Category Voices

function GetSynthRateRange

Description Assigns the minimum and maximum possible rate settings to the parameters taken by reference.

Returns Void

Param Int/Min/ByRef Type the variable to receive the minimum rate setting for your synthesizer.

Param Int/Max/ByRef Type the variable to receive the maximum rate setting for your synthesizer.

Category Voices

function GetSystemDefaultLang

Description Gets the three letter abbreviation of the System Default language of the Windows User Interface.

Returns String Returns a string containing the three letter abbreviation of the System Default language of the Windows User Interface.

Category System

function GetSystemLocaleInfo

Synopsis Gets default System Locale specific information.

Description this function returns Default System specific Locale information. You determine what information to return by providing an identifier defined in locale.jsh as a parameter to this function.

Returns String the Locale specific information

Param Int/iLocaleCType see constants defined in locale.jsh.

Category System

function GetSystemPowerStatus

Description Returns the percentage of full battery charge remaining. The returned value is in the range 0 to 100, or 255 if status is unknown.

Returns int Returns the percentage of full battery charge remaining.

Category System

function GetSystemVolume

Description Gets the current system volume setting.

Returns Int The current system volume setting. Volume ranges from 0 to 100.

Category System

function GetSystemVolumeRange

Description Assigns the minimum and maximum possible volume settings to the parameters taken by reference.

Returns Void

Param Int/Min/ByRef Type the variable to receive the minimum system volume.

Param Int/Max/ByRef Type the variable to receive the maximum system volume.

Category System

function GetSystemYear

Description Gets the current year. Useful where the short date does not return a year, such as the Outlook Calendar when the regional format is set to English (Canada).

Returns string the year

Category System

function GetTableCaption

Description If a table has a caption then this function returns it.

Returns String The Table Caption

Category Tables

function GetTableIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current table.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current table. Note that invisible tables are not counted. If the cursor is not within a table, returns 0.

Returns Int the 1-based table index or 0.

Category HTML

function GetTableName

Description If a table has a name then this function returns it.

Returns String The Table name

Category Tables

function GetTableNestingLevel

Synopsis Returns the nesting level of the current HTML table.

Description This function returns the nesting level of the current table. If the table is not nested then the value will be 0.

Returns Int The nesting level (top level table has nesting level 0).

Category Tables

function GetTableRowCount

Description Returns the physical number of rows in the current table column.

Returns Int 0 if not in a table column or the number of rows in the current column.

Category Tables

function GetTableSelectionRange

Description Returns by reference the coordinates and names of the first and last cells in a selection.

Param int/byRef/StartRow

Param int/byRef/StartCol

Param string/byRef/StartName

Param int/byRef/EndRow

Param int/byRef/EndCol

Param string/byRef/EndName

Category Tables

function GetTableSummary

Description If a table has a summary then this function returns it.

Returns String The Table Summary.

Category Tables

function GetTagIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current tag.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current tag. Note that invisible tags are not counted. If the cursor is not within the specified tag, returns 0.

Returns Int the 1-based tag index or 0.

Param string/sTag the tag whose index is required.

Category HTML

function GetTagWithAttributeIndex

Synopsis Returns the 1-based index of the current tag/attribute specified.

Description This function returns the 1-based index of the current tag/attribute supplied, the tag maybe empty in which case the current element or one of its ancestors must have the supplied attribute. Note that invisible tags are not counted. If the cursor is not within the specified tag/attribute, returns 0.

Returns Int the 1-based tag index or 0.

Param string/sTag the tag whose index is required (maybe empty).

Param string/sAttribute the attribute which must be present.

Optional

Param int/bAllowNesting whether tag/attribute elements may be nested. This will affect the index so the same value of this parameter must be present for related getTagWithAttributeXX functions for results to be correct.

Category HTML

function GetTestRunner

Description Used for internal testing. Returns a handle to a test object that will be used to run automated tests.

Returns Handle A handle to the test runner.

Category Test

function GetTextBetween

Description Gets the text between two horizontal points on the screen.

Returns String The text located between the two pixel locations.

Param Int/left coordinate of left edge of text to retrieve.

Param Int/right coordinate of right edge of text to retrieve.

Optional

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The Coordinate System to be used to interpret left and right. The default is to interpret them as pixel locations on the screen. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Screen Text

function GetTextFromClipboard

Synopsis Retrieves Text from Windows Clipboard.

Description Retrieves plain text from clipboard.

Returns String

Category Clipboard

function GetTextInFocusRects

Description Retrieves the contents of all focus rectangles into a single buffer.

Returns String The contents of the focus rectangles.

Param Handle Handle of window.

Category Window

function GetTextInFrame

Description Retrieves the text inside a specified frame.

Returns String The frame contents.

Param String/FrameName The name of the frame desired.

Optional

Param Int/bAddLineBreaks whether or not to add line breaks or to get the text as one long string.

Category Frames

function GetTextInRect

Description This function gets text inside a rectangle specified by four points on the screen representing the top, bottom, left, and right boundaries of the rectangle.

Returns String Text inside the rectangle.

Param Int/Left Left edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Top top edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Right right edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Bottom bottom edge of rectangle.

Optional

Param Int/Attributes attributes of text to include. Use 0 to include all text or use a combination of attribute flags to only return text with those attributes.

Param Int/textColor color of text to include, use IgnoreColor constant for any color.

Param Int/backgroundColor background color of text to include.

Param Int/bIncludeLineBreaks Whether or not to add line breaks or to get the text as one long string.

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The prefered coordinate system in which the value should be returned This is only a recommendation and will not work in all places. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Window

function GetThePartOfLineThatChanged

Description Given two strings of text which start with the same text, and where the new string contains additional text at the end which was not present in the old text, returns the newly added text. This is not a StringDiff, rather it is a function to detect newly added text at the end of a string of text.

Returns string The newly added text at the end of a string of old text.

Param string the new text which starts with the same text as the old text, but which may have additional text following the old text.

Param string The old text.

Category Strings

function GetTickCount

Description Retrieves the amount of time that has passed since Windows was started.

Returns Int Number of milliseconds that have passed since Windows was started.

Category System

function GetToEndOfLine

Description Retrieves text on the current line that is located to the right of the current cursor.

Returns String the text to the right of the current cursor.

Category Screen Text

function GetTopLevelWindow

Description Similar to GetAppMainWindow. These two functions differ however in that GetAppMainWindow will always return the handle for the main window of the application. In contrast, the GetTopLevel function can be used within dialog boxes to return the handle of the main dialog window when there may be several child windows which are also real windows. This can be useful when the GetRealWindow function does not return the handle of the main dialog. A real window refers to a window with a title.

Returns Handle The handle of the TopLevel window, as opposed to the AppMainWindow.

Param Handle This function starts with the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting window.

Category Window

function GetTreeInfo

Synopsis Used by TreeCapture script to traverse the window tree and retrieve informatin about each window in the tree.

Description Used by TreeCapture script to traverse the window tree and retrieve informatin about each window in the tree.

Returns string The collected technical information about all windows in the tree.

Param handle The starting window, the root of the window tree to be traversed.

Category Utility

function GetTreeViewLevel

Description Obtains the indent level of the item in a tree view that has focus. The root of the tree has the level 0.

Returns Int The level of the item with focus.

Category Dialog Controls

function GetTypeAndTextStringsForObject

Synopsis Uses MSAA to retrieve information about an MSAA object & it's children.

Description Information about each control is similar to that obtained from SayObjectTypeAndText. The order in which items appear is dictated by how they appear in the MSAA hierarchy.

Returns String The contents of the MSAA object hierarchy excluding certain control types.

Param object The object for which the information is to be retrieved.

Optional

Param int/includeInvisibleNodes TRUE if the function should retrieve text for invisible nodes.FALSE if invisible node text should be excluded. The default is true.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetTypeAndTextStringsForWindow

Synopsis Uses MSAA to retrieve information about a window & it's children

Description Information about each control is similar to that obtained from SayObjectTypeAndText. The order in which items appear is dictated by how they appear in the MSAA hierarchy.

Returns String The contents of the window

Param handle/Window The window containing the controls to be queried.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function GetUserDefaultLang

Description Gets the three letter abbreviation of the Default language of the Windows User Interface for the user that is currently logged into the system.

Returns String Returns a string containing the three letter abbreviation of the Default language of the Windows User Interface for the user that is currently logged into the system.

Category System

function GetUserLocaleInfo

Synopsis Gets User Locale specific information.

Description this function returns User specific Locale information. You determine what information to return by providing an identifier defined in locale.jsh as a parameter to this function.

Returns String the Locale specific information..

Param Int/iLocaleCType see constants defined in locale.jsh.

Category System

function GetUserSettingsDirectory

Description Retrieves the full path to the user settings directory currently in use. This depends on which language is being used.

Returns String The user drive and settings directory without a trailing .

Category JAWS Program

function GetVariantType

Description Determines the type of a variable. Useful with determining the type of collection members, or variables of type variant.

Returns int An integer designating the type of variable, see hjConst.jsh for the values of the different variable types.

Param variant The variable whose type you want to get.

Category Misc

function GetVerbosity

Description Used to obtain the current setting for verbosity. It returns a constant value to indicate the setting: Beginner means speak maximum information, Intermediate means speak a moderate amount of information, and Advanced means speak a minimum amount of information. These values can be used in If...Then...Else...statements.

Returns Int "BEGINNER" = 0, "INTERMEDIATE" = 1, "ADVANCED" = 2.

Category Settings

function GetVersionInfoString

Description GetVersionInfoString gets a requested string from the version table of an application.

Returns String The requested string.

Param string The path of the program for which you want the information. You can get the path by using GetAppFilePath.

Param string Identifier string specifying which piece of information is requested. Identifiers must be contained within quotation marks. You can use the following identifiers: Comments, CompanyName, FileDescription, FileVersion, InternalName, LegalCopyright, LegalTrademarks, OriginalFilename, PrivateBuild, ProductName, ProductVersion, or SpecialBuild.

Category Application Info

function GetVoiceParameters

Description Retrieves the parameters for the voice context you specify. These include Volume, Rate, Pitch, Punctuation and person.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/volume/ByRef Type the variable to receive the voice volume setting.

Param Int/Rate/ByRef Type the variable to receive the voice rate setting.

Param Int/Pitch/ByRef Type the variable to receive the voice pitch setting.

Param Int/Punctuation/ByRef Type the variable to receive the voice punctuation setting.

Param String/Person/ByRef Type the variable to receive the voice person setting.

Category Voices

function GetVoicePerson

Description Using the Voice Context name, the person for the active voice is returned.

Returns String The current voice person setting.

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Optional

Param Int/iSaveWhere This parameter is optional. Setting a value of true, saves the voice settings to the application file. The default is to save it in the default.jcf.

Category Voices

function GetVoicePitch

Description Using the Voice Context name, the pitch setting for the active voice is returned.

Returns Int The current voice pitch setting.

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Optional

Param Int/iSaveWhere This parameter is optional. Setting a value of true, saves the voice settings to the application file. The default is to save it in the default.jcf.

Category Voices

function GetVoiceProfileCount

Description Returns the count of available voice profiles.

Returns int The the count of available voice profiles.

Category Voices

function GetVoiceProfileNames

Description Returns a " \007" delimited list of profile names.

Returns string The delimited list of voice profile names.

Category Voices

function GetVoicePunctuation

Description Using the Voice Context name, the punctuation setting for the active voice is returned.

Returns Int The current voice punctuation setting.

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Optional

Param Int/iSaveWhere This parameter is optional. Setting a value of true, saves the voice settings to the application file. The default is to save it in the default.jcf.

Category Voices

function GetVoiceRate

Description Using the Voice Context name, the rate setting for the active voice is returned.

Returns Int The current voice rate setting.

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Optional

Param Int/iSaveWhere This parameter is optional. Setting a value of true, saves the voice settings to the application file. The default is to save it in the default.jcf.

Category Voices

function GetVoiceVolume

Description Using the Voice Context name, the volume setting for the active voice is returned.

Returns Int The current voice volume setting.

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Optional

Param Int/iSaveWhere This parameter is optional. Setting a value of true, saves the voice settings to the application file. The default is to save it in the default.jcf.

Category Voices

function GetVoiceVolumeRange

Description Assigns the minimum and maximum possible volume settings to the parameters taken by reference.

Returns Void

Param Int/Min/ByRef Type the variable to receive the minimum volume setting for your synthesizer.

Param Int/Max/ByRef Type the variable to receive the maximum volume setting for your synthesizer.

Category Voices

function GetWindowAtPoint

Description Gets the handle of the window at the specified point. For example, this function can be used with MouseMovedEvent to get the handle of the window containing the mouse pointer.

Returns Handle The handle of the window at the point specified by x and y. The value is 0 if a valid window handle is not found.

Param Int/x The horizontal (x) value of the point.

Param Int/y The vertical (y) value of the point.

Category Window

function GetWindowBottom

Description Gets the screen coordinate for the bottom of the window of interest.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of bottom edge of window.

Param Int Handle of window of interest.

Category Window

function GetWindowClass

Description This obtains the window class name of a window. Most standard windows (non SDM windows) have a window class name and a window type name. Window class names are generally unique to specific windows in specific applications.

Returns String The string is the class name.

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type a variable name or choose a script function to provide the window handle it needs.

Category Window

function GetWindowExStyleBits

Synopsis Returns the Window extended style bit flags.

Description This function returns the window extended style bit flags. See the WS constants in the standard winUser.h.

Returns Int the bit flags.

Param Handle/hWnd the window whose style bits are required.

Category Window

function GetWindowHierarchyX

Synopsis Gets the hierarchical position of the supplied window relative to the first window at the same level.

Description This function gets the hierarchical position of the supplied window relative to the first window at the same level, ie it counts the windows at the same level and returns this window's position.

Returns Int The position of the window relative to the first at the same level.

Param Handle/hWnd handle of starting window.

Category Window

function GetWindowHierarchyY

Synopsis Gets the hierarchical position of the supplied window relative to the window's first existing ancestor.

Description This function gets the hierarchical position of the supplied window relative to the first ancestor for this window, ie counts the parent, grandparent, great grandparent etc.

Returns Int The position of the window relative to the first existing ancestor.

Param Handle/hWnd handle of starting window.

Category Window

function GetWindowLeft

Description Gets the screen coordinate for the left of the window of interest.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of left edge of window.

Param Int Handle of window of interest.

Category Window

function GetWindowName

Description Obtains the title of the specified window, such as for a main application window, dialog box, or document window. Not all windows have titles.

Returns String Provides the title of the window when a title is present. When a title is not present, the null value of " ," is returned.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function to specify the window handle title that is desired.

Category Window

function GetWindowOwner

Synopsis Retrieves the name of the application which owns the window.

Description If possible, retrieves the name, including the full path, to the application which owns the window.

Returns string the path and name of the owning application, or null if the application could not be determined.

Param handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function to specify the window handle title that is desired.

Category Window

function GetWindowRect

Description Gets the bounding rectangle of the window whose handle is specified.

Returns Int TRUE if the bounding rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the window for which the rectangle is requested. GetFocus can be used to return this value.

Param Int/nLeft The left edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight The right edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop The top edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom The bottom edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Category Window

function GetWindowRight

Description Gets the screen coordinate for the right of the window of interest.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of right edge of window.

Param Int Handle of window of interest.

Category Window

function GetWindowsOS

Description Provides information about which operating system is being used.

Returns Int One of the constants OS_WIN95 or OS_WIN_NT. These constants are defined in HJCONST.jsh.

Category System

function GetWindowsSystemDirectory

Synopsis Returns the current Windows System directory.

Description Returns the path to the Windows System directory as a string.

Returns String the path to the current Windows System Directory.

Category System

function GetWindowStyleBits

Synopsis Returns the Window style bit flags.

Description This function returns the window style bit flags. See the WS constants in the standard winUser.h.

Returns Int the bit flags.

Param Handle/hWnd the window whose style bits are required.

Category Window

function GetWindowSubtypeCode

Description Obtains the window subtype code number for the specified window. This function is similar to GetWindowTypeCode, but attempts to be even more specific. If no more specific information is available, returns the same thing as GetWindowTypeCode. For example, Calling GetWindowTypeCode using the window handle for the Taskbar would return WT_TABCONTROL, and calling GetWindowSubtypeCode would return WT_TASKBAR, a more specific type of tab control. See the documentation for GetWindowTypeCode for more details.

Returns Int The window subtype number for the specified window.

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type a variable name or choose a script function to provide the window handle it needs.

Optional

Param int/AlwaysUseOSM TRUE to never use the DOMServer to obtain this info

Category Window

function GetWindowText

Description Retrieves the text contained in a window.

Returns String The retrieved text.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the window containing the requested text. GetFocus can be used to return this value.

Param Int/bHighlightOnly TRUE if only highlighted text is requested, otherwise FALSE.

Category Window

function GetWindowTextEx

Description Retrieves the text contained in a window. It functions similar to GetWindowText but allows you to select whether or not to retrieve the text in all child windows.

Returns String The retrieved text.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the window containing the requested text. GetFocus can be used to return this value.

Param Int/bHighlightOnly Enter TRUE if only highlighted text is requested, otherwise FALSE.

Param Int/bIncludeChildren Enter TRUE if text within child windows should be included, FALSE if only text from this window should be retrieved.

Optional

Param Int/bInhibitNewTextEvent Enter TRUE to inhibit NewTextEvent's for any new strings returned by this function that have not yet triggered a NewTextEvent. Enter FALSE if this function should not affect NewTextEvent's. The default is TRUE. (Available as of JAWS 10.0 Update 1)

Category Window

function GetWindowTop

Description Gets the screen coordinate for the top of the window of interest.

Returns Int Screen coordinate of top edge of window.

Param Int Handle of window of interest.

Category Window

function GetWindowType

Description Obtains the window type name of a window. Most standard windows (non SDM windows) have a window type name and a window class name. Examples of window types are: static text, edit field, check box, radio button, etc. The same window type names are commonly used in many different Windows applications.

Returns String The string is the window type.

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the window handle it needs.

Category Window

function GetWindowTypeCode

Description Obtains the window type code number for the specified window. These numbers are the same for English and non-English versions of JAWS. Many window type numbers have constant values assigned to them in the file HJCONST.JSH. The GetWindowType function returns these constants instead of the window type number.

Returns Int The window type number for the specified window.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function to provide the window handle it needs.

Optional

Param int/AlwaysUseOSM TRUE to never use the DOMServer to obtain this info

Category Window

function GetWord

Description Copies the word where the active cursor is positioned. The copied text can then be used by other script functions

Returns String Provides a word.

Category Screen Text

function GetWordInContext

Description When in a spell check, find, or replace dialog, this function gets the line of text from within a document that contains the active word in the dialog. Used, for example, to speak the context of a particular word which the spell check dialog thinks is misspelled.

Returns String Provides a line of text containing the word in question.

Category Screen Text

function GetWordList

Synopsis retrieves a list of unique words for the current paragraph or document

Description This function retrieves a word list (with optional occurance counts for words which occur more than once) for the current paragraph or document.

Returns string The delimited list of words with an optional occurrence count in parentheses after each word which occurs more than once.

Optional

Param string/sDelim the delimiter to use to separate each list item (defaults to the LIST_ITEM_SEPARATOR defined in hjconst.jsh).

Param int/bIncludeOccurrenceCounts TRUE to include the occurance count for words occurring more than once in the paragraph or document (defaults to FALSE).

Param int/bObtainListForParagraphOnly TRUE to only obtain the word list for the current paragraph, FALSE to retrieve the list for the entire document (defaults to FALSE).

Category Screen Text

function GotoLineNumber

Synopsis Moves the cursor to the specified line number in virtual documents.

Description this function moves the cursor to the specified line number in a virtual document.

Returns Int true if the line was successfully moved to, false otherwise.

Param Int/nLine the line number (starting at 1).

Category Navigation

function GrantAppContainerAccess

Synopsis Grants app container access to a fully qualified file such as a personalized web settings file

Description In Windows 8 and higher, with Enhance Protected Mode enabled, IE always runs so that it can't access files for which access hasn't explicitly been granted to the AppContainer user. This function allows applications running in App Container mode to read from JSI or other files.

Returns int TRUE if the access was granted, FALSE otherwise.

Param string The fully qualified name of the file.

Category System

function GraphicsEnumerate

Description For every graphic contained within a specific window, calls a specified function, passing it the coordinates of the graphic.

Returns Int Count of the number of graphics enumerated.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the window containing the graphics of interest.

Param String/strFunctionName The name of the function to be called with information about each graphic in the window. This function should return TRUE if the enumeration is allowed to continue, FALSE if the enumeration should stop immediately. This function should be defined as: int Function SomeName(int nLeft,int nTop,int nRight,int nBottom).

Category Graphics

function GraphicsLabeler

Description Starts the graphics labeler utility that is used to label graphic symbols. The JAWS cursor must be positioned on the graphic symbol that you wish to label before this function is used.

Category Graphics

function GraphicsListHelper

Description Assists the GraphicsList function in creating a string delimitted list of graphics labels.

Category Graphics

function GraphicsShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function GraphicsVerbosity

Synopsis Toggles between the graphics verbosity levels.

Description Graphics Verbosity can be set to All Graphics, Labeled Graphics, or No Graphics.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Graphics Verbosity.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Graphics

function HasFocusRect

Description Determines if the specified window has a focus rectangle (Not implemented currently).

Returns Int "True" or "False", 1 or 0.

Param Handle Handle of window to check

Category Window

function HasTitleBar

Description Determines whether a window has a title bar. If the window has a title bar, then the function returns a constant value of TRUE. If the window does not have a title bar, then a constant value of FALSE is returned. Windows that typically have title bars are dialog boxes and main application windows.

Returns Int "TRUE" = 1, "FALSE" = 0.

Param Handle This function examines the window that is identified by a window handle. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the window handle it needs.

Category Window

function HasUserDefinedVoiceProfiles

Description Returns TRUE if there are user defined voice profiles. Returns 0 otherwise.

Returns Int Returns TRUE if there are user defined voice profiles. Returns 0 otherwise.

Category Voices

function HexToDec

Synopsis converts a hexidecimal string to a decimal integer.

Description This function converts a hexidecimal string to a decimal integer.

Returns int The decimal value

Param string/iDec hexidecimal value

Category Number conversion

function HideRectangleWindow

Description Hides, or removes from the screen, the rectangle created by ShowRectangleWindow.

Category Window

function HighWord

Description retrieves the high-order word from the specified value.

Returns Int The high-order word from the specified value.

Param Int/dwValue Specifies the value to be converted.

Category Number conversion

function HTMLButtonTextVerbosityToggle

Synopsis Toggles the verbosity for Button elements.

Description Toggles the verbosity for buttons between title, screen text/label, alt, value and longest.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML button text verbosity item.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLDecrementLinesPerPageItem

Synopsis Decreases lines per page while in virtual cursor mode.

Description Decreases the number of lines used when the page up or page down is used in virtual cursor mode.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML decrement lines per page option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLDecrementMaxBlockLength

Synopsis Decrements the Max Block Length setting by 10.

Description This keystroke is used to decrement the max block length by 10 in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. This keystroke uses a minimum value of 0. If a successful change in the block length would result in a maximum block length of 0 or less, this value is reset to 255.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML decrement max block length.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLDecrementMaxLineLength

Synopsis Increments the Max Line Length setting by 10.

Description This keystroke is used to increment the max line length by 10 in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. This keystroke uses a minimum value of 0. If a successful change in the line length would result in a maximum line length of 0 or less, this value is reset to 255.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML decrement max line length.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLFrameIndicationToggle

Synopsis Toggles the Frame Indication Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the Frame Indication setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are Give No indication of Frame Change, Say the name of the frame at the beginning and end of each frame, Say New Frame at the beginning of each frame.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML frame indication option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLGraphicReadingVerbosityToggle

Synopsis Toggles the verbosity for image elements.

Description Toggles the verbosity for reading HTML Graphics from longest, OnMouseOver, title and alt tag.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Graphics Reading verbosity item.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIdentifyLinkTypeToggle

Synopsis Toggles the HTML Identify Link Type Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the identification of link type in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are identify link type enabled and nce link only.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML link type.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIdentifySamePageLinksToggle

Synopsis Toggles the Identify Same Page Link Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the identification of same page links in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are identify same page links on and identify same page links off.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Same Page Links item.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncludeGraphicsToggle

Synopsis Toggles the HTML Include Graphics Settings.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the graphics verbosity setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for Include HTML Graphics are Labeled, None, and All.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Graphics Toggle.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncludeImageMapLinksToggle

Synopsis Toggles the HTML Include Image Map Links Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the Image Map link verbosity setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are never include image map links, include image map links that have labels, include all image map links.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Image Map Level.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncludeLinksToggle

Synopsis Toggles the HTML Include Graphical Links Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the graphical link verbosity setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are never include graphical links, include graphical links that have labels, and include all graphical links.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Links Level.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncrementLinesPerPageItem

Synopsis Increases lines per page for virtual cursor mode.

Description Increases the lines per page that is used when the user uses the page up and page down in virtual cursor mode.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML increment lines per page.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncrementMaxBlockLength

Synopsis Increments the Max Block Length setting by 10.

Description This keystroke is used to increment the max block length by 10 in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. This keystroke uses a maximum value of 255. If a successful change in the maximum block length would result in a maximum block length of 155, this value is reset to 10.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML increment max block length.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIncrementMaxLineLength

Synopsis Decrements the Max Line Length setting by 10.

Description This keystroke is used to decrement the max line length by 10 in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. This keystroke uses a minum value of 0. If a successful change in the line length would result in a maximum line length of 0 or less, this value is reset to 255.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML increment max line length.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIndicateBlockQuotes

Synopsis Toggles whether or not block quotes are indicated in Virtual Cursor.

Description Turns on or off the Block Quotes indication.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIndicateElementAccessKeys

Synopsis Toggles whether or not element Access Keys are indicated in Virtual Cursor.

Description Turns on or off the Element Access Keys indication.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Indicate Element Access Keys option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLIndicateLists

Synopsis Toggles whether or not lists are indicated in Virtual Cursor.

Description Turns on or off the lists indication.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Indicate lists option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLScreenFollowsVCursorToggle

Synopsis Toggles the Screen Follows VCursor Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the Frame follows virtual cursor setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are will automatically scroll to display the line on which the VCursor is positioned and will not scroll to display the line on which the VCursor is positioned.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Screen Follows Virtual Cursor option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLSkipPastRepeatedTextToggle

Synopsis Toggles the Skip Past Repeated Text Setting.

Description This keystroke is used to toggle the Skip Past Repeated Text setting in the context of HTML Documents and Web pages. This keystroke is designed to be a part of the HTML Options dialog that is displayed by the script Adjust HTML Settings. The possible values for this JCF option are Virtual Cursor Will Skip Text that was repeated when a new page is loaded and Virtual Cursor Will Not Skip Text that was repeated when a new page is loaded.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Skip Repeated Text option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLTextLinkVerbosityToggle

Synopsis Toggles the verbosity for text links.

Description Toggles the verbosity for text links between title, screen text, onMouseOver, longest and custom.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML text link verbosity item.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLToggleFormsModeAutoOff

Synopsis Toggles the setting of FormsModeAutoOff.

Description This function toggles the setting of the FormsModeAutoOff feature. When on, Forms mode is switched off whenever a new page is loaded provided you weren't in Forms mode in that IE session previously. Forms mode is also turned off if the page is updated by the server. When this setting is off, Forms Mode is never automatically switched off once it has been turned on Unless you switch to an IE session which previously had it turned off.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Toggle Forms Mode Auto Off

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function HTMLToggleIgnoreInlineFrames

Synopsis Toggles the inclusion of inline frames.

Description This function toggles the inclusion of inline frames in the virtual representation of a web page. Inline frames are often used for advertisements so this function provides a way to turn off unwanted ads which are implemented using inline frames.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of HTML Ignore Inline Frames.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function IE4GetCurrentDocument

Synopsis Returns an object that represents the HTML document in a given browser window.

Description The document object can be used to retrieve information about the document, to examine and modify the HTML elements and text within the document, and to process events. This function obtains the document object of the document in the current window.

Returns Object An object that represents the HTML document in a given browser window.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function IE4GetFocus

Description Returns the index of the focus object in Internet Explorer in the context of the entire collection of objects in the current document object.

Returns Int The value indicating the index of the focus object in Internet Explorer.

Category HTML

function IEGetCurrentDocument

Description This function returns an object that represents the HTML document in a given browser window. The document object can be used to retrieve information about the document, to examine and modify the HTML elements and text within the document, and to process events. This function obtains the document object of the document in the current window.

Returns Object An object that represents the HTML document in a given browser window.

Category HTML

function IEGetFocus

Description Returns the index of the focus object in Internet Explorer in the context of the entire collection of objects in the current document object

Returns Int The value indicating the index of the focus object in Internet Explorer.

Category HTML

function IEGetUnrestrictedWindow

Description Gets the Internet Explorer window with full read access.

Returns Object Window with full read access.

Param object/FrameWindow

Category HTML

function IEReformatBody

Synopsis Used to reformat documents displayed in Internet Explorer_Server Windows.

Description Used to reformat an internet Web page that is composed of many graphics and multiple columns and / or frames. It reformats the Web page by converting to a single column of text. The reformatted Web page contains no graphics. However, if the graphic was related to a hyperlink, that hyperlink is included in the reformatted document. It then displays the reformatted document in the active window.

Returns Int Returns 1 if the reformatting was successful, returns 0 otherwise.

Param Handle/hndIESrvWindow The window handle of the Internet Explorer_Server Window

Category HTML

function IMEGetCharAtCursor

Description Retrieves the character under the cursor in the IME composition buffer.

Returns String

Category IME

function IMEGetCompositionString

Description Retrieves the contents of the string being composed in the IME.

Returns String

Category IME

function ImeGetConversionStatus

Synopsis Gets the IME status

Description Gets the IME status for the window that currently has focus.

Returns Int Returns and integer value that indicates the current conversion mode of the Input Method Editor. The possible return values are as follows: imeCModeUnknown (=0), imeCModeInactive (=1), imeCModeOff (=2), imeCModeAlphaHalf (=3), imeCModeAlphaFull (=4), imeCModeKatakanaHalf (=5), imeCModeKatakanaFull (=6), imeCModeHiraganaHalf (=7), and imeCModeHiraganaFull (=8).

Optional

Param Int/bRomanMode/ByRef An integer that is used to specify the current state of the Roman Mode Flag for the IME associated with the focused window. This value is set to be equal to 0 if the Roman Mode Flag is not set and 1 if the Roman Mode Flag is set. See the documentation on ImmGetConversionStatus and the IME Conversion Mode Values in Microsoft's MSDN Library for more information.

Param Int/iConversionMode/ByRef An integer that is used to specify the current conversion mode of the IME associated with the focused window. This is the unparsed value that is obtained from the Win32 API function ImmGetConversionStatus. See the documentation on ImmGetConversionStatus and the IME Conversion Mode Values in Microsoft's MSDN Library for more information.

Param Int/iSentenceMode/ByRef An integer that is used to specify the current sentence mode of the IME associated with the given window. This is the unparsed value that is obtained from the Win32 API function ImmGetConversionStatus. See the documentation on ImmGetConversionStatus and the IME Conversion Mode Values in Microsoft's MSDN Library for more information.

Category IME

function ImeGetDescription

Description Gets the name of the active IME for this window if there is one, otherwise the name of the keyboard layout being used.

Returns String Name of the active IME for this window if there is one, otherwise the name of the keyboard layout being used.

Param Handle/hWnd Which window to check.

Category IME

function ImeGetGuideLine

Description Gets Ime error message.

Returns String

Param Handle/Window The window associated with the Ime of interest.

Category IME

function ImeIsActive

Description Determines whether or not an Ime is associated with the passed window handle.

Returns Int True if an Ime is associated, False otherwise.

Param Handle/window Window to check

Category IME

function InARIAGrid

Description Used to determine if the cursor is inside an ARIA grid on a web page. An ARIA grid is generated by the role="grid" attribute on an HTML element.

Returns Int 1 (True) or 0 (false).

Category Cursors

function IndentationIndicate

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function IndicateControlState

Synopsis Identifies the scontrol state using the Speech Markup rules.

Description Allows your custom scripts to take advantage of the scheme the user has set up.

Returns Void

Param Int/iType Enter the JFW Subtype Code for which this applies. See WT_ constants in HjConst.jsh.

Param int nState Either use GetControlAttributes function or one of the CTRL_ constants from HjConst.jsh if you need to specify the state yourself.

Optional

Param String/sOptionalText If for some reason, you need to have different text spoken you can use this parameter to enter text to be spoken. It will be marked up as any other text would be.

Category Speech Markup

function IndicateControlType

Synopsis Indicates the control type using Speech Markup.

Description Pass the correct control type you want to be spoken for the window or control to speak. This will honor the speech markup.

Returns Void

Param Int/iType Enter the type of control to be spoken.

Optional

Param string sControlName Enter the name of the control to be spoken, if you have a custom name for this control. This would be true if the wrong name is spoken, or perhaps none at all, and you are customizing this control to speak. An example would be an edit that just says Edit without the control's name.

Param String/ControlText Enter the text or value of the control to be spoken, if it doesn't happen already. Most edits, lists, etc. already do it, but if you need to change this here's where.

Category Speech Markup

function InFSVoiceSettingsDialogBox

Description Used to determine whether or not one of the dialog boxes that are used to modify the voice settings is currently open.

Returns Int 1 if one of the dialog boxes that are used to modify the voice settings is currently open. 0 otherwise.

Category Voices

function InHJDialog

Description Checks to see if one of the dialog boxes generated by JFW is active. These include JAWSFind, GraphicsLabeler, DlgSelectItemInList, and DlgSysTray.

Returns Int TRUE if a dialog is active, FALSE otherwise.

Category User Interaction

function IniFlush

Description Flushes all previous writes by IniWriteInteger or IniWriteString specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will guarantee that the newly written sections, keys or values will be available for subsequent reading functions.

Returns Int TRUE if flush was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniFlushEx

Description Flushes all previous writes by IniWriteInteger or IniWriteString specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will guarantee that the newly written sections, keys or values will be available for subsequent reading functions.

Returns Int TRUE if flush was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniReadInteger

Description Reads an integer value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/nDefault The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the User, or if not found then shared, Settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Category Files

function IniReadIntegerEx

Description Reads an integer value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/nDefault The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Category Files

function IniReadSectionKeys

Description Retrieves the keys from a section in an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The key names from the given section as a list of strings delimited by the " " character. If there no keys, an empty string is returned.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the User, or if not found then shared, Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniReadSectionKeysEx

Description Retrieves the keys from a section in an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The key names from the given section as a list of strings delimited by the " " character. If there no keys, an empty string is returned.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniReadSectionNames

Description Retrieves the section names from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The section names as a list of strings delimited by the " " character. If there no sections, a empty string is returned.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the User, or if not found then shared, Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniReadSectionNamesEx

Description Retrieves the section names from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The section names as a list of strings delimited by the " " character. If there no sections, a empty string is returned.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniReadString

Description Reads a string value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strDefault The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the User, or if not found then shared, Settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Category Files

function IniReadStringEx

Description Reads a string value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns String The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section.

Param String/strSection The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strDefault The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will read the file from the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Category Files

function IniRemoveKey

Description Removes a key and its value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the key is successfully removed, otherwise FALSE.

Param String/strSection The name of the section from which the key and its value will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.2, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Category Files

function IniRemoveKeyEx

Description Removes a key and its value from an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the key is successfully removed, otherwise FALSE.

Param String/strSection The name of the section from which the key and its value will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniRemoveSection

Description Removes an entire section an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the section is successfully removed, otherwise FALSE.

Param String/strSection The name of the section that will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.2, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Category Files

function IniRemoveSectionEx

Description Removes an entire section an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the section is successfully removed, otherwise FALSE.

Param String/strSection The name of the section that will be removed. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Category Files

function IniWriteInteger

Description Writes an integer value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int The total number of characters written to the file when the write is successful. False if the value is not written successfully. If the file, section, or key does not already exist, it will be created.

Param String/strSection The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/nValue The value that will be written to the given key.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.0, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Category Files

function IniWriteIntegerEx

Description Writes an integer value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the value is successfully written. If the file, section, or key does not already exist, it will be created.

Param String/strSection The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/nValue The value that will be written to the given key.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.0, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Category Files

function IniWriteString

Description Writes a string value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int The total number of characters written to the file when the write is successful. False if the value is not written successfully. If the file, section, or key does not already exist, it will be created.

Param String/strSection The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strValue The value that will be written to the given key. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.0, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Category Files

function IniWriteStringEx

Description Writes a string value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values.

Returns Int TRUE if the value is successfully written. If the file, section, or key does not already exist, it will be created.

Param String/strSection The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strKey The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param String/strValue The value that will be written to the given key. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param Int/iLocationCode Determines the directory where the file is located.

Param String/strFile The path to the ini style file. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. If a directory is not specified, it will write the file under the \Settings directory.

Optional

Param Int/bFlush Optional parameter. Starting with JAWS 6.0, this flag must be set to true to flush write immediately to disk. True will flush the current write and all previous writes specified for the file indicated by strFile. Flushing will be slower. Not flushing will allow the write function to return quicker, but new data may not be available for subsequent read functions. Not supplying this parameter will behave as if set to true.

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Category Files

function InList

Synopsis determines whether the active cursor is within a List.

Description Note this function is currently only implemented to return TRUE in an HTML list.

Returns Int True if in a list, false otherwise.

Category HTML

function InputBox

Synopsis Displays a dialog box containing an edit field in which you can enter information.

Description This function displays a simple dialog box containing four controls. One control is an edit box in which you can enter information. Another control is a Static Text window containing the prompt of the edit box. The other two controls are the OK and Cancel buttons. If you enter text into the Edit box and press the OK button, the text you typed in the Edit box is returned to the calling function by way of the third variable of the function, which is a string variable that is passed by reference to the calling function.

Returns Int Returns 1 if the OK button was pressed. Returns 0 if the cancel button was pressed.

Param String/strMsg The text of the message that you would like to be displayed in the prompt of the Edit Box.

Param String/strTitle The text of the Dialog Box's title.

Param String/strInputText/ByRef This parameter is passed to the calling funcction or script by reference. If you type text in the Edit box and press the OK button, this parameter returns the text that you typed to JFW. If you do not enter text into the Edit box or you press the Cancel button, this parameter contains a NULL string,

Category User Interaction

function InsertCustomNodesInBranch

Description Inserts a node list at the beginning of the list of nodes under the branch.

Returns string The branch with the new nodes inserted at the beginning of the list of nodes under the branch name.

Param string/sBranch The branch into which you want to insert a node list.

Param string/sNewNodes The new nodes which you want to inserts. The Node list must be in the form node pipe node pipe . . . node pipe.

Category User Options

function InTable

Description Determines whether or not the active cursor is inside of a table.

Returns Int TRUE if in a table, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function inTableCell

Description Returns TRUE if the cursor is in a table cel (as opposed to being anywhere in a table, e.g. the start or end string).

Returns int TRUE or FALSE.

Category Tables

function IntToPaddedString

Description pads an integer with zeros for the given width.

Returns string the padded string

Param int/val the number to pad

Param int/width the width to pad

Category Strings

function IntToString

Description Converts an integer value to a string and returns the string value.

Returns String The newly created string.

Param Int The number to be converted to a string.

Category Strings

function InvalidateCachedCursor

Description Invalidates the cached cursor to force a new cursor to be created. This affects the application's internal state and does not need to be called from the scripts.

Category Optical Character Recognition

function InvalidateRect

Synopsis The InvalidateRect function adds a rectangle to the specified window's update region.

Description The InvalidateRect function adds a rectangle to the specified window's update region. The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn.

Returns int If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. If the function fails, the return value is zero.

Param handle/hwnd of window.

Param int/nLeft Rectangle left.

Param int/nTop Rectangle top.

Param int/nRight Rectangle right.

Param int/nBottom Rectangle bottom.

Category Window

function InvisibleCursor

Description Activates the Invisible cursor and deactivates other cursors. The mouse pointer does not move along with the Invisible cursor. The Invisible cursor can be used in situations where movements of the JAWS cursor and mouse pointer can cause the window display to change.

Optional

Param int/AllowScanCursor If true, allows activation of the Invisible Scan cursor; otherwise, the OSM Invisible cursor will be activated.

Category Cursors

function inWebDialog

Description determines if the virtual cursor is within a web dialog. Note that physical focus may or may not be in the dialog since the virtual cursor may roam away from the focus.

Returns int true or false.

Category html

function IsBrailleCursor

Description Determines whether the Braille cursor is active. It can be used in an If...Then...Else...statement to verify the active status of a cursor.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category Cursors

function IsBrailleViewerEnabled

Description Determines if the Braille Viewer is enabled.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer is enabled, FALSE if disabled.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function IsContractedBrailleInputSupported

Description Returns TRUE or FALSE whether the control with focus supports Contracted Braille input in JAWS. Use ContractedBrailleInputAllowedNow function in the scripts to return control whether or not contracted input support should be allowable.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE whether or not contracted input is supported in JAWS

Category Braille Keyboard

function IsFlexibleWebEnabled

Description Used to test if flexible web is enabled.

Returns int True if on, false if off.

Category HTML Flexible Web

function IsFormsModeActive

Synopsis Tests to see if Forms Mode is active.

Description Checks to determine if Forms Mode is active within the window containing the active cursor.

Returns Int TRUE if the Forms Mode is active, FALSE otherwise.

Category Cursors

function IsInsideARIAApplication

Description Used to determine if the virtual PC cursor is inside an ARIA application on a web page. An ARIA application is generated by the role="application" attribute on an HTML element.

Returns Int 1 (True) or 0 (false).

Category Cursors

function IsInvisibleCursor

Description Used to determine whether the invisible cursor is active. It can be used in an If...Then...Else...statement to verify the active status of a cursor.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category Cursors

function IsInvisibleUIACursor

Description Determines whether the active cursor is the invisible UIA cursor, otherwise known as the Invisible Scan cursor. This can be used, if necessary, to determine if the currently active cursor is the UIA version of the invisible cursor.

Returns int True if the active cursor is the Invisible Scan cursor, false otherwise.

Category Cursors

function IsJAWSCursor

Description Determines whether the JAWS cursor is active. It can be used in an If...Then...Else...statement to verify the active status of a cursor.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category Cursors

function IsJawsUIACursor

Description Determines whether the active cursor is the JAWS UIA cursor, otherwise known as the JAWS Scan cursor. This can be used, if necessary, to determine if the currently active cursor is the UIA version of the JAWS cursor.

Returns int True if the active cursor is the JAWS Scan cursor, false otherwise.

Category Cursors

function IsJFWInstall

Description Checks to see if JFW is running in Installation mode (with the /install flag).

Returns Int TRUE if in install mode, FALSE otherwise.

Category JAWS Program

function IsKeyboardAttached

Description Determines if a keyboard is attached.

Returns int True if a keyboard is attached to the device, false otherwise.

Category Keyboard

function IsKeystrokeReservedByApp

Description Determines if the supplied keystroke has been reserved by the currently active web application. The keystroke is a single letter or shift + letter combination.

Returns int TRUE if the supplied keystroke is reserved by the currently active web application, FALSE otherwise.

Param string/KeyName The string name for the key to be checked, usually a single letter or the text "shift + " followed by the letter.

Category Keyboard

function IsKeyWaiting

Description Indicates if there are other keys in the buffer that need to be processed.

Returns Int Returns TRUE if there is a key waiting to be processed, otherwise, returns FALSE.

Category Keyboard

function IsLastKeyRepeating

Synopsis Determines if the last key is still being held down.

Description This function is useful if you need to avoid running a script until the last key has actually been released . This is particularly important if the script calls into an application's object model and thus would take a long time to complete., slowing response time down.

Returns Int True the keystroke has repeated, false means it has not repeated.

Category Keyboard

function IsLeftButtonDown

Description Checks to see if the left mouse button is locked down.

Returns Int TRUE if left button is locked, FALSE otherwise.

Category Mouse

function IsMetroApp

Description Determines if the current application is a Universal, Modern or Metro app. (They're all different names for the same thing.)

Returns int True if it's a Universal app, false otherwise.

Category system

function IsMSAAWindow

Description Indicates whether or not JAWS is using MSAA to gather information about the contents of this window.

Returns Int TRUE if MSAA is used for this window, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle/hWnd The window to check

Category Object Model And MSAA

function IsMultiPageDialog

Description Checks to see if the active cursor is positioned inside a multi-page dialog box.

Returns Int TRUE if this is a multipage dialog, FALSE otherwise.

Category Dialogs

function IsNotificationManagerEnabled

Description Tests whether or not Notification Manager is enabled.

Returns int True if Notification Manager is enabled, false otherwise.

Category Notification Manager

function IsOBUtil

Description Determines whether the script context pertains to OpenBook's OBUtil. It can be used in an If...Then...Else...statement for verification.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category JAWS Program

function IsPCCursor

Description Determines whether the PC cursor is active. It can be used in an If...Then...Else...statement to verify the active status of a cursor.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category Cursors

function IsRemoteAccessClientEnabled

Description Determines whether the Freedom Scientific Remote Access Client component is installed. The Remote Access Client component is typically enabled during product installation. When the component is enabled, %product% is able to recieve speech and Braille through a Citrix or Remote Desktop client session.

Returns Int TRUE if the component is installed, FALSE otherwise.

Category System

function IsRemoteAccessServerEnabled

Description Determines whether the Freedom Scientific Remote Access Server component is installed. The Remote Access Server component is typically enabled during product installation. When the component is enabled, %product% is able to run in a Remote Desktop or Citrix session.

Returns Int TRUE if the component is installed, FALSE otherwise.

Category System

function IsRightButtonDown

Description Checks to see if the right mouse button is locked down.

Returns Int TRUE if right button is locked, FALSE otherwise.

Category Mouse

function IsRtlChar

Synopsis Determines if a character is a Right to Left reading character.

Description Determines if a character is a Right to Left reading character.

Returns int true if the character is a Right to Left reading character, false otherwise.

Param string The character to be tested.

Category Text Format

function IsRTLLanguageProcessorLoaded

Description Used to detect if a Right to Left aware language processor is loaded.

Returns Int True if RTL language processor is loaded, false otherwise.

Category Misc

function IsRtlReading

Synopsis Determines if the text in the supplied window reads from right to left.

Description This function Determines if the text in the supplied window reads from right to left.

Returns int true if the window contains text which reads right to left, false otherwise.

Param handle The handle of the window to test for Right to Left reading.

Category Text Format

function IsSameKey

Description Physical keys on the keyboard can have more than one name or alias. This function determines whether two key names are referring to the same physical key.

Returns Int TRUE if both keys refer to the same physical key.

Param String/strKey1 The name of the first key.

Param String/strKey2 The name of the second key.

Category Keyboard

function IsSameScript

Description Determines if the current script has been called two or more times in a row without any intervening scripts being called and with no more than 500 milliseconds between each call. Using this function allows a script to act differently depending upon the number of consecutive times it has been called. A script is called whenever a key assigned to it has been pressed.

Returns Int The number of times the script has repeated, 0 means it has not repeated.

Category Scripts

function IsScanCursorClass

Description Tests if the supplied class name is recognized as one which is valid for the JAWS Scan or Invisible Scan cursor. The GenericUIAClasses section in the JCF file specifies class names which are used to allow scan cursor versions of the review cursors.

Returns int True if the supplied class name is valid for scan cursor activation, false otherwise.

Param string/ClassName The window class name to test. To be a valid class name for the scan cursors, the supplied class name must start with one of the class names listed as valid in the GenericUIAClasses section of the JCF file.

Category Window

function IsScriptingEditionAuthorized

Description Determines whether or not the Script Edition option is enabled.

Returns Int TRUE if the Scripting Edition option is enabled, FALSE otherwise.

Category MAGic

function IsScriptKey

Description Determines if a key is asigned to a script.

Returns int True if the passed string is the name of a key assigned to a script, false otherwise.

Param string The name of a key, including any modifiers. See the JKM files for examples of key names.

Category Scripts

function IsSecondaryFocusActive

Description Tests whether a secondary focus is active. A list of suggestions which appears for the primary focus is an example of a secondary focus.

Returns int True if a secondary focus is active, false otherwise.

Category Secondary Focus Events and Helpers

function IsSecureDesktop

Synopsis Determines if the current desktop is a secure desktop.

Description Secure desktops encompass UAC, Lock Screen, and Login Screen desktops. This function determines whether any of these desktops are active.

Returns int True if the current desktop is a secure desktop, false otherwise.

Category System

function IsSpeechOff

Description Used to determine if the synthesizer is muted.

Returns Int TRUE if the synthesizer is muted. False if the synthesizer is not muted.

Category Voices

function IsTandemInstalled

Description Checks to determine if the Tandem feature is installed.

Returns int Returns one if the Tandem feature is installed, zero otherwise.

Category Connection

function IsTextViewerEnabled

Description Determines if the Text Viewer is enabled.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer is enabled, FALSE if disabled.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function IsTouchCapable

Description Determines if the current device is capable of supporting JAWS touch input.

Returns int True if JAWS is running on a device capable of supporting JAWS touch input, false otherwise.

Category Scripts

function IsUIAReviewCursor

Description Determines whether the active cursor is the JAWS or invisible cursor supported by UIA, otherwise known as the JAWS Scan cursor or Invisible Scan cursor.

Returns int True if the active cursor is either the JAWS Scan cursor or Invisible Scan cursor, false otherwise.

Category Cursors

function IsUnicodeJAWS

Synopsis determines if the build of JAWS is Unicode or ANSI.

Description This function determines if the build of JAWS is Unicode or ANSI.

Returns int TRUE if JAWS is a Unicode build, FALSE otherwise.

Category JAWS Program

function IsVirtualCursorOnAnnotationString

Description This function determines if the virtual cursor is on a start or end string of a table, list, region, object, or any text aded by JAWS as an annotation to the virtual buffer.

Returns int true or false.

Category HTML

function IsVirtualDocumentViewRestricted

Description Determines if the current virtual document has been restricted to a web dialog.

Returns int true or false.

Category html

function IsVirtualPCCursor

Synopsis Tests to see if the Virtual PC cursor is enabled.

Description Checks to see if the Virtual PC cursor is being used to navigate within the window with focus.

Returns Int TRUE if the Virtual PC cursor is active, FALSE otherwise.

Category Cursors

function IsVisperoConnectEnabledForSite

Description Tests whether Vispero Connect is enabled for a site, and retrieves the connected link used to send feedback if it is enabled.

Returns int True if Vispero connect is enabled for the site, false otherwise.

Param string The URL to test whether Vispero Connect is enabled for the site.

Param string/byRef The link which is used by Vispero Connect to send feedback about the site.

Category HTML

function IsWindowDisabled

Description Checks the status of the current window or control. Returns FALSE if the window is active; TRUE if the window is disabled.

Returns Int TRUE if window is disabled, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle Handle of window to check. This can be obtained through the GetFocus or GetCurrentWindow functions.

Category Window

function IsWindowObscured

Description Checks to see if this window is covered by any others and therefore cannot be entirely seen.

Returns Int TRUE if window is at least partially covered, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle Handle of window to check. This can be obtained through the GetFocus or GetCurrentWindow functions.

Category Window

function IsWindows10

Synopsis Determines if the current operating system is Windows 10 or above.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is Windows 10 or above.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsWindows11

Synopsis Determines if the current operating system is Windows 11 or above.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is Windows 11 or above.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsWindows7

Synopsis Determines if the current operating system is Windows 7 or above.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is Windows 7 or above.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsWindows8

Synopsis Determines if the current operating system is Windows 8 or above.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is Windows 8 or above.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsWindowVisible

Description Checks the visual status of the window. This function will return true even if the window is completely covered by other windows. See function IsWindowObscured for a way to find out if a particular window is covered. Returns TRUE if the Window is visible on the screen, FALSE if the window is not visible on the screen.

Returns Int TRUE if window on screen, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle Handle of window to check. This can be obtained through the GetFocus or GetCurrentWindow functions.

Category Window

function IsWinNtOr95

Synopsis Distinguishes between Windows NT and 95 and Windows 98/2k.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is either Windows 95 or Windows NT 4.0.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsWinVista

Synopsis Determines if the current operating system is Windows Vista.

Description This function returns true if the OS in use is Windows Vista.

Returns Int true or false.

Category System

function IsZoomTextReaderEnabled

Description Determines if the Reader feature is currently enabled in ZoomText.

Returns int true or false.

Category FS Product Info

function IterateLookupModules

Description Retrieves all active lookup modules and rule set combinations. Both lists are delimited by the constant LIST_ITEM_SEPARATER, found in hjConst.jsh

Returns int the number of items in the lists

Param string/byRef/szModuleNames string to receive the list of lookup modules. This may contain duplicate entries, as more than one rule set would correspond to the same lookup module. Just use iteration to walk through this bell-char-delimited list.

Param string/byRef/szRuleSets The delimited list of rule sets corresponding to the list of modules.

Param String/ByRef/szPrimary The Primary lookup module defined in Default.jcf file.

Category Research It

function JavaObjectChanged

Synopsis Event fired when a Java object changes name, value or description.

Description Since The Java UI does not lend itself to easy scripting like other UI elements this event has been created to monitor in particular, other non-focusable object changes so that these changes may be conveyed to the user.

Returns Void

Param String/lpszRole Java role of object generating change notification.

Param String/lpszName AccessibleContextInfo name.

Param String/lpszDescription AccessibleContextInfo description.

Param String/lpszValue AccessibleValue

Param String/lpszStates string of all states applicable to the object.

Category HTML Events

function JAWSBottomOfFile

Synopsis Moves to bottom of file.

Description Performs standard behavior of the control + end keystroke combination. In most cases, moves the focus to the bottom of the open file, list or document.

Category Navigation

function JAWSCursor

Description This activates the JAWS cursor and deactivates other cursors.

Optional

Param int/AllowScanCursor If true, allows activation of the JAWS Scan cursor; otherwise, the OSM JAWS cursor will be activated.

Category Cursors

function JAWSEnd

Description This performs a special version of the END keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, the script function performs the home function for the application. When other cursors are active, the cursor moves to the last text character or graphic on the line within either the active application window or active child window (depending on the setting for cursor restriction).

Category Navigation

function JAWSFind

Description Finds text on the screen by presenting a dialog for input of text, direction, and choice to search for graphic or text.

Returns Int True if the search item was found, false otherwise.

Optional

Param int True if the find direction should be set to reverse by default, false otherwise.

Category Screen Text

function JAWSFindNext

Description Finds text on the screen after a successful initial find search.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE if not.

Optional

Param Int/bReverse set this to true to find the prior occurance.

Category Screen Text

function JAWSHome

Description This performs a special version of the HOME keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, the script function performs the home function for the application. When other cursors are active, the cursor moves to the first text character or graphics on the line within either the active application window or child window (depending on the setting for cursor restriction).

Category Navigation

function JAWSPageDown

Description This performs a special version of the PAGE DOWN keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, the script function performs the standard Page Down function for the application. When other cursors are active, the cursor moves to the bottom of the active application window or to the bottom of the active child window, depending on the setting for JAWS cursor restriction.

Category Navigation

function JAWSPageUp

Description This performs a special version of the PAGE UP keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, the script function performs the standard PAGE UP command for the application. When other cursors are active, the cursor moves to the top of the active application window or to the top of the active child window (depending on the setting for JAWS cursor restriction).

Category Navigation

function JAWSTopOfFile

Synopsis Moves to top of file.

Description Performs standard behavior of the control + home keystroke combination. In most cases, moves the focus to the top of the open file, list or document.

Category Navigation

function JAWSVerbosityCore

Synopsis Helper to the AdjustJAWSVerbosity script.

Description Use in your own AdjustJAWSVerbosity script and pass your own delimited string in the format shown in common.jsm represented by the constant cStrDefaultList. Hj Dialogs, muted synthesizers and Virtual Cursor are all handled automatically. Just pass your list of items for your convenience.

Param String/sCustomItems Your specific list of items to go at the top of the AdjustJAWSVerbosity list.

Category Settings

function JAWSWindow

Description This switches the focus away from the current application and makes JAWS the active application. This is equivalent to choosing JAWS from the Windows taskbar.

Category JAWS Program

function KeyboardHelp_LaunchWindowsShortcut

Description keyboard help for Windows Shortcut.

Returns string the shortcut text

Param string The fully qualified path of a windows shortcut.

Category system

function KeyboardHelp_WindowsCmd

Description keyboard help for Windows Shortcut.

Returns string the command text

Param string The windows command number.

Category system

function LanguageDetectChange

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function LastCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the last cell.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function LaunchCommandsSearchViewer

Description Launches JAWS Search for the window of interest or the focused window. JAWS Search provides the user with a way to search JAWS commands to find that forgotten keystroke or command.

Optional

Param handle The window for the application whose configuration to use for JAWS Search. If no window is supplied, the focused window is used, using the currently loaded JAWS configuration.

Category Settings

function LaunchQuickSettings

Synopsis Launches the QuickSettings dialog.

Description Launches the QuickSettings dialog. The QuickSettings dialog uses the xml described in the application and default qs and qsm files.

Category Settings

function LaunchShortcut

Description Invokes an Windows Shortcut.

Param string The fully qualified path of a windows shortcut.

Category system

function LeftMouseButton

Description Used to simulate the clicking of the left button on a mouse. If the function is assigned to a script key and is pressed twice within one second, then this simulates a double click of the mouse button.

Category Mouse

function LeftMouseButtonLock

Description Attaches the mouse pointer to an object so that the object can be dragged to a new location. This is equivalent to holding down the left mouse button and moving the mouse. The first use of the function attaches the JAWS cursor and the mouse pointer to the object. The object is moved with the arrow keys, and is dropped at the new location by using the function again.

Returns Int "POINTER_ATTACHED" =1, "POINTER_DETACHED" = 0.

Category Mouse

function LevenshteinDistance

Description Computes the LevenshteinDistance between two strings. This is the number of additions, deletions, and changes in order to transform string1 into string2.

Returns int the number of changes

Param string/string1 The first string

Param string/string2 The second string

Category Strings

function LoadKeymapSection

Description Loads a key map section from the key map file. The key map remains loaded until it is unloaded by calling UnloadKeymapSection, or until the configuration changes--whichever happens first.

Returns void

Param string The name of the key map section to load. The name must match a section in the JKM file, excluding the trailing portion of the section name that specifies the section as a key map. For example, "Custom" specifies the key map section called "[Custom Keys]" in the JKM file.

Category Keyboard

function LowWord

Description retrieves the low-order word from the specified value.

Returns Int The low-order word from the specified value.

Param Int/dwValue Specifies the value to be converted.

Category Number conversion

function LRL_Dialog

Description LRL_Dialog Displays the Research It dialog.

Returns int TRUE if the dialog is okayed; otherwise FALSE.

Param String/BYREF/strModuleName On okaying the dialog, strModuleName will be updated with the selected Research It module.

Param String/BYREF/strRuleSet On okaying the dialog, strRuleSet will be updated with the selected Research It rule set if one applies.

Param String/BYREF/strPhrase strPhrase is an IN/OUT parameter. When the dialog is displayed, the Word Or Phrase combo edit field is updated with the contents of this field. When the dialog is okayed, the strPhrase is updated with the contents of the combo edit.

Category Research It

function LRL_GetFirstLookupModule

Description LRL_GetFirstLookupModule is used to begin an iteration through the active lookup module/RuleSet combinations.

Returns int If the function succeeds, TRUE (1) is returned. Otherwise FALSE (0) is returned. If TRUE is returned, the return value can be passed to LRL_GetNextLookupModule to retrieve the next lookup module/rule set combination.

Param String/BYREF/strLookupModule A string that will receive the name of the first lookup module/rule set combination.

Param String/BYREF/strRuleSet A string that will receive the rule set name of the first lookup module/rule set combination. If there is no rule set, the string will be set to ",".

Category Research It

function LRL_GetNextLookupModule

Description LRL_GetNextLookupModule is used to continue an iteration through the active lookup module/RuleSet combinations.

Returns int If the function succeeds, TRUE (1) is returned. Otherwise FALSE (0) is returned.

Param String/BYREF/strLookupModule A string that will receive the name of the next lookup module/rule set combination.

Param String/BYREF/strRuleSet A string that will receive the rule set name of the next lookup module/rule set combination. If there is no rule set, the string will be set to ",".

Category Research It

function LRL_GetPrimaryLookupModule

Description The primary lookup module is the one designated to be used when the user single presses the LookupModuleInvoke keystroke. The PrimaryLookupModule key is stored in the JAWS Configuration File [options] section. The key may be application specific.

Returns int If the function succeeds, TRUE (1) is returned. Otherwise FALSE (0) is returned.

Param string/byRef/strLookupModule A string that will receive the name of the primary lookup module.

Param string/byRef/strRuleSet A string that will receive the rule set name of the primary lookup module. If there is no rule set, the string will be set to an empty string.

Category Research It

function LRL_Invoke

Description Invoke performs a request from a lookup module.

Returns int If the function succeeds, 0 is returned. Otherwise a non-zero value specifying the error is returned.

Param String/strModuleName A string that contains the name of the lookup module.

Param String/strRuleSet A string that contains the rule set specifier that the lookup module may use to perform the query. This string may be " ," if no rule set applies

Param String/strIn A string containing the input data for the query. This may be the word or phrase at the current cursor. This value may be " ," if the lookup module utilizes the Context and Offset arguments.

Param String/strContext A string containing context data for the query. For example, some lookup modules may utilize the sentence or paragraph containing the target word. This argument can be an empty string.

Param Int/nOffset The 0-based offset of the targeted word in lpszContext. -1 indicates no offset.

Param String/BYREF/strOut A string that will be populated with the returned text. If a non-zero error code is returned, strOut may be populated with additional error information.

Optional

Param String/strExtra A string that may be populated with custom formatted, lookup module specific information. For example, a translation lookup module may include information about the input and output locales for the translation. This string may be an empty string.

Category Research It

function lvGetColumnHeader

Synopsis Returns the column header for the specified listview column.

Description This function enables you to obtain the header for a given listview column.

Returns string

Param handle/ hwnd of listview.

Param int/nCol the column of the listview whose header you want.

Category Screen Text

function lvGetCRC

Synopsis Calculates a unique CRC for a listview.

Description This function is used for listview customization. This hex value corresponds to the [Listview Options] section's keys.

Returns string a unique hex string for a listview.

Param handle/hListview the handle to the listview.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetFocusItem

Description Retrieves the 1-based index of the item in a ListView which has focus. (Superceeded by GetCurrentItem.)

Returns Int index number of the focused item.

Param Handle The ListView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetGroupName

Description Retrieves the name of the grouping that contains an item in a listview.

Returns String The name of the group

Param Handle to the window containing a ListView.

Param Int 1-based index of the item in the ListView of interest.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetItemColumnRect

Description Gets the bounding rectangle of the item in specific column of listview or listcontrol.

Returns Int TRUE if the bounding rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the window for which the rectangle is requested.

Param Int/Index of column, starting at zero.

Param Int/nLeft The left edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight The right edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop The top edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom The bottom edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Category Window

function lvGetItemCount

Description Retrieves a count of items in a ListView. (Superceeded by GetItemCount.)

Returns Int the count of items.

Param Handle The ListView window

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetItemRect

Description Gets the bounding rectangle of the specified item in a listview.

Returns Int TRUE if the bounding rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the ListView of interest.

Param Int/Item index of the item desired.

Param Int/nLeft The left edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight The right edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop The top edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom The bottom edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetItemState

Description Detects the current selection state of the item within a ListView. Refer to the return states for more information.

Returns Int LVIS_FOCUSED = 1. The item has the focus, so it is surrounded by a standard focus rectangle. Although more than one item may be selected, only one item can have the focus. LVIS_SELECTED = 2. The item is selected. The appearance of a selected item depends on whether it has the focus and also on the system colors used for selection. LVIS_CUT = 4. The item is marked for a cut-and-paste operation. LVIS_DROPHILITED = 8. The item is highlighted as a drag-and-drop target.

Param Handle/hwnd window handle of the List View.

Param Int/item 1-based index of the item.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetItemText

Description Retrieves the text of an item in a ListView. Does not work for Owner-Drawn items.

Returns String The contents of the requested item.

Param Handle to the window containing a ListView.

Param Int 1-based index of the item in the ListView of interest.

Param Int 1-based index of the column of interest (applies only to multicolumn ListViews).

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetNumOfColumns

Description Gets the number of columns(if any) of a list control or listview.

Returns Int Number of columns in a list control or list view.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the list control or list view.

Category Window

function lvGetSelectionCount

Description Retrieves a count of the selected items in a ListView.

Returns Int the count of selected items.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvGetUserDefinedItemText

Synopsis Retrieves the customized text from a listview.

Description If a listview has been customized to speak or be Brailled in a particular manner, this function retrieves the text of the specified item as rendered by the customization.

Returns string the user selected column headers and column data.

Param handle/hListview the handle to the listview.

Param int/nItem a 1-based item whose text you want.

Optional

Param int/nTable use 0 for speech customization, 1 for Braille customization, if not present, assumes speech.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvIsCustomized

Synopsis Determines if the listview corresponding to the hwnd parameter has been customized for speech or Braille.

Description this function determines if the listview pointed to by the hwnd parameter has a speech or Braille customization defined for it, this includes whether there is a default customization defined as well. This function is used to determine whether or not SayHighlightedText should be used to speak a listview or whether custom code should be executed.

Returns int true or false.

Param handle/hListview the handle to the window.

Optional

Param int/nTable 0 for speech, 1 for Braille, if not present, defaults to speech.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvIsReportListStyle

Description Identifies the style of list control or list view.

Returns Int TRUE if style is Report or list, otherwise FALSE.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the list control or list view.

Category Window

function lvSelectItem

Description Select an item within the listview.

Returns Int True indicates that the item was selected successfully and FALSE indicates that the action failed.

Param Handle/hWnd Handle of list view.

Param Int/item 1-based index of the item.

Param Int/select 1 to select, 0 to unselect.

Category Dialog Controls

function lvSetFocusItem

Description Moves focus to a specified item in a ListView. Note that this does not bring the ListView window into focus, it simply causes a specific item within a ListView to be the focused item in that window. (Superceeded by SetCurrentItem.)

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The window containing a ListView.

Param Int The 1-based index of the row in the ListView to receive focus.

Optional

Param Int/bClearAllStates TRUE-Clears focus and selection states of all items before setting focus. FALSE-leaves states untouched. Defaults to TRUE.

Category Dialog Controls

function MagGetMagnifiedRect

Description Gets the MAGic magnified rectangle

Returns Int TRUE if the magnified rectangle is successfully retrieved. FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/ByRef/nLeft The left edge of the magnified rectangle.

Param Int/ByRef/nTop The top edge of the magnified rectangle.

Param Int/ByRef/nRight The right edge of the magnified rectangle.

Param Int/ByRef/nBottom The bottom edge of the magnified rectangle.

Category MAGic

function MagGetMagnifiedView

Description Used to get current view mode in MAGic.

Returns Int One of the following constants from Magcodes.jsh: mv_Invalid, mv_Full, mv_Split, mv_Overlay, mv_Lens, or mv_Dynamic_Lens. A return value of mv_Invalid is used to indicate that an error occurred while requesting the information from MAGic.

Category MAGic

function MagGetOption

Synopsis Gets an option that is used by MAGic.

Description Options that can be retrieved are listed in MagCodes.jsh. Options are MID_ON, MID_LEVEL, MID_VIEW, LOC_ON, TID_ON, and SMOOTH_ON.

Returns Int -1 if the option value cannot be retrieved, otherwise the option value.

Param Int/nCode the code of the option to be retrieved. Codes are listed in MagCodes.jsh.

Category MAGic

function MagSendKeyEvent

Synopsis Sends a key event to the MAGic UI for processing.

Description If a MAGic key event is attached to a key in a key map file, then you can use this function to send the key event on to the MAGic Interface. For example, when the key is pressed to toggle magnification, the KI_MAGONOFF needs to be passed on to the MAGic user interface for processing.

Returns Int If MAGic is not running, or nKICode is out of range, then the function will return FALSE. Otherwise, TRUE is returned.

Param Int/nKICode The code for the key event. These codes can be found in magcodes.jsh.

Optional

Param int/codeSecondary If applicable, a secondary parameter used with the key event code.

Category MAGic

function MagSetFocusToPoint

Description Causes MAGic to set focus to a given point. If the point is not visible, then the screen is panned to make the point visible.

Returns Int TRUE if MagSetFocusToPoint is successful.

Param Int/x Horizontal (x) coordinate of the point.

Param Int/y Vertical (y) coordinate of the point.

Category MAGic

function MagSetFocusToRect

Description Causes MAGic to set focus to a given rectangle. If any point in the rectangle is not visible on the screen, the screen is panned to make that point visible.

Param Int/nLeft The left edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nRight The right edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nTop The top edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nBottom The bottom edge of the rectangle.

Optional

Param Int/nType The type of control that is being tracked. Can be MTO_MOUSE, MTO_GENERIC, MTO_CARET, MTO_MENUS, or MTO_DIALOG. If nType is set to MTO_GENERIC, then view will always shift to the rectangle unless tracking is turned off. These types, and this parameter, are not supported in MAGic 10 or later. Hence this parameter is optional.

Category MAGic

function MagSetMagnifiedView

Description Used to set current view mode in MAGic.

Returns Int TRUE if the mode was set.

Param Int/nArea The requested mode. Can be one of mv_Full, mv_Split, mv_Overlay, mv_Lens, or mv_Dynamic_Lens.

Category MAGic

function MagTrackingToggle

Description Toggles MAGic tracking ON and OFF. The MAGic interface is not updated when this function is used. When the function is used, it returns a constant value representing the new setting. ON means tracking on, and OFF means tracking off.

Returns Int "ON" = 1, "OFF" = 0.

Category MAGic

function MakeCharacterFromValue

Synopsis Returns the character whose numeric value is represented by the int parameter.

Description This function returns the character whose numeric value is represented by the int parameter.

Returns String that contain the single character whose numeric value is given.

Param Int the numeric value of the desired character.

Category Strings

function MakeLong

Description creates a LONG value by concatenating the specified values

Returns Int The return value is a LONG value.

Param Int/wLow Specifies the low-order word of the new value.

Param Int/wHigh Specifies the high-order word of the new value.

Category Number conversion

function Max

Description Returns the maximum between two integers. Useful when comparing variables.

Returns Int the maximum between two integers.

Param Int Type a variable of type int to be compared.

Param Int Type the second variable or integer to be compared.

Category Misc

function MenusActive

Description This determines whether a menu is currently active. It returns a constant value of ACTIVE to indicate a menu is active and a value of INACTIVE to indicate that it is not active. These constants can be used in If...Then...Else...statements.

Returns Int "ACTIVE" = 1, "INACTIVE" = 0.

Category Menus

function MessageBox

Description This is used to make a message box pop up on the desktop. It can be included within an If...Then...Else...statement so that when a certain event occurs, the needed message pops up.

Param string This parameter must be either a text string enclosed in quotes, a variable name that contains a string value, or a script function that returns a string value.

Category User Interaction

function Min

Description Returns the minimum between two integers. Useful when comparing variables.

Returns Int the minimum between two integers.

Param Int Type a variable of type int to be compared.

Param Int Type the second variable or integer to be compared.

Category Misc

function MinimizeAllApps

Description Minimizes all windows on the Win95/98 or NT desktop. Same as WINDOWS KEY + M.

Category Misc

function MouseDown

Description Moves the Mouse Down by the specified number of pixels.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE if already at bottom of screen.

Param Int Number of pixels to move.

Category Mouse

function MouseLeft

Description Moves the Mouse Left by the specified number of pixels.

Param Int Number of pixels to move.

Category Mouse

function MouseRight

Description Moves the Mouse Right by the specified number of pixels.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE if already at right of screen.

Param Int Number of pixels to move.

Category Mouse

function MouseUp

Description Moves the Mouse Up by the specified number of pixels.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE if already at top of screen.

Param Int Number of pixels to move.

Category Mouse

function MoveSliderPos

Description Moves the position of a slider control to a different value.

Param Handle/hWnd windows handle to the slider control that you want to change the value on.

Param Int/iValue the PERCENTAGE to increase from the present position too. Negative percentages decrease the slider control.

Category Dialog Controls

function MoveTo

Description Moves the active cursor to the specified location on the screen. The location is specified in the form of a pixel position, where the top left hand corner of the screen is the point (0,0) and any point to the right and/or down has a positive x and y value. It is wise to be careful when using this function. This is because the pixel position of items in an application vary widely, depending upon the screen resolution on the computer that is running the application and the restored or maximized state of the application. It is always best to obtain the parameters that this function requires by searching for a particular object or string of text in the application and using GetCursorCol and GetCursorRow to store its position information in variables. Pass those variables to the function rather than a set integer value.

Returns Int TRUE if move was successful, FALSE if one or both coordinates are off the edge of the screen.

Param Int X-coordinate.

Param Int Y-Coordinate.

Optional

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The Coordinate System to be used to interpret X and Y. The default is to interpret them as pixel locations on the screen. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Cursors

Description Moves to the first, last, next or prior link regardless of whether or not the link has been marked as visited.

Returns Int true if a link was found, false otherwise.

Param Int one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior defined in hjconst.jsh.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToControl

Description Moves the active cursor to a specific control within a window. Although primarily useful inside dialog boxes, the function can be used in any window where child controls have unique identifiers obtained with GetControlID. It can also be used in SDM windows with the identifiers obtained using SDMGetFirstControl, SDMGetLastControl, SDMGetFocus, and so on. If the PC cursor is on when this function is called, the JAWS cursor is turned on automatically. Otherwise, the active cursor is used

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle Handle of window containing the control of interest.

Param Int ID of desired control.

Category Dialog Controls

function MoveToControlledTarget

Synopsis If the focused element on a webpage has an aria-controls target this moves to that element

Description If an element on a web page has an aria-controls relationship with another element on the page, this function will cause focus to be moved to that controlled target

Returns Int TRUE if the focus was moved to the target, FALSE otherwise.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToControlType

Synopsis Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified control type.

Description This function Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified control type.

Returns Int true or false.

Param Int/iSearchType one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT or S_PRIOR as defined in hjconst.jsh.

Param Int/iControlType One of the WT_ window type constants defined in hjconst.jsh.

Optional

Param int/ShouldSetFocus TRUE to set the application focus to this control, FALSE to just move the virtual cursor to it. This parameter is supported in JAWS 10.0 and later.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToDocumentOffset

Synopsis moves the virtual cursor to the specified document offset

Description This function is used by the SkimreadMoveToDocOffset function to move the virtual cursor to the location of the match selected from the skimread summary.

Returns int TRUE if the move was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/nOffset The 0-based document offset.

Category Skim-Reading

function MoveToElementOfDifferentType

Synopsis Move the virtual cursor to the next or prior element different to the current.

Description This function will move the virtual cursor to the next or prior element different to the current. Pass in True to move in a reverse direction or nothing or false to move forward.

Returns Int true if the cursor was moved.

Optional

Param Int/bReverse true to go backward, false or leave blank to go forward.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToElementOfSameType

Synopsis Move the virtual cursor to an occurance of the current element.

Description This function will move the virtual cursor to another occurance of the same element. The parameter determines the direction of the move, valid direction constants are listed in hjconst.jsh and include s_top, s_bottom, s_next and s_prior. For example, if you are on the header of a list you can move to the next, prior, first or last list in the document.

Returns Int true if another element with the same tag was located, false otherwise.

Param Int/searchDirection one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior as defined in hjconst.jsh.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToEmail

Description This function will move the cursor to the next email based on a regular expression search. If it can't find an email header, it returns false.

Returns int true if succeeded, false if not.

Param int/Direction the direction to move (forward or backward) Directions are S_ constants from HjConst.jsh, such as S_Next and s_Prior

Param String/ByRef/sentBy The function will fill in from who the email came

Param String/ByRef/sentAt the function will fill in the date the email was sent

Category html Navigation

function MoveToFormField

Synopsis Moves the virtual cursor to a form field.

Description Depending on the value of SearchOption, positions to the first, last, next, or prior form field on the current web page.

Returns Int TRUE if a form field was found, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/SearchOption one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT, or S_PRIOR to move to the first, last, next or prior form field respectively.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToFormFieldByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular form field by index.

Description This function moves to a specified form field on a webpage. Specify the 1-based index of the form field to move to. This is primarily used with the GetListOfFormFields function which returns a delimited string containing the prompt, type and text of all formfields.

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a form field, false otherwise.

Param Int/index of form field.

Optional

Param int/ControlType one of the WT_ constants to match on or wt_unknown (or 0) for all. This enables a list of specific formfield types to be retrieved. Note this extra param is only available in JAWS 6.0 and higher.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToFrame

Description Moves the active cursor to the top left corner of the specified frame. If the PC cursor is active when this function is used, then the JAWS cursor is activated and it is moved to the new position. Otherwise, the active cursor is moved.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1 (frame was found), "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0 (frame was not found).

Param string The name of a frame.

Category Frames

function MoveToGlanceHighlight

Description This function Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of a glance highlight.

Returns int True if a glance highlight could be found and moved to, false otherwise.

Param int/searchType one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT or S_PRIOR as defined in hjconst.jsh.

Optional

Param int/timeBased True if searching for a glance highlight based on time of last modification, false if searching by order of appearance on the page.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToGlanceHighlightByIndex

Description This function Moves the cursor to a glance highlight based on the index of its appearance on the page.

Returns int True if a glance highlight of the given index could be found and moved to, false otherwise.

Param int/index The 1-based index of the glance highlight.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToGraphic

Description Moves the JAWS cursor, invisible cursor, or Braille cursor in a specific direction to find a graphic symbol in the active window.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1, "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0.

Param Int Type one of the constants to indicate the direction that the cursor is to move as it searches for a graphic: GRAPHIC_FIRST, GRAPHIC_NEXT, GRAPHIC_PRIOR, or GRAPHIC_LAST.

Optional

Param int set this to TRUE to restrict the search to the window containing the active cursor, FALSE for an unrestricted search, if not supplied, defaults to FALSE, ie unrestricted. this optional parameter is only available in JAWS 6.0

Category Graphics

function MoveToHeading

Synopsis Moves the virtual cursor to a Heading.

Description Depending on the value of SearchOption, and nLevel, positions to the first, last, next, or prior heading on the current web page.

Returns Int TRUE if a heading was found, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/SearchOption one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT, or S_PRIOR to move to the first, last, next or prior form field respectively.

Param Int/nLevel 0 to find any heading, 1 through 6 to find a heading at levels 1 through 6.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToHTMLFrame

Synopsis Moves to the first, last, next or prior HTML frame.

Description This function moves to the first, last, next or prior frame in an HTML document depending on the search type parameter. See hjconst.jsh for a list of constants, these constants are prefixed with s_

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a frame, false otherwise.

Param Int/SearchDirection

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToHTMLFrameByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular frame by index.

Description This function moves to a specified frame on a webpage. Specify the 1-based index of the frame to move to.

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a frame, false otherwise.

Param Int/index of frame

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToLandmark

Synopsis Moves the virtual cursor to an ARIA Landmark.

Description Depending on the value of SearchOption, positions to the first, last, next, or prior ARIA landmark on the current web page.

Returns Int TRUE if a landmark was found, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/SearchOption one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT, or S_PRIOR to move to the first, last, next or prior landmark respectively.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToList

Synopsis Moves the virtual cursor to a list.

Description Depending on the value of SearchOption, positions to the first, last, next, or prior list on the current web page.

Returns Int TRUE if a list was found, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/SearchOption one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT, or S_PRIOR to move to the first, last, next or prior list respectively.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToListByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular list by index.

Description This function moves to a specified list in a document. Specify the 1-based index of the list to move to. This is primarily used with the GetListOfLists function which returns a delimited string containing list information for each list currently rendered in the document.

Returns Int true if the cursor was moved to a list, false otherwise.

Param Int/index of list

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToProofreadingElement

Synopsis moves the cursor to the first, next, previous or last proofreading element in the document.

Description This function moves the cursor to the first, next, previous or last proofreading element in the document.

Returns int TRUE for success, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/nProofreadingElementType see hjconst.jsh for the proofreading element types, peSpellingError, peGrammaticalError, peRevision

Param int/nSearchTypeFlags, see hjconst.jsh, s_top, s_bottom, s_next, s_prior

Param string/byref/sElementFound on success, is filled with the text of the element found

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function MoveToProofreadingElementByIndex

Synopsis moves to a proofreading element by its 1-based index

Description This function is used in conjunction with GetListOfProofreadingElements to move the cursor to the selected element from the list via its index.

Returns int TRUE if the move was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/nProofreadingElementType see hjconst.jsh for the proofreading element types, peSpellingError, peGrammaticalError, peRevision

Param int/nIndex 1-based index

Param string/byref/sElementFound on success, is filled with the text of the element found

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function MoveToRangeInconsistency

Synopsis moves to and obtains information about an inconsistency in the requested text range

Description This function moves to and obtains information about an inconsistency in the specified text range relative to the current cursor location.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE depending on whether the move was successful.

Param int/nRange 0 line, 1 sentence, 2 paragraph

Param int/nDirection one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior.

Param int/nInconsistencyTypeFlags The type of inconsistencies bitwise ored together that should be detected, see hjconst.jsh.

Param int/nPairedSymbolCategoryFlags the flags governing the paired symbols to check, see hjconst.jsh

Param int/byref/nTypeOfInconsistency The inconsistency type found in the specified direction, see hjconst.jsh

Param string/byref/sChars The characters of the inconsistency (eg the punctuation symbol, miscapitalized letter, etc).

Param int/byref/nOffset The offset of the inconsistency relative to the start of the line containing the inconsistency just moved to.

Category Proofreading and Annotations

function MoveToRegion

Synopsis Move the virtual cursor to an occurance of the indicated region type.

Description This function moves the virtual cursor to another occurance of the indicated region type. The first parameter determines the direction of the move, valid direction constants are listed in hjconst.jsh and include s_top, s_bottom, s_next and s_prior. The second parameter (if given) indicates the type of region to move to. If not given, then a region of any type in the indicated direction is located.

Returns Int true if a region was found, false otherwise.

Param Int/searchDirection one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior as defined in hjconst.jsh.

Optional

Param Int/regionType one of the wt_typeCode constants.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTable

Synopsis Moves the virtual cursor to a table.

Description Depending on the value of SearchOption, positions to the first, last, next, or prior table on the current web page.

Returns Int TRUE if a table was found, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/SearchOption one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT, or S_PRIOR to move to the first, last, next or prior table respectively.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTableByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular table by index.

Description This function moves to a specified table on a webpage. Specify the 1-based index of the table to move to. This is primarily used with the GetListOfTables function which returns a delimited string containing table information for each table currently rendered in the virtual document.

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a table, false otherwise.

Param Int/index of table

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTableCell

Synopsis Moves the cursor to the specified table cell.

Description This function moves the cursor to the specified table cell. The parameters specify the column and row to move to (in 1-based coordinates).

Returns Int true if successful, false otherwise.

Param Int/nCol the column number

Param Int/nRow the row number

Category Tables

function MoveToTag

Synopsis Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified tag.

Description This function Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified tag. It is primarily useful in HTML documents.

Returns Int true or false.

Param Int/iSearchType one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT or S_PRIOR as defined in hjconst.jsh

Param String/sTag the HTML or other textual tag to locate

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTagByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular tag by its index.

Description This function moves to a specified tag on a webpage. Specify the 1-based index of the particular tag to move to. This is primarily used with the GetListOfTags function which returns a delimited string containing tag information for each tag currently rendered in the virtual document.

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a tag, false otherwise.

Param Int/iIndex index of table

Param string/sTag the tag to move to

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTagWithAttribute

Synopsis Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified element with the specified attribute.

Description This function Moves the cursor to the next, prior, first or last instance of the specified element with the specified attribute. It is primarily useful in HTML documents. For example, it maybe used to move to instances of an element with an onclick or onmouseover handler.

Returns Int true or false.

Param Int/iSearchType one of S_TOP, S_BOTTOM, S_NEXT or S_PRIOR as defined in hjconst.jsh

Param String/sTag the HTML or other textual tag to locate (maybe empty).

Param string/sAttribute the attribute which must be present in the element, eg "onclick".

Optional

Param int/bAllowNesting TRUE to find nested instances, FALSE to disallow nested instances.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToTagWithAttributeByIndex

Synopsis Moves to a particular tag by its index.

Description This function moves to a specified tag on a webpage. Specify the 1-based index of the particular tag to move to In order for the index to correctly match elements retrieved with GetListOfTagsWithAttribute, the same attribute and nesting parameter must be supplied. This is primarily used with the GetListOfTagsWithAttribute function which returns a delimited string containing tag information for each tag currently rendered in the virtual document with the specified attribute. The page must have focus for this function to work.

Returns Int true if the virtual cursor was moved to a tag, false otherwise.

Param Int/iIndex index of tag relative to collection of tags with specified attribute present.

Param string/sTag the tag to move to

Param string/sAttr the attribute which must be present in order to count the tag as being included in the index

Param int/iAllowNesting TRUE to allow nesting when determining the instance of the element to move to, must match the value used when obtaining the list of tags with the specified attribute.

Category HTML Navigation

Description Moves to the first, last, next or prior unvisited link.

Returns Int true if an unvisited link was found, false otherwise.

Param Int one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior defined in hjconst.jsh.

Category HTML Navigation

Description Moves to the first, last, next or prior visited link.

Returns Int true if a visited link was found, false otherwise.

Param Int one of s_top, s_bottom, s_next or s_prior defined in hjconst.jsh.

Category HTML Navigation

function MoveToWindow

Description Moves the active cursor to the specified window. If the window contains text, then the cursor is positioned on the first character. Otherwise, it is positioned at the center of the window. If the PC cursor is active when this function is used, then the JAWS cursor is activated and it is moved to the new position.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1 (window was found), "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0 (window was not found).

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that indicates the window handle where the active cursor is to be moved.

Category Window

function MSAAGetDialogStaticText

Synopsis Gets static text from a Dialog using MSAA.

Description This function is useful for getting descriptive static text from dialogs which support MSAA when the dialog doesn't contain child windows for each child object.

Returns String The dialog static text.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function MSAARefresh

Synopsis Forces JAWS to reload the name/value/state/description of the object with focus from MSAA

Description This function is only needed in situations where the object with focus changes without firing MSAA events to let JAWS know to update it's cached data.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. When bSynchronous is True then a return of True means that the refresh was successful. When bSynchronous is False, a return of True simply means that the refresh was requested.

Optional

Param int/Synchronous When True the function will not return until the refresh is complete. When False, the function will return immediately and the refresh will complete at some time in the future. If you wish to simply cause a FocusChangedEvent to be called with updated info as the result of the refresh, then pass False for this parameter. If you want to immediately process the updated data and want to suppress any FocusChanged event that could result, then pass True for this parameter.

Param int/MaxMillisecondsToWait If bSynchronous is True, then MaxMillisecondsToWait determines how much time to wait for completion before returning failure. If bSynchronous is False, then this parameter is ignored.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function MSOGetMenuBarObject

Description Gets the Menu bar object in MS Office 97/2000 applications.

Returns Object The Menu bar of the current Office application.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function MuteSynthesizerToggle

Synopsis Calls for JAWS to be silent when the synthesizer is muted.

Description If using a software synthesizer, it maybe a good idea to mute JAWS when using applications such as VoiceChat programs. This will allow the sound card to be available. Running the script once will cause JAWS to be silenced. Running the script the second time will turn the speech back on. You can use the "Adjust JAWS Verbosity" dialog to mute JAWS. Next time you press the keystroke to open the dialog, it will unmute JAWS without bringing up the dialog.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Mute Synth option.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Voices

function navGetAppMainObjectID

Description Determines the object ID for the Main object of the active application.

Returns Handle Provides the object ID of the application's Main object.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetCurrentObjectID

Description Retrieves the Object ID of the object at the location of the active cursor. The object ID is used in a number of functions to retrieve information about objects.

Returns Handle the Object ID or 0 if the Object ID cannot be retrieved.

Category Window

function navGetFirstChildObjectID

Description Determines the first child object of a specific parent object. This function is useful when you wish to move down through the stack of object IDs.

Returns Handle Provides the handle of the first child object or returns a value of 0 when a child object cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetFirstObjectID

Description Obtains the Object ID of the first Object in a series of objects. It can provide the object ID that is needed by other object navigation functions.

Returns Int Provides Object ID.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetFocusObjectID

Description Retrieves the Object ID of the object at the focus point. The object ID is used in a number of functions to retrieve information about objects.

Returns Handle the Object ID at the focus point, or 0 if the Object ID cannot be retrieved.

Category Window

function navGetLastObjectID

Description Obtains the Object ID of the last Object in a series of objects. It can provide the object ID that is needed by other object navigation functions.

Returns Int Provides Object ID.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetNextObjectID

Description Provides the next Object ID in a series of Object IDs that are all at the same logical level. It is used to move across a list of control objects.

Returns Handle Provides the Object ID of the next object in the stack or returns a value of 0 when another object cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an Object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetObjectContainerHelp

Description Retrieves the container help string of the object with the specified parent window and Object ID. If a parent window and object ID is not defined, then the object at the active cursor is used.

Returns String the container help string of the specified object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetObjectHelp

Description Retrieves the help string of the object with the specified parent window and Object ID. If a parent window and object ID is not defined, then the object at the active cursor is used.

Returns String the help string of the specified object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetObjectName

Description Retrieves the name of the object with the specified parent window and Object ID. If a parent window and object ID is not defined, then the object at the active cursor is used.

Returns String the name of the specified object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetObjectTypeCode

Description Retrieves the object type code of the object with the specified parent window and Object ID. If a parent window and object ID is not defined, then the object at the active cursor is used.

Returns Int the object type code of the specified object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetObjectTypeString

Description Retrieves the object type string of the object with the specified parent window and Object ID. If a parent window and object ID is not defined, then the object at the active cursor is used.

Returns String the object type string of the specified object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetParentObjectID

Description Determines which object is directly above the specified child object. For Example, when a dialog box pops up, it could be used to determine the window handle of the window that created the dialog box. It can be used to move up through a list of object IDs in order to get to a specific object.

Returns Handle This is the handle of the parent object.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetPrevObjectID

Description Provides the previous Object ID in a series of Object IDs that are all at the same logical level. It is used to move across a list of control objects.

Returns Handle Provides the Object ID of the prior object in the stack or returns a value of 0 when another object cannot be found.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an Object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the last object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetRealObjectID

Description Moves up through the list of objects in search of a real object. A real object is one that has a title.

Returns Handle Provides the object ID of the real object.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function navGetTopLevelObjectID

Description Similar to navGetAppMainObjectID. These two functions differ however in that navGetAppMainObjectID will always return the object ID for the highest level object in the application. In contrast, navGetTopLevelObjectID can be used within dialog boxes to return the object ID of the main dialog object when there may be several child windows which are also real windows. This can be useful when the navGetRealWindowObjectID function does not return the object ID of the main dialog. A real object refers to a object with a title.

Returns Handle The handle of the TopLevel object, as opposed to the AppMain Object.

Param Handle This function starts with the object that is identified by an object ID. Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that can provide the handle for the starting object.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function NavigationQuickKeysManager

Synopsis Opens the Navigation Quick Keys Manager

Description This function opens the Navigation Quick Keys Manager which allows the user to modify the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Adobe Reader, Microsoft Word, and Microsoft Outlook. The Navigation Quick Keys Manager can run in three modes that are specified by the nMode parameter. In the first mode (nMode = 0), the Navigation Quick Keys Manager allows the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in HTML and PDF documents. In the second mode (nMode = 1), the Navigation Quick Keys Manager allows the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in Microsoft Word Documents. In the third mode (nMode = 2), the Navigation Quick Keys Manager allows the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in Microsoft Outlook.

Returns int Returns TRUE if the NavigationQuickKeysManager function was able to display the Navigation Quick Keys Manager dialog box. Returns False otherwise. Note: This function returns without waiting for the user to close the Navigation Quick Keys Manager dialog box.

Param int/nMode Specifies the mode that the Navigation Quick Keys Manager should run in. If this parameter is set to 0, the Navigation Quick Keys Manager will allow the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in HTML and PDF documents. If this parameter is set to 1, the Navigation Quick Keys Manager will allow the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in Microsoft Word documents. If this parameter is set to 2, the Navigation Quick Keys Manager will allow the user to edit the key assignments for the Quick Navigation Scripts that are available in Microsoft Outlook. Any other value will cause the QuickNavigationKeysManager to fail.

Category Settings

function NavigationQuickKeysSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function navSayObjectTypeAndText

Description Speaks the name and type of the object indicated by the function's parameters or, if called with no parameters, located at the current cursor's location. This function is similar to SayWindowTypeAndText, except that it is more specific. If a particular window contains multiple objects, this function will speak information about the one at the cursor, while SayWindowTypeAndText will speak information about the enclosing window. If the window does not contain multiple objects, then the functions operate identically. When this function is used, it marks the text it reads so that the Say Highlighted Text and Say NonHighlighted Text functions do not repeat the same information when they are triggered.

Optional

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the Object ID for object whose information is to be retrieved. If a an object ID is not provided, navGetCurrentObjectID will be used to provide a default ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the parent window. If a window handle is not provided, then GetCurrentWindow() will be used to provide a default handle.

Category Window

function NavToFlowRelations

Synopsis If the focused element on a webpage has either a FlowFrom or FlowTo IAccessible2 relationship this moves to that related element

Description If an element on a web page has either a FlowTo or FlowFrom IAccessible2 relationship to other elements on the current web page, this function will cause focus to be moved to that related element

Returns Int TRUE if the focus was moved to the target, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/flowTo 0=flowFrom;1=FlowTo

Category HTML Navigation

function NextBrailleString

Description When the Braille device is in string mode, it displays the next string of Braille characters that are in the queue of strings that have been received by the Braille device.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1 (another string was available for display), "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0 (another string was not displayed).

Category Braille Output

function NextCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the same cell in the next column.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int/wrapNavigation Set to true to wrap to the next row at the end of the current row. Default is not to wrap.

Category Tables

function NextCharacter

Description This performs a special version of the RIGHT ARROW or Next Character keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to move the cursor. When other cursors are active, then JAWS tries to move the cursor to the next character or graphic it finds to the right of the current cursor location. To speak the character at the new location, place a SayCharacter function after the NextCharacter function. Note: Once the cursor has moved to the next character, it is not spoken.

Category Navigation

function NextChunk

Description This moves the active cursor to the next chunk of text. A chunk of text is a section or block of text that is written to the screen at one time, with one function call. This would typically indicate a phrase or description that should be spoken as one unit. This is useful in reading blocks of static text, control prompts, and field names.

Category Navigation

function NextLine

Description This moves the active cursor down to the next line. In many situations, Windows does not display information in perfect horizontal rows, and the cursor may not move a uniform distance each time this function is used. To speak the information immediately after the NextLine function is used, place a SayLine function after the NextLine function.

Returns Int

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

Synopsis Positions the Virtual cursor at the next large block of nonlink text.

Description Often useful for moving past advertisement text on a Web page.

Category HTML

function NextParagraph

Description Moves the active cursor to the beginning of the next paragraph. If the PC cursor is active and the next paragraph is not already visible, then text in the window will automatically scroll to bring it into view.

Returns Int TRUE if the next paragraph was found, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

function NextSentence

Description Moves the active cursor to the beginning of the next sentence. If the PC cursor is active and the next sentence is not already visible, then text in the window will automatically scroll to bring it into view.

Returns Int TRUE if the next sentence was found, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

function NextWord

Description This performs a special version of the CONTROL + RIGHT ARROW or Next Word keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to move the cursor. When other cursors are active, then JAWS tries to move the cursor to the next word or graphic it finds to the right of the cursor's current location. To speak the word at the new cursor location, place a SayWord function after the NextWord function. Note: Once the cursor has moved to the next word, it is not spoken.

Category Navigation

function NotifyTouchInteraction

Description Informs windows that the user has just used touch to activate the control at the specified location on the screen. This is required in order for the system to activate the onscreen keyboard if appropriate. This is a wrapper of the Windows accNotifyTouchInteractionFunction.

Returns int True if successful, false otherwise

Param handle/window The window containing the touch point

Param int/x The x coordinate of the touch point

Param int/y The y coordinate of the touch point

Category Scripts

function Null

Synopsis Use this function to set any type of variable to its null state.

Description Returns null, allowing any type of variable to be set to null when assigned to the return value of this function.

Returns variant A null value.

Category Scripts

function OCRPdf

Description Performs OCR on the PDF document attached to the specified window, using the specified primary and secondary oCR languages.

Returns int The Job ID associated with the scheduled OCR.

Param handle/hwnd The window containing the PDF document. It must be open in Adobe Acrobat.

Param int/PrimaryLanguage The primary recognition language to use.

Param int/SecondaryLanguage The secondary language to use.

Category Optical Character Recognition

function OCRScreenArea

Synopsis Performs optical character recognition on a given rectangular area of the screen.

Description Performs optical character recognition on a given rectangular area of the screen. The OCR processing is asynchronus. When the OCR operation is complete, the OCRCompletedEvent will be sent. The OCR data is then available to the JAWS cursor.

Returns Int a job ID. This ID may be used to cancel the OCR operation in progress, or to identify a specific OCRScreenArea call in the OCRCompletedEvent function. If the OCR is not successfully initiated, the returned job ID is 0.

Param int left edge of the requested screen area.

Param int top edge of the requested screen area.

Param int right edge of the requested screen area.

Param int bottom edge of the requested screen area.

Param int primary language code. (English is 1033)

Param int secondary language code. (English is 1033)

Optional

Param int/EnableMicrosoftOcr Flag set to use the Microsoft OCR Engine

Param int/MicrosoftOcrLanguageCode Microsoft OCR language code. (English is 1033)

Category Optical Character Recognition

function OpenQuickAccessBar

Description Open Quick Access Bar on Windows 10 if ZoomText/Fusion is running.

Returns Void

Category Misc

function OptionsTreeCore

Synopsis Creates formatted string and presents the "Adjust JAWS Options" dialog box.

Description This function is equivalent to VerbosityCore, except that it formats the string for and presents the "Adjust JAWS Options" (Insert + v) dialog box.

Param string/sCustomItems List of items, wherein the list is segmented using the vertical bar ( ) symbol. Each segment is divided with the colon (:) symbol, where segment 1 is the callback function name and segment 2 is the display text, which may or may not contain a node path. You must have a callback function and a corresponding hlp callback function with the same name as segment 1 of each array slice. See UserOptions.jss and accompanying files for string and function format.

Optional

Param int/iRetNodeSettings Enter TRue for this optional parameter, if you do not want this function to update item strings which do not have node paths. If you ignore or leave this parameter FALSe, your items will be formatted with the node you specify in the strNewNode parameter. Ignoring these parameters is the fastest way to get your items in in their own group.

Param string/strNewNode Enter the explicit path in which to place all items in your list which do not have nodes.

Category User Options

function OutlookGetDisplayedDates

Synopsis Retrieves a list of dates currently displayed in the Outlook 2007 calendar.

Description This function only works in Outlook 2007 SP1 and later when a Day/Week/Month view is visible.

Returns string A list of dates separated by a .

Param object/View an instance of the active calendar view object in Outlook which must be one of Day/Week/Month

Category Object Model and MSAA

function OutputDebugString

Synopsis Sends a string to the debugger for display.

Description Sends a string to the debugger for display. The debugger may be a utility program such as DBGVIEW.EXE.

Returns Void

Param string String to be displayed.

Category Utility

function PageRefresh

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function PageSectionColumnChangedEvent

Synopsis For apps supporting SelectionContext events such as MSWord, announces changes in page, section, etc.

Description For apps supporting SelectionContext events such as MSWord, announces changes in page, section, text columns, and text column counts.

Returns Void

Param int/nPageNumber

Param int/nPrevPageNumber

Param int/nSectionNumber

Param int/nPrevSectionNumber

Param int/nTextColumnNumber

Param int/nPrevTextColumnNumber

Param int/nTextColumnCount

Param int/nPrevTextColumnCount

Category Screen Text Events

function PanTextLeft

Synopsis Pans MAGic's text viewer left.

Description Moves the MAGic Text Viewer left.

Category MAGic

function PanTextRight

Synopsis Pans MAGic's text viewer left.

Description Moves the MAGic Text Viewer right.

Category MAGic

function PanTextViewerLeft

Description If there is more text to the left on the current line, display it.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer is panned, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function PanTextViewerRight

Description If there is more text to the right on the current line, display it.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer is panned, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function ParseDateString

Description Convert a date string into month, day, year as integers in out parameters.

Param String/Date The date string formatted for the current locale. Must be formatted as Month, Day and year in the local system format as GetUserLocaleInfo (LOCALE_ILANGUAGE)

Param int/ByRef/Month Receives the month as number.

Param int/ByRef/Day Receives the day as number.

Param int/ByRef/Year Receives the year as number.

Category System

function ParseLongDate

Description Formats a locale-specific date string in a long date format into a string in the standard form YYYY/MM/DD.

Returns String The formatted date.

Param String/strDate a date string in a Locale specific format

Optional

Param String/locale The LCID representing the format of strDate. Defaults to the system LCID.

Category System

function ParseLongDateToShortDate

Description Formats a locale-specific date string in a long date format into the corresponding short date format.

Returns String The formatted date in short date format.

Param String/strDate a date string in a Locale specific long date format

Optional

Param String/locale The LCID representing the format of strDate. Defaults to the system LCID.

Category System

function ParseOutlookCalendarUIAText

Description The string is formatted with each field on its own line, and the name and field separated by a colon. When parsing each field, segment 1 where colon is the delimiter is the field, segments 2-end are the field contents. Field 1 is Status, value is Success or Failure. This is meant to be locale-agnostic in implementation, since each locale orders the string differently. To that end, the second parameter to this function provides the locale to use when creating the list of fields.

Returns string the fields in the calendar string as supplied by UIA (GetObjectName (TRUE,0)) function call in Outlook Calendar.

Param string/UIAText the text from UIA, e.g. getObjectName (TRUE,0) from calendar view.

Param string/LangTLA the language abbreviation for the regional language in use, e.g. GetUserLocaleInfo (LOCALE_SABBREVLANGNAME) where Locale.jsh is included in your source file.

Category Strings

function ParseShortDate

Description Formats a locale-specific date string in a short date format into a string in the standard form YYYY/MM/DD.

Returns String The formatted date.

Param String/strDate a short date string in a Locale specific format

Optional

Param String/strYear A year to be added to the shortDateString. If not provided then the shortDateString is assumed to be fully qualified

Param String/locale The LCID representing the format of strDate. Defaults to the system LCID.

Category System

function PassKeyThrough

Description Passes a keystroke on to the active application program without activating a JAWS script. This function is used when a JAWS script key and an application keyboard command are the same. It prevents JAWS from intercepting a keystroke so that the application program can respond.

Category Keyboard

function PathAddExtension

Description Adds a file extension to a path string.

Returns String Path with specified extension appended.

Param String/strPath Path to be modified.

Param String/strExt Extension to be appended.

Category JAWS Program

function PathFindExtension

Description Searches a path for an extension.

Returns String Extension, or empty string (",") if not found.

Param String/strPath Path to be searched.

Category JAWS Program

function PathRemoveExtension

Description Removes the file extension from a path, if there is one.

Returns String Path with extension removed.

Param String/strPath Path to be modified.

Category JAWS Program

function PathRenameExtension

Description Replaces the extension of a file name with a new extension. If the file name does not contain an extension, the extension will be attached to the end of the string.

Returns String Path with specified extension appended.

Param String/strPath Path to be modified.

Param String/strExt Replacement extension.

Category JAWS Program

function Pause

Description Stops the processing of a script so that other applications can complete tasks. When a pause function is placed in a script, JAWS yields to the time needs of other applications. Once other applications have been given the opportunity to use processing time, then JAWS resumes the script. The pause function is equivalent to using the Delay function with a value of 1. Do not place a pause command in a While loop, because this will cause the computer to freeze up.

Category Scripts

function PausePACMateRemote

Synopsis Allows use of the PAC Mate during a PAC Mate Remote session

Description While controlling a desktop session using a PAC Mate Remote session, use PausePACMateRemote to allow access to the PAC Mate without closing the active sync connection.

Returns int TRUE if in a PAC Mate Remote session and the session is paused.

Category Keyboard

function PCCursor

Description This activates the PC cursor and deactivates other cursors.

Category Cursors

function PerformActionOnElementWithID

Description This function finds an element in the DOM by its unique ID and performs an action on it such as setFocus, makeVisible or doDefaultAction.

Returns int TRUE if the element is found and the action applied, FALSE otherwise.

Param int action setFocus, makeVisible or doDefaultAction, see hjConst.jsh.

Param int uniqueID must correspond with the fsID attribute of the XML converted from hextToDec. the FSID must be obtained for the current session of the page. It is a dynamically changing value much like a window handle that changes each time the Web page loads. For an example, see the ListWebAppToolbarControls script in SharePointWeb.jss.

Optional

Param int/byref left screen left coordinate.

Param int/byref top screen top coordinate.

Param int/byref right screen right coordinate.

Param int/byref bottom screen bottom coordinate.

Category HTML XML DOM

function PerformActionOnElementWithTagAndAttribute

Description This function finds an element in the DOM by tag and attrib/value pair and performs an action on it such as setFocus, makeVisible or doDefaultAction.

Returns int TRUE if the element is found and the action applied, FALSE otherwise.

Param int action setFocus, makeVisible or doDefaultAction, see hjConst.jsh.

Param string fsTag must correspond to fsTag attribute of xml, not XML tag.

Param string attribName an attribute which must be present.

Param string attribValue the value of the attribute specified in attribName which must match.

Optional

Param int/byref left screen left coordinate.

Param int/byref top screen top coordinate.

Param int/byref right screen right coordinate.

Param int/byref bottom screen bottom coordinate.

Category HTML XML DOM

function PerformScriptByName

Description Allows dynamically calling a script whose name is passed as the first argument. This means that the script name does not need to be known at compile time and can be passed in a variable.

Returns void

Param String/ScriptName the name of the script to be run

Optional

Param Variant the script's 1st argument

Param Variant the script's second argument

Param Variant the script's third argument

Param Variant the script's 4th argument

Param Variant the script's 5th argument

Param Variant the script's sixth argument

Param Variant the script's seventh argument

Param Variant the script's eighth argument

Param Variant the script's 9th argument

Category Scripts

function PlaceMarkersEnumerate

Synopsis enumerates the placemarkers in a virtual document calling a user defined callback function for each marker.

Description this function enumerates the placemarkers in a virtual document calling a user supplied callback function for each marker. the callback function is passed the index of the marker, the marker's name and the text at the marker. The text at the marker is optionally marked up if the second parameter to this function is true. The enumeration continues until either all markers have been visited or the callback returns false. Note this is only available in JAWS 5.00.758 or higher.

Returns int true if the enumeration visited all markers, false if the enumeration failed or the callback returned false for any marker.

Param string/sCallbackFunctionName the name of the function to be called for each marker. The function must be defined as func(int nIndex, string sMarkerName, sMarkerText), where func maybe any legal function name.

Param int/bUseMarkupForMarkerText must be set to true if the text at the marker is to be passed with markup, false for no markup.

Category HTML Placemarkers

function PlayKeys

Description This function simulates the key sequence previously created by calls to PressKey and ReleaseKey. This allows for complex sequences of keystrokes to be executed by JAWS.

Returns Void

Category Keyboard

function PlaySound

Description Plays a wave file through the computer sound system. Requires one parameter, the wave filename. Use the FindJAWSSoundFile function to search JAWS sound folders in the user and shared spaces for the desired file. If a complete path is not specified, JAWS will search the system path specified in Environment Variables for the file.

Param string Includes the wave filename. Use the FindJAWSSoundFile function to search JAWS sound folders in the user and shared spaces for the desired file. If a complete path is not specified, JAWS will search the system path specified in Environment Variables for the file.

Category Sounds

function PositionInGroup

Synopsis Returns the string usually spoken on output type OT_POSITION, ie the position string for the focused control.

Description returns a string describing the focused control's selection's position relative to the collection, eg 1 of 10 items etc.

Returns String of the format 1 of 10 or 0 items.

Optional

Param handle/hwnd As of JAWS 12.0, Handle to the window for which information is desired. If not provided, defaults to the focussed control.

Category Dialog Controls

function PostMessage

Description Provides limited access to the Windows PostMessage function (See the Windows Platform SDK or a Windows programming book for details) It is only possible to use numeric values for wParam and lParam. No strings or other structures can be passed.

Param Handle/hWnd Window to which the message should be posted.

Param Int/Message Message to be sent.

Optional

Param Int/wParam wParam value for the message, defaults to 0.

Param Int/lParam lParam value for the message, defaults to 0.

Category Window

function PrependItemWithNode

Synopsis Adds node or tree branch path to traditional listitem.

Description Prepares list item string segment to be used in an array passed to the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function.

Returns string the modified string segment with the path string.

Param string/strItem This is the string segment which contains the function callback, a colon, and the list item display text.

Param string/strNode This is the branch, or path of branches. Note that it should not end with the node path separator. Examples of nodes would be "General Options" or "Reading Options.Sayall Options" (note noperiod at end of example; this is added by the function.)

Category User Options

function PresentAllOccurrences

Description Presents all of the occurrences of a specified string in the current document in a virtual view for navigation and instant location.

Returns int the number of occurrences of the specified string presented.

Param string/sText the word whose occurrences and context you want displayed.

Optional

Param int/nUnit 0 line, 1 sentence, 2 paragraph: the unit of context to show for each word (defaults to line) occurrence.

Category Screen Text

function PressKey

Description Simulates pressing a key down on the keyboard. This function should be paired with calls to ReleaseKey. Once a sequence of PressKey and ReleaseKey calls is complete, call PlayKeys to have JAWS simulate the entire key sequence.

Returns Void

Param string A string value for the key name, these can include alt, control and shift.

Category Keyboard

function PriorBrailleString

Description Displays the prior string of Braille characters that are in the queue of strings that have been received by the Braille device. This function is used when the Braille device is in string mode.

Returns Int WAS_SUCCESSFUL = 1 (another string was available for display),"WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL = 0" (another string was not displayed).

Category Braille Output

function PriorCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the same cell in the prior column.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int/wrapNavigation Set to true to wrap to the prior row at the start of the current row. Default is not to wrap.

Category Tables

function PriorCharacter

Description This performs a special version of the LEFT ARROW or Prior Character keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to move the cursor. When other cursors are active, JAWS tries to move the cursor to the prior character or graphic it finds to the left of the cursor's current location. To speak the information at the new cursor location, place a SayCharacter function after the PriorCharacter function.

Category Navigation

function PriorChunk

Description This moves the active cursor to the prior chunk. A chunk of text is a section or block of text that is written to the screen at one time, that is, with one function call. This would typically indicate a phrase or description that should be spoken as one unit. This is useful in reading blocks of static text, control prompts, and field names.

Category Navigation

function PriorLine

Description This performs a special version of the UP ARROW keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to move the cursor. When other cursors are active, then JAWS tries to move the cursor up to the line above its current position. To speak the line of information at the new location, place a SayLine function after the PriorLine function.

Returns Int

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

Synopsis Positions the Virtual cursor at the prior large block of nonlink text.

Description Often useful for moving back past advertisement text on a Web page.

Category HTML

function PriorParagraph

Description Moves the active cursor to the beginning of the prior paragraph. If the PC cursor is active and the prior paragraph is not already visible, then text in the window will automatically scroll to bring it into view.

Returns Int TRUE if the prior paragraph was found, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

function PriorSentence

Description Moves the active cursor to the beginning of the prior sentence. If the PC cursor is active and the prior sentence is not already visible, then text in the window will automatically scroll to bring it into view.

Returns Int TRUE if the prior sentence was found, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Navigation

function PriorWord

Description This performs a special version of the CONTROL + LEFT ARROW or Prior Word keyboard command. When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to move the cursor. When other cursors are active, JAWS tries to move the cursor to the prior word or graphic it finds to the left of the cursor's current location. To speak the word at the new location, place a SayWord function after the PriorWord function.

Category Navigation

function ProcessNewText

Description Used to force a NewTextEvent call. Can be useful if you need to call NewTextEvent before FocusChangedEvent.

Category Screen Text

function ProcessNotification

Description Retrieves the collection representing the action rules for this notification.

Returns collection The collection representing the action rules for this notification.

Param string/notificationText The text of the notification.

Param string/AppName The name of the application which sent the notification.

Category Notification Manager

function ProgressBarAnnouncementToggle

Synopsis Toggles progress bar announcement on and off.

Description Used to toggle the announcement of the progress bar. The status will revert to the default setting when JAWS is restarted.

Returns string the state of the progress bar announcement after the toggle.

Param int true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Settings

function ProgressBarSetAnnouncement

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function PunctuationSetLevel

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function PunctuationToggle

Synopsis Toggles the punctuation between the choices available.

Description Changes the punctuation spoken by JFW such as: All, Some, Most, and None.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Punctuation Level.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Settings

function PushBrailleMathString

Synopsis Pushes math text to be shown on the braille display. Only valid in Braille Push mode.

Description This function is identical to PushBrailleString; however, the text is flagged as Math text, instead of plain text. The effect of this is that the braille translator will translate the string using special math rules, instead of the regular ones.

Returns void

Param string Text the text to push to the braille display.

Param int CursorPosition the position of the cursor in the text.

Optional

Param string BreakableOffsets A string containing a comma delimited list of offsets at which the string can be broken for panning (i.e. "2,5,6").

Category Braille Output

function PushBrailleString

Synopsis Pushes text to be shown on the braille display. Only valid in Braille Push mode.

Description This function will push the given text to the braille display to be shown, setting the cursor at the given position. Strings can only be pushed to the display if the active braille mode is the Push mode. While in Push mode, only text sent by PushBraille methods will be shown on the display. Push mode can be enabled by calling SetJCFOption(OPT_BRL_MODE, BRL_MODE_PUSH). Make sure it is disabled appropriately, or else the user will be stuck in a mode where their normal braille isn't displayed.

Returns void

Param string Text the text to push to the braille display.

Param int CursorPosition the position of the cursor in the text.

Optional

Param string BreakableOffsets A string containing a comma delimited list of offsets at which the string can be broken for panning (i.e. "2,5,6").

Category Braille Output

function QueueFunction

Synopsis schedules the given function to run the next time jaws stops speaking.

Description The given function will run the next time jaws stops speaking. Multiple functions may be queued. Functions are run in the order they are added to the queue. Stopping speech by pressing control or performing another such action will clear the queue.

Returns int 1 if the function was queued, 0 otherwise

Param string A string containing a function name. The function name should be followed by parentheses like a normal function call. integers and quoted strings may be included in the parameter list inside the parentheses

Category Scripts

function QuickKeyNavigationModeActive

Description Determines if the Quick Key Navigation mode is on or off.

Returns Int TRUE if on, false otherwise

Category HTML

function ReadSettingInteger

Synopsis Reads an integer value from an ini style file.

Description Reads an integer value from an ini style file or one of the transient settings files for the specified file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values. The file that is read from is identified by the FileType parameter and an optional FileName parameter. For some values of the FileType parameter, FT_CURRENT_JCF, FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF, and FT_JSI, for which a file name is required, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used if a file name is not provided via the FileName parameter. When FT_CURRENT_JCF is the file type, and no file name is supplied, the domain-specific file will be used if available.

Returns int The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section. Before using the default value, the value from default.jcf will be checked first, if the file type is FT_CURRENT_JCF is used.

Param string/sectionName The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/keyName The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param int/Default The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved.

Param int/FileType One of the FileType (FT_) constants that identify the type of file and its location. The currently supported file types for reading are as follows: FT_MODULE_INI: The INI file for the current product. For JAWS this file is named JFW.INI. The module INI file is always located in the same directory in which the product is installed. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. FT_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When reading from this file, the settings stored in the Default.JCF file found in the user settings directory will be layered over the settings stored in the Default.JCF file found in the shared settings directory. FT_CURRENT_JCF: If available, the domain-specific jcf file. Otherwise, any application JCF file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When reading from this file, the settings stored in the JCF file found in the user settings directory will be layered over the settings stored in the JCF file found in the shared settings directory. FT_JSI: A JSI file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the name of the current application will be used. FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF found in the shared settings directory. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When this file type is specified settings will only be read from the copy of the file found in the shared settings directory. FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF: Any application JCF file found in the shared settings directory. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When this file type is specified settings will only be read from the copy of the file found in the shared settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Param string/FileName The name of file to read. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. It is unnecessary to specify the full path of the file, only the file name need be specified, since the file used will always be located in either the shared settings directory, the user settings directory, or the personalized settings directory. The FileType parameter is used to determine in which directory the file will be searched for. If this parameter is not specified and a file name is required for the specified file type, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. It is not necessary to specify the file extension since the file extension that is appropriate for the specified file type will be added automatically.

Category Files

function ReadSettingString

Synopsis Reads a string value from an ini style file.

Description Reads a string value from an ini style file or one of the transient settings files for the specified file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values. The file that is read from is identified by the FileType parameter and an optional FileName parameter. For some values of the FileType parameter, FT_CURRENT_JCF, FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF, and FT_JSI, for which a file name is required, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used if a file name is not provided via the FileName parameter.

Returns string The retrieved value or the default value if the key does not exist in the given section.

Param string/sectionName The name of the section containing the desired key value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/keyName The name of the key whose value is to be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/Default The value that will be returned if the key cannot be retrieved. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param int/FileType One of the FileType (FT_) constants that identify the type of file and its location. The currently supported file types for reading are as follows: FT_MODULE_INI: The INI file for the current product. For JAWS this file is named JFW.INI. The module INI file is always located in the same directory in which the product is installed. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. FT_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When reading from this file, the settings stored in the Default.JCF file found in the user settings directory will be layered over the settings stored in the Default.JCF file found in the shared settings directory. FT_CURRENT_JCF: Any application JCF file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When reading from this file, the settings stored in the JCF file found in the user settings directory will be layered over the settings stored in the JCF file found in the shared settings directory. FT_JSI: A JSI file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the name of the current application will be used. FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF found in the shared settings directory. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When this file type is specified settings will only be read from the copy of the file found in the shared settings directory. FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF: Any application JCF file found in the shared settings directory. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When this file type is specified settings will only be read from the copy of the file found in the shared settings directory.

Optional

Param int/ReadSource One of the ReadSource (rs) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: rsStandardLayering - causes standard layering behavior to be used, the setting will be read from the transient focus file first, then the transient session file, then the user settings file, and finally the shared settings file, stopping at the first file in which the desired setting is found; rsSession - the setting will be read from the transient session settings file, no layering will be used; rsFocus - the setting will be read from the transient focus settings file, no layering will be used; rsNoTransient - the transient settings files will be ignored and the setting will be read from the user settings file layered over the shared settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_MODULE_INI, FT_JSI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, or FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF. If this parameter is not specified the default value of rsStandardLayering will be used.

Param string/FileName The name of file to read. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. It is unnecessary to specify the full path of the file, only the file name need be specified, since the file used will always be located in either the shared settings directory, the user settings directory, or the personalized settings directory. The FileType parameter is used to determine in which directory the file will be searched for. If this parameter is not specified and a file name is required for the specified file type, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. It is not necessary to specify the file extension since the file extension that is appropriate for the specified file type will be added automatically.

Category Files

function RedirectToUserBuffer

Synopsis Formats and sends text to the User Buffer and initiates a sayAll.

Description This function formats and sends text to the User Buffer and initiates a sayAll. %modifiers are processed.

Returns Void

Param String/the string to format and send to the User Buffer.

Category Virtual Viewer

function ReformatKeyName

Synopsis Reformats a valid script key name for message output.

Description Takes a valid script key name to reformat and returns a string that contains the reformatted name to use in a message.

Returns String The formatted script key name according to Documentation standards for script key names in messages.

Param string a valid script key name.

Category Scripts

function Refresh

Description Refreshes the screen.

Returns Void

Optional

Param Int/forced 1 means force the refresh, 0, only if needed.

Category Window

function RefreshWindow

Description Refreshes the contents of a window and all windows contained within it. This is much faster than refreshing the entire screen.

Returns Void

Param Handle Handle of window to be refreshed.

Category Window

function RegisterWindowMessage

Description Passes the call through to the Windows API function RegisterWindowMessage.

Returns int A system-wide unique identifier for the message.

Param string String to be registered as a defined windows message.

Category Window

function ReleaseKey

Description Simulates releasing a previously pressed key on the keyboard. This function should be proceeded with a call to PressKey. Once a sequence of PressKey and ReleaseKey calls is complete, call PlayKeys to have JAWS simulate the entire key sequence.

Returns Void

Param string A string value for the key name, these can include alt, control and shift.

Category Keyboard

function ReleaseTestRunner

Description Releases a TestRunner object that was allocated using GetTestRunner.

Param Handle/hRunner The handle of the test runner to be released. This is a handle that was generated in a call to GetTestRunner.

Category Test

function ReloadAllConfigs

Synopsis Reloads all of the current configuration files

Description This function reloads all the current configuration files. This function is useful for instance when you manually make adjustments too default.jss or default.jcf and recompile using the command line compiler and then wish to see the effects without having to restart JAWS.

Category Settings

function ReloadSystemColors

Synopsis Configure JAWS recognition of colors based on the present palette and system colors.

Description JAWS monitors for palette change messages and reloads the system colors appropriately when this message is sent. If, however, an application changes the palette or system colors without broadcasting notification, this function can be used to force JAWS to recognize the modified colors.

Category Colors

function RemoteAccessIsConnected

Synopsis Returns True if JAWS is running in a remote session. Returns FALSE otherwise.

Description This function returns JAWS is running in a remote session such as a Terminal Services session or a Citrix session or is being controlled via PAC Mate Remote. This function returns FALSE otherwise. returns int True if JAWS is running in a remote session. Returns FALSE otherwise.

Category Connection

function RemoveHook

Description Removes a hook function put in place by AddHook.

Param Int The type of hook to be removed. Use the same hook type that was used by AddHook for this parameter. Hook types are defined in HJConst.JSH.

Param string The name of the function to be removed as a hook.

Category Scripts

function ResetEmailInformation

Description Forces the email finder to reset itself. It'll now re-initialize itself when you try to move to the next email.

Returns int 1 is successful, 0 is not.

Category html

function ResetKeyboard

Description When a sequence of PressKey and ReleaseKey calls have been made this function allows the queue of keys to be cleared without executing the key sequence.

Returns Void

Category Keyboard

function ResetSpeechMarkupAttributes

Description This function resets the supplied speech attributes for the last item spoken. After this call, all supplied attributes of the next spoken item are announced.

Optional

Param int/fieldsToReset this is a combination of the attribField constants in hjconst. AttribFields values included here will be reset. Other attributes will be left at their current state.

Category Speech Markup

function ResetSynth

Description Reinitializes the synthesizer with the proper volume, rate, and pitch settings. Used to bring the synthesizer back to normal if it has gotten out of sync with JAWS.

Category Voices

function RestoreCursor

Description Reactivates the cursor that was saved when the SaveCursor function was last used. If the cursor being restored is the JAWS cursor, Invisible cursor, or Braille cursor, then the cursor is also returned to its previous position on the desktop. If the cursor currently in use is different than the cursor that was in use when the SaveCursor function was used, then it is deactivated and the previous cursor is reactivated.

Category Cursors

function RestoreSoundBalance

Description Restores sound balance, so both JAWS and other sounds come from both channels again

Returns int 0 if the operation failed, 1 if it succeeds

Category Sounds

function RestrictViewToEnclosingType

Description Restricts the virtual cursor to the enclosing type.

Returns int True if the virtual cursor was restricted, false otherwise.

Param int The enclosing type to which the virtual cursor will be restricted.

Category HTML

function RGBDecToHex

Synopsis Converts an RGB decimal string to an RGB hex string, eg "240241242" to "#f0f1f2"

Description This function converts a Decimal RGB string to a Hex RGB string.

Returns string The Hex RGB string.

Param string/sRGBDec the Decimal RGB string.

Category Colors

function RGBHexToColor

Synopsis Converts a hex RGB string to its int equivalent.

Description This function converts a hex RGB string to its int color value.

Returns int the color

Param string/sRGBHex the hex string eg "#rrggbb" or "rrggbb"

Category Colors

function RGBHexToDec

Synopsis Converts an RGB Hex string to an RGB Decimal string, eg "#f0f1f2" or "f0f1f2" to "240241242".

Description This function converts a Hex RGB string to a Decimal RGB string.

Returns string the decimal string.

Param string/sRGBHex the hex string to convert.

Category Colors

function RGBStringToColor

Description Converts a 9-digit string of the form "255255255" to a color value.

Returns Int A color value suitable for comparison with the values returned by GetColorText or GetColorBackground.

Param string The 9-digit RGB value to be converted.

Category Colors

function RightMouseButton

Description Used to simulate the clicking of the right button on a mouse. If the function is assigned to a script key and is pressed twice within one second, then this simulates a double click of the mouse button.

Category Mouse

function RightMouseButtonLock

Description This is equivalent to holding down the right mouse button and moving the mouse. It locks the right button down while other tasks are carried out.

Returns Int "POINTER_ATTACHED" = 1, "POINTER_DETACHED" = 0.

Category Mouse

function RouteBrailleToJAWS

Description Repositions the Braille cursor so that it is in the same position as the JAWS cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteBrailleToPc

Description Repositions the Braille cursor so that it is in the same position as the PC cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteInvisibleToJAWS

Description Moves the Invisible cursor to the location of the JAWS cursor and activates the Invisible cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteInvisibleToPc

Description Moves the Invisible cursor to the location of the PC cursor and activates the Invisible cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteJAWSSoundLeft

Description Routes JAWS sound to the left, and all other sounds to the right.

Returns int 0 if the operation failed, 1 if it succeeds

Category Sounds

function RouteJAWSSoundRight

Description Routes JAWS sound to the right, and all other sounds to the left.

Returns int 0 if the operation failed, 1 if it succeeds

Category Sounds

function RouteJAWSToBraille

Description Repositions the JAWS cursor so that it is in the same position as the Braille cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteJAWSToInvisible

Description Moves the JAWS cursor to the location of the Invisible cursor and activates the JAWS cursor.

Category Cursors

function RouteJAWSToPc

Description This repositions the JAWS cursor so that it is in the same position as the PC cursor. The JAWS cursor is usually connected to the mouse pointer, so when this function is used, it places the mouse pointer on top of the caret or the highlighted selection cursor, or on whatever other type of pointer that is currently being used.

Category Cursors

function RoutePCToBraille

Description Repositions the PC cursor so that it is in the same position as the Braille cursor.

Category Cursors

function RoutePcToInvisible

Description This attempts to move the PC cursor to the position of the Invisible cursor. This function is the same as a single click of the left mouse button at the position of the invisible cursor, which instructs Windows to move its insertion point to the position of the mouse pointer. The successful use of this function is related to the Windows operating system. There are often situations where Windows cannot move the PC cursor to the mouse pointer.

Category Cursors

function RoutePcToJAWS

Description This attempts to move the PC cursor to the position of the JAWS cursor. This function is the same as a single click of the left mouse button, which instructs Windows to move its insertion point to the position of the mouse pointer. The successful use of this function is related to the Windows operating system. There are often situations where Windows cannot move the PC cursor to the mouse pointer.

Category Cursors

function RoutePCToVirtual

Synopsis Moves the application focus to the location of the virtual cursor

Description This function moves the location of the aplication focus to the location of the virtual cursor.

Returns Int TRUE if the PC cursor's location was successfully moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Cursors

function RouteVirtualToMouse

Synopsis Moves the Virtual cursor to the position of the mouse cursor in some documents.

Description This function moves the Virtual cursor to the position of the Mouse cursor in documents that are supported by the FS DOM Server.

Category Cursors

function RouteVirtualToPc

Synopsis Moves the Virtual cursor to the position of the PC cursor in an HTML document.

Description This function moves the Virtual cursor to the position of the PC cursor in an HTML document. For example, when a new page loads and a SayAll is initiated and you want to move back to the formfield with the focus, use this function.

Category Cursors

function Run

Description The Run function is used as if you had entered its name and parameters in the Windows Run dialog. If the file name passed as an argument is the name of a program, then that program is run. If it is the name of a directory, then Windows Explorer is run to explore that directory. If the file is not a program but has an extension associated with a particular application, then that application is run to display the file. For example, passing changes.txt as the parameter to the Run function will open Notepad to edit the file changes.txt.

Param string This parameter must be either a text string enclosed in quotes, a variable name that contains a string value, or a script function that returns a string value. In any case, the string needs to be the name of the program you wish to run. It may be necessary to include a path and filename extension. To get the  into the path name, you must actually use two  characters. For example, write c: \jfw32 \jframe.exe. This is very important. Failure to include two  characters will cause the compiler to fail and jscript.exe to perform an illegal operation.

Category System

function RunLookupModuleQuery

Description Run Query either based on the supplied lookup module / rule set combination, or one or more of the optional parameters. You can leave both Rule set and Module blank to use the primary lookup module, or fill in one or both parameters. Fill in just he rule set parameter if you want to use the FS Lookup module. This is the case unless you have written or been supplied with a module dll using the Live Resource Lookup API. Most rule sets that apply to web services will use FSLookup (the default).

Param string/strQuery The text to send to the lookup module and rule set combination.

Optional

Param string/sRuleSet The rule set to apply to the supplied Lookup module. If no module was supplied, the FSLookup module will be used. Leave this param blank if you are using the primary (default) or your module does not accept rule sets.

Param string/sModule Optional lookup module to use. If not supplied, the FSLookup Module will be used.

Param string/strError optional error string to use if the query causes Invoke to return 0 or the string is empty

Category Research It

function RunLookupModuleQueryUsingListOfModules

Description Generates a list of rule set - lookup module combinations, and generates a query based on the incoming text and the user's choice from the list.

Param string The query to use - generally the word or selection at the active cursor.

Category Research It

function RunSelectionContextEvents

Synopsis enables the scripter to force the selection context events to be rerun

Description This function may be called from SayFocusedWindow or other places when it is necessary for the Selection Context Events to be rerun

Returns void

Category Object Model and MSAA

function RunTestSuite

Description Run a suite of automated tests.

Param Handle/hRunner The handle of the test runner to be released. This is a handle that was generated in a call to GetTestRunner.

Category Test

function SALModeButton

Description Speaks the appropriate "SAL mode" representation of a braille cell

Param Int/Column number Number of the braille cell to speak

Param Int/Type 0 to speak the character at the cell location, 1 to speak and spell the word at the location.

Category Braille Keyboard

function SaveCurrentLocation

Synopsis Remembers the current location for a subsequent operation

Description This function remembers the current location for a subsequent operation such as selection between this and a subsequent location.

Returns void

Category Cursors

function SaveCursor

Description Saves the name of the active cursor. If the JAWS cursor, Invisible cursor, or Braille cursor is being used, then the position of the cursor is also saved. Scripts that use the SaveCursor function usually use the RestoreCursor function.

Category Cursors

function Say

Description Speak a string of text using a specific set of speech characteristics called output modes. It is possible to use separate output modes to speak title lines, dialog controls, menu items, etc. By using the SayMessage function instead, you will be able to assign short and long messages to many output types for JAWS Help and other information. With Desktop JAWS 5 and later, we suggest that you no longer speak control type and state information with this function. Instead, use IndicateControlType and IndicateControlState. Type information includes messages such as "edit" or "button." State information includes messages such as "checked" or "not checked." Note that in JAWS 12 or later, Settings Center replaces Configuration Manager.

Param string Type the text that is to be spoken, or specify a variable name or script function that can provide the required text string. Text strings that are typed must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Param Int Type the constant name that represents the output mode to be used when speaking this text. See the JFW documentation for specific uses of different output modes. In many cases, these are specific, and can be disabled from within Settings Center, should the user select not to hear a specific type of information. Examples of output modes are: OT_HELP, OT_JAWS_MESSAGE or OT_STATUS. Note that in JAWS 12 or later, Settings Center replaces Configuration Manager.

Optional

Param Int With Desktop JAWS 5 or later, enter TRUE if your string is marked up with behaviors, e.g. you used any of the SMM functions.

Category Say

function SayActiveCursor

Description This speaks the name of the active cursor, for example, PC, JAWS, Invisible, or Braille.

Category Cursors

function SayAll

Description This says the active window from the position of the active cursor to the bottom of the window. The cursors move as text is read. If the PC cursor is active the window will scroll to display additional text.

Optional

Param Int/bUseSayAllSynthesizer This parameter may be used to indicate whether or not the Say All speech synthesizer should be used. The default value of this parameter if FALSE which causes JAWS to use the primary speech synthesizer for the Say All operation.

Category Screen Text

function SayAllBy

Synopsis Determines what method of Say All is used.

Description Determines whether say all will read by line, sentence, or paragraph.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of SayAllBy

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned

Category Screen Text

function SayAllInProgress

Description determines if sayAll is active.

Returns Int TRUE or FALSE

Category Voices

function SayAllReadsBy

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function SayCell

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, speaks the contents of the current cell.

Returns Int TRUE if in a table, FALSE otherwise

Category Tables

function SayCharacter

Description This says the character or graphic located at the position of the active cursor.

Optional

Param Int/IncludeMarkup This optional parameter was added in JAWS 10.0. The default value for the parameter is TRUE. This parameter controls whether markup information is included when the text of the character is returned.

Category Screen Text

function SayCharacterByExample

Description Says a character by example.

Optional

Param String character to speak. If not provided, speaks the character at the current cursor.

Category IME

function SayCharacterPhonetic

Description Uses special pronunciation rules to read the character located at the position of the active cursor. For example, A is pronounced alpha, B bravo, etc. The association between characters and their phonetic pronunciations are made in the [PhoneticSpell] section of .JCF files.

Category Screen Text

function SayChunk

Description Says the chunk of information to which the active cursor is pointing. A chunk is text and graphic information that was written to the screen in a single operation. SayChunk is similar to SayField. However, the SayField function uses logic to determine the text that is to be spoken, while SayChunk simply reads the text that was stored in the off screen model as a single unit.

Returns Void

Category Screen Text

function SayColor

Description Speaks the names of the foreground and background colors of the text at the location of the active cursor.

Returns Int "TRUE" = 1, Text was found. "FALSE" = 0, cursor was not pointing to text.

Optional

Param int/bSpeakRGB if true, speaks the RGB value of the colors, otherwise speaks the name. If an exact match on name isn't found, an approximation is used. This optional parameter is only available in JAWS 5.10 or higher.

Category Colors

function SayColumnHeader

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, speaks the contents of the column header.

Returns Int TRUE if in a table, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function SayControl

Description Used in dialog boxes to speak the contents of a child window along with its prompt. It reads Edit fields, list boxes, check boxes, radio buttons, etc.

Param Handle The information that is spoken by this function is determined by the window handle that is used as a parameter. Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide a window handle.

Category Dialog Controls

function SayControlEx

Synopsis Handles the speaking of controls for which SayWindowTypeAndText and related functions do not sufficiently describe the control.

Description This function is designed to be used in the script language to speak a control that requires custom processing (any control for which SayWindowTypeAndText does not properly speak the name and type of the control). This function is designed to honor the user's output mode settings for each component of the control's description. This function takes nine parameters, eight of which are string parameters. The first parameter is the window handle of the control that is to be spoken. The next eight parameters include one parameter for each component of a control's description. Each string parameter has a corresponding Output Mode. The eight string parameters are String strControlName = Either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken, String strControlType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE, String strControlState = OT_ITEM_STATE, String strContainerName = OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME, String strContainerType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE, String strValue = OT_SELECTED_ITEM, String strPosition = OT_POSITION, String strDialogText = OT_DIALOG_TEXT. This function works by building a string based upon the five components of the control description, adding each component only if the user has specified that this item should speak in the current verbosity level. Then this function calls Say with the constructed string as the first parameter and OT_NO_DISABLE as the second parameter. If any portion of the control description is not specified, JFW will obtain the default value for that component of the control description and will add the default value of that component to the control description string. Therefore, if SayWindowTypeAndText speaks every part of a control correctly other than the Control Type, you can call SayControlEx and pass it the Window Handle and the text you would like to be spoken and pass a null string (",") to the function for the remainder of the parameters. SayControlEx will obtain the default values for the control type, control st. ate, container name, container type, control value, control positional information, and the dialog text if the specified window is the top level window of a dialog box using the same methods as SayWindowTypeAndText and it will include these values in the control description string that is spoken.

Returns Int Returns 1 if the function sucessfully assembled the control description string and spoke the control description (i.e. the length of the control description string was equal to 0). If for some reason the function failed to assemble the control description string, the function returns 0. One reason why this function would return 0 is that the user has specified that all the output modes be turned off in the current verbosity level.

Param Handle/hwndControl The window handle of the control.

Optional

Param String/strControlName The name of the control. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken. If the window that is to be spoken has a window type of WT_DIALOG, this parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DIALOG_NAME. If the specified window is the App Main Window or Real Window, it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DOCUMENT_NAME. Otherwise it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_NAME.

Param String/strControlType The control type. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE.

Param String/strControlState The control state. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_ITEM_STATE.

Param String/strContainerName The name of the control container box. For example, if this control is part of a group box, this paramater would be the name of the group box. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME.

Param String/strContainerType The control type of the control container. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE. It is only spoken if the user has specified that both OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME and OT_CONTROL_TYPE are enabled.

Param String/strValue The current value of the control. For example, if the specified control is a list box, the current value of the control is the text of the selected item in the list box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_SELECTED_ITEM.

Param String/strPosition Any relevant positional information for the control. For example if the specified control is a list box, the relevant positional information for the control is the index of the selected item in the list box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_POSITION.

Param String/strDialogText If the specified control is the top level window of a dialog box, this parameter specifies the text that is to be spoken as the static text of the dialog box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_DIALOG_TEXT.

Category Dialog Controls

function SayControlExWithMarkup

Synopsis Handles the speaking of controls for which SayWindowTypeAndText and related functions do not sufficiently describe the control. this function however uses Speech Markup and assumes all parameters are correctly marked up.

Description This function is designed to be used in the script language to speak a control that requires custom processing (any control for which SayWindowTypeAndText does not properly speak the name and type of the control). This function is designed to honor the user's output mode settings for each component of the control's description. This function takes nine parameters, eight of which are string parameters. The first parameter is the window handle of the control that is to be spoken. The next eight parameters include one parameter for each component of a control's description. Each string parameter has a corresponding Output Mode. The eight string parameters are String strControlName = Either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken, String strControlType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE, String strControlState = OT_ITEM_STATE, String strContainerName = OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME, String strContainerType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE, String strValue = OT_SELECTED_ITEM, String strPosition = OT_POSITION, String strDialogText = OT_DIALOG_TEXT. This function works by building a string based upon the five components of the control description, adding each component only if the user has specified that this item should speak in the current verbosity level. Then this function calls Say with the constructed string as the first parameter, OT_NO_DISABLE as the second parameter and specifies that the string contains Speech Markup. If any portion of the control description is not specified, JFW will obtain the default value for that component of the control description and will add the default value of that component to the control description string. Therefore, if SayWindowTypeAndText speaks every part of a control correctly other than the Control Type, you can call SayControlExWithMarkup and pass it the Window Handle and the text you would like to be spoken and pass a null string (",") to the function for the remainder of the parameters. SayControlExWithMarkup will obtain the default values for the control type, control state, container name, container type, control value, control positional information, and the dialog text if the specified window is the top level window of a dialog box using the same methods as SayWindowTypeAndText and it will include these values in the control description string that is spoken. Note that this version of the function assumes that all parameters are using speech markup, ie they contain correct xml markup including symbol replacement (eg < with < etc. This allows a control's type or state or value to be marked up to play sounds, change voice etc.

Returns Int Returns 1 if the function successfully assembled the control description string and spoke the control description (i.e. the length of the control description string was equal to 0). If for some reason the function failed to assemble the control description string, the function returns 0. One reason why this function would return 0 is that the user has specified that all the output modes be turned off in the current verbosity level.

Param Handle/hwndControl The window handle of the control.

Optional

Param String/strControlName The name of the control. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken. If the window that is to be spoken has a window type of WT_DIALOG, this parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DIALOG_NAME. If the specified window is the App Main Window or Real Window, it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DOCUMENT_NAME. Otherwise it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_NAME.

Param String/strControlType The control type. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE.

Param String/strControlState The control state. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_ITEM_STATE.

Param String/strContainerName The name of the control container box. For example, if this control is part of a group box, this paramater would be the name of the group box. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME.

Param String/strContainerType The control type of the control container. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE. It is only spoken if the user has specified that both OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME and OT_CONTROL_TYPE are enabled.

Param String/strValue The current value of the control. For example, if the specified control is a list box, the current value of the control is the text of the selected item in the list box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_SELECTED_ITEM.

Param String/strPosition Any relevant positional information for the control. For example if the specified control is a list box, the relevant positional information for the control is the index of the selected item in the list box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_POSITION.

Param String/strDialogText If the specified control is the top level window of a dialog box, this parameter specifies the text that is to be spoken as the static text of the dialog box. This parameter is assigned an output mode of OT_DIALOG_TEXT.

Category Dialog Controls

function SayControlInformation

Synopsis Handles the speaking of controls for which SayWindowTypeAndText and related functions do not sufficiently describe the control.

Description This function is designed to be used in the script language to speak a control that requires custom processing (any control for which SayWindowTypeAndText does not properly speak the name and type of the control). This function is designed to honor the user's output mode settings for each component of the control's description. This function takes six parameters, five of which are string parameters. The first parameter is the window handle of the control that is to be spoken. The next five parameters include one parameter for each component of a control's description. Each string parameter has a corresponding Output Mode. The 5 string parameters are String strControlName = Either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken, String strControlType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE, String strControlState = OT_ITEM_STATE, String strContainerName = OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME, and String strContainerType = OT_CONTROL_TYPE. This function works by building a string based upon the five components of the control description, adding each component only if the user has specified that this item should speak in the current verbosity level. Then this function calls Say with the constructed string as the first parameter and OT_NO_DISABLE as the second parameter.

Returns Int Returns 1 if the function successfully assembled the control description string and spoke the control description (i.e. the length of the control description string was equal to 0). If for some reason the function failed to assemble the control description string, the function returns 0. One reason why this function would return 0 is that the user has specified that all the output modes be turned off in the current verbosity level.

Optional

Param String/strControlName The name of the control. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of either OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_DOCUMENT_NAME, or OT_CONTROL_NAME, depending on the type of window that is to be spoken. If the window that is to be spoken has a window type of WT_DIALOG, this parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DIALOG_NAME. If the specified window is the App Main Window or Real Window, it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_DOCUMENT_NAME. Otherwise it is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_NAME.

Param String/strControlType The control type. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE.

Param String/strControlState The control state. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_ITEM_STATE

Param String/strContainerName The name of the control container box. For example, if this control is part of a group box, this paramater would be the name of the group box. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME.

Param String/strContainerType The control type of the control container. This parameter is assigned an Output Mode of OT_CONTROL_TYPE. It is only spoken if the user has specified that both OT_CONTROL_GROUP_NAME and OT_CONTROL_TYPE are enabled.

Category Dialog Controls

function SayCurrentScriptKeyLabel

Synopsis Speaks the key name attached to the script.

Description Speaks the Key Name attached to the current script, honoring both the typing echo setting and the label as defined in DEFAULT.JCF.

Category Scripts

function SayCursorPos

Description This speaks the row and column position of a cursor. The row and column spoken is based upon the number of pixels of the active cursor position from the top left corner of the screen.

Param Int Type the constant value that represents a cursor, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Cursor constants are: CURSOR_JAWS, CURSOR_PC, CURSOR_INVISIBLE, CURSOR_Braille. A script function such as GetActiveCursor also can provide the constant.

Optional

Param int desired units of measure, see hjconst.jsh smmUnitsOfMeasure constants. (This optional parameter added in JAWS 9.0.

Category Cursors

function SayDebugger

Synopsis Used to debug various say functions.

Description Call SayDebugger in various say functions to add the debug info to the say debug log when it is on.

Param string The name of the function calling the debugger.

Optional

Param variant/Param1, the first parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param2, the second parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param3, the third parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param4, the fourth parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param5, the fifth parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param6, the sixth parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param7, the seventh parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param8, the eighth parameter used by the calling function.

Param variant/Param9, the ninth parameter used by the calling function.

Category Utility

function SayField

Description This says the field of text where the active cursor is pointing. A field of text is a section or block of text that has a common attribute such as bold, underlined, italics, or strikeout. The use of the attribute must be contiguous. The SayField function uses logic to determine the text that is to be spoken, while the SayChunk function simply says what JAWS considers to be a single block of text.

Optional

Param int If true, and the cursor is at the offset just after the last character of text in the field, jaws speaks the preceding field.

Category Screen Text

function SayFocusRect

Description Says the contents of focus rectangle. Returns TRUE if any text was spoken, FALSE otherwise.

Returns Int "True" or "False", 1 or 0.

Param Handle Handle of window.

Category Window

function SayFocusRects

Description Says the contents of focus rectangles. If there is only one such rectangle, this acts like SayFocusRect, which says only the first one. If there is more than one, says the contents of all of them.

Returns Int TRUE if text was spoken, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle Handle of window.

Category Window

function SayFont

Description Identifies the font name, font size, and font attributes (For example: bold, underline, italic) that are associated with the character at the active cursor. The information that is reported is for the font that appears on the desktop, and usually does not correspond to the size of the font that will be printed on a printer. Refer to "FONTSIZE.TXT" in the \JFWxx \TECNOTES subdirectory for tips on working with fonts.

Category Text Format

function SayFormattedMessage

Synopsis Formats the messages which are passed, and speaks a message based on the specified output type.

Description This function takes short and long messages and speaks the appropriate message based on the given output type. The messages which are passed may have formatting strings such as %KeyFor() in them, as they will be formatted by the function. If using the output mode OT_USER_BUFFER, to place text in the User Buffer, do not include the short message as it will be ignored. With Desktop JAWS 5 and later, we suggest that you no longer speak control type and state information with this function. Instead, use IndicateControlType and IndicateControlState. Type information includes messages such as "edit" or "button." State information includes messages such as "checked" or "not checked."

Param Int/iOutputType The constant representing the desired output type for the given set of messages. A list of available output type constants can be found in hjconst.jsh.

Param String/sLong A quoted string of text, a message constant, or a string variable containing the desired long message. If you require only one message, enter it for this parameter and leave the third parameter blank

Optional

Param String/sShort A quoted string of text, a message constant, or a string variable containing the desired short message. If you would like the short message to speak nothing, enter the constant msgSilent for this parameter. If using the output type OT_USER_BUFFER, enter nothing at all.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %1 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %2 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %3 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %4 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %5 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %6 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %7 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %8 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %9 every time it appears in Message.

Category Strings

function SayFormattedMessageWithvoice

Description This function speaks long and short messages in the desired voice and output type.

Param String/sVoiceType One of the VCTX voice type constants.

Param Int/iOutputType One of the available output types for speaking messages.

Param String/SMsgLong The long message to be spoken.

Optional

Param String/smsgShort The short message to be spoken.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %1 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %2 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %3 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %4 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %5 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %6 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %7 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %8 every time it appears in Message.

Param Variant item to be substituted in place of %9 every time it appears in Message.

Category Strings

function SayFrame

Description Speaks the contents of a specific frame.

Returns Int TRUE if the desired frame exists, FALSE otherwise.

Param string The name of the frame to speak.

Category Frames

function SayFrameAtCursor

Description Speaks the contents of the frame that surrounds the location of the current cursor.

Returns Int TRUE if a frame surrounds the current cursor, FALSE otherwise.

Category Frames

function SayFromCursor

Description Reads text on the current line that is located to the right of the current cursor. It will read the character that is being pointed to by the insertion point or active cursor.

Category Screen Text

function SayInteger

Description This speaks a string of numeric data.

Param Int Type a variable name or choose a script function that will provide numeric data.

Optional

Param int/Base Allows the number to be spoken in something other than base 10. Acceptable values are 2 through 16.

Category Say

function SayLine

Description This says a line of text where the active cursor is located. JAWS must interpret whether text that has a similar vertical position is on the same line. When the PC cursor is active, it only reads the information that is within the active child window. When it is used with other cursors, then it reads from one edge of the application window to the other.

Optional

Param Int/iDrawHighlights Optional parameter added in JAWS 7.1. Used to indicate whether or not the line should be highlighted as the text is being spoken. The possible values are as follows: If the parameter is not present or is equal to 0, do nothing; If the parameter is equal to 1, highlight each word as it is being spoken; If the parameter is equal to 2, highlight the entire line.

NOTES (1) This functionality is not currently supported in all applications. (2) The highlight rectangles will only be drawn if MAGic is running.

Param int/bDoNotUseObjInfo Set this parameter to TRUE to avoid speaking object information such as the prompt of an object as part of this line. This parameter is most often set to true when this function is called from the SayNextLine and SayPriorLine scripts to avoid speaking the prompt when arrowing over forms mode controls whose prompt is already spoken from the prior line. This parameter is available starting with JAWS version 10.

Category Screen Text

function SayMessage

Synopsis Speaks the given message based on the specified output type.

Description This function takes short and long messages and speaks the appropriate message based on the given output type. If using the output type of OT_USER_BUFFER, which is designed to present text in the User buffer, do not use the short message as it will be ignored. With Desktop JAWS 5 and later, we suggest that you no longer speak control type and state information with this function. Instead, use IndicateControlType and IndicateControlState. Type information includes messages such as "edit" or "button." State information includes messages such as "checked" or "not checked"

Param Int/iOutputType The constant representing the desired output type for the given set of messages. A list of available output type constants can be found in hjconst.jsh.

Param String/sLong A quoted string of text, a message constant, or a string variable containing the desired long message. If you require only one message, enter it for this parameter and leave the third parameter blank

Optional

Param String/sShort A quoted string of text, a message constant, or a string variable containing the desired short message. If you would like the short message to speak nothing, enter the constant cmsgSilent for this parameter. For the user buffer (OT_USER_BUFFER), enter nothing at all.

Category Say

function SayObjectActiveItem

Description Says the active element in certain controls. For example in a list view, it will say the selected item. In a menu, it will say the active menu item. In a dialog box, it will say the selected tab.

Returns Void

Optional

Param int/AnnouncePosition As of JAWS 8.0, TRUE if you wish to have JAWS announce positional information such as n of m items, FALSE otherwise.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function SayObjectTypeAndText

Description Speaks the name and type of the object located at the current cursor's location. It is the most reliable way of obtaining such information. It should be used instead of SayWindowTypeAndText which has been retained for backward compatibility. The two functions are similar, but SayObjectTypeAndText is able to handle objects supported by MSAA, and the case where multiple objects are contained within the same window. When this function is used, it marks the text it reads so that the Say Highlighted Text and Say NonHighlighted Text functions do not repeat the same information when they are triggered.

Optional

Param int/nLevel Which object in the hierarchy should be spoken. 0, which is the default, refers to the object with focus. 1 refers to the parent of the focus object, 2 refers to the grandparent, etc.

Param int/includeContainerName if not supplied, assumed to be true.

Param Int/drawHighlight Optional parameter used to indicate whether or not the line should be highlighted by the Visual Tracking, ZoomText or Fusion as the text is being spoken. The possible values are as follows: If the parameter is not present or is equal to false, do nothing; If the parameter is true, highlight the object being spoken.

NOTES (1) This functionality is not currently supported in all applications. (2) The highlight rectangles will only be drawn if Visual Tracking is enabled or ZoomText/Fusion is running.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function SayParagraph

Description Reads the paragraph containing the character on which the active cursor is positioned.

Returns Int TRUE if a paragraph was found at the current cursor location, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param int/bOnlyUseEditInterfaces If true, and we fail to get paragraph information by using more advanced interfaces, don't attempt to read paragraph text using the information written on the screen. This is useful for quelling extra verbiage in specific situations. Setting this parameter to true is not recommended. The default value, if the parameter is not specified, is FALSE. Please note this parameter is only available in JAWS versions later than 8.0, with a build number greater than 1000.

Category Screen Text

function SayPhraseByExample

Description Says a phrase by example.

Optional

Param String phrase to speak. If not provided, speaks the phrase at the current cursor.

Category IME

function SayRowHeader

Description When in a table or spreadsheet, speaks the contents of the row header.

Returns Int TRUE if in a table, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function SaySentence

Description Reads the sentence containing the character on which the active cursor is positioned.

Returns Int TRUE if a sentence was found at the current cursor location, FALSE otherwise.

Category Screen Text

function SayString

Description The SayString makes the speech synthesizer speak a message. This function is now obsolete since the implementation of the sayMessage function. This function remains for the purpose of testing and debugging. If you are developing new scripts, it is recommended that you do not use this function. Instead, use the SayMessage function.

Param string This parameter must be either a text string enclosed in quotes, a variable name that contains a string value, or a function that returns a string value.

Category Say

function SayTextBetween

Description Says the text between two points on the screen.

Returns Int TRUE if text spoken, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/left coordinate of left edge of area to speak.

Param Int/right coordinate of right edge of area to speak.

Optional

Param Int/CoordinateSystem The Coordinate System to be used to interpret left and right. The default is to interpret them as pixel locations on the screen. See the COORDSYS_xxx constants in hjconst.jsh.

Category Screen Text

function SayToBottom

Description Says the active window from the position of the active cursor to the bottom of the window. The cursors do not move as text is read, the window will not scroll to display additional text.

Returns Void

Category Window

function SayToCursor

Description Reads text on the current line that is located to the left of the active cursor. It does not read the character that is being pointed to by the insertion point or active cursor.

Category Screen Text

function SayToPunctuation

Description Speaks text between the current cursor and the end of the line or the next punctuation symbol, which ever comes first.

Category Screen Text

function SayUsingVoice

Description Speak a string of text using a specific synthisizer voice.

Param String Type in the constant representing the voice to be used. These constants are defined in the file hjconst.jsh and are listed below: VCTX_GLOBAL, VCTX_MESSAGE, VCTX_KEYBOARD, VCTX_SCREEN, VCTX_PCCURSOR, VCTX_JAWSCURSOR

Param String Type the text that is to be spoken, or specify a variable name or script function that can provide the required text string. Text strings that are typed must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Param Int Type in one of the following constants that represent the output mode to be used: OT_STRING, OT_LINE, OT_WORD, OT_CHAR, OT_FIELD, OT_CHUNK, OT_SAYALL, OT_SPELL, OT_PHONEMIC, OT_APP_NAME, OT_DIALOG_NAME, OT_CONTROL_NAME, OT_MDI_NAME, OT_WINDOW_NAME, OT_GRAPHIC, OT_HELP, OT_STATUS, OT_SELECTED, OT_TEXT, OT_POSITION, OT_STATIC, OT_FONT, OT_KEYBOARD, OT_CURSOR, OT_DEBUG.

Optional

Param Int If true, indicates that the text contains speech markup. The default is false.

Category Voices

function SayWindow

Description Reads the specified window. It reads either highlighted text or all text in the window.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be spoken.

Param Int Type a constant to determine how much information is to be read: "READ_EVERYTHING" = 0, "READ_HIGHLIGHTED" = 1.

Category Window

function SayWindowTypeAndText

Description Reads a specified series of information from a window. It reads the window title (when one is present), the window type, the contents in the window, and provides related information about the current dialog option. This function marks the text it reads so that the Say NonHighlighted text and Say Highlighted text functions do not repeat the same information when they are triggered.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be read.

Category Window

function SayWord

Description This says the word or graphic located at the position of the active cursor.

Category Screen Text

function ScheduleFunction

Description Runs a user defined function in a set period of time. Useful when you want to perform a task and then check on the results at a later time. Once this function is used, you can call UnScheduleFunction to cause the user-defined event not to run.

Returns Int An ID that can be used to call UnScheduleFunction. If 0 is returned, then the timer was not successfully set.

Param String/FunctionName Name of function to be executed.

Param Int/Time Amount of time to elapse before the function is executed. Time is measured in tenths of a second. A value of 10 is one second.

Optional

Param int/autoKillOnKeyPressOrFocusChange This parameter ensures that the function is automatically unscheduled if a focus change or menu mode change occurs, or a key is pressed, prior to the scheduled function being run.

Category Scripts

function ScheduleFunctionAfterWindowGainsFocus

Synopsis Schedules a function to run the next time a given window gains focus.

Description This function may be used to schedule a function to run the next time a given window gains focus. The function is scheduled using the same mechanism that is used by the ScheduleFunction function. The ScheduleFunction function will be called to schedule the function specified by the FunctionName parameter the next time a Focus Changed Event occurs and the window handle of the window that just gained focus is the same as the window handle specified by the hwnd parameter. Unlike the ScheduleFunction function, the value returned by the ScheduleFunctionAfterWindowGainsFocus is not an ID that can be used for a latter call to UnScheduleFunction. Instead the value returned by this function indicates whether or not the function was scheduled successfully. Currently there is no mechanism for un-scheduling a function that is scheduled using this function. Another key difference between this function and the ScheduleFunction function is only one function can be scheduled at a time using this mechanism. If ScheduleFunctionAfterWindowGainsFocus is called when a function that was previously scheduled using this function has not yet been called, the function will not be scheduled and this function will return FALSE. The function specified by the FunctionName parameter will be scheduled at the end of focus change event processing, after any necessary scripts have been loaded and the FocusChangedEvent function has been called.

Returns int TRUE when the specified function was successfully scheduled. FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle/hwnd The window handle of the window to wait to gain focus before scheduling the function.

Param String/FunctionName Name of function to be executed.

Param Int/TimeOut Maximum amount of time, in milliseconds, that the function should wait before canceling the scheduled function. Note that this script function returns immediately without waiting for the specified amount of time. Instead, whenever a Focus Changed event is processed a check is performed to determine whether or not there is an unprocessed request to schedule a function after a given window gains focus. If there is and the function has timed out, the scheduled function is canceled.

Category Scripts

function ScreenEcho

Description Cycles through the various settings for screen echo. The screen echo setting determines the amount of information that is to be read as the information is displayed on the desktop. The Say NonHighlighted text and Say Highlighted text functions often check the setting for screen echo before deciding how much information to speak.

Category Screen Text

function ScreenEchoSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function ScreenEchoToggle

Synopsis Switches the screen echo between echoing Highlighted text, All text, and None.

Description Toggles the screen echo. The default is Highlighted, which speaks only highlighted text when it appears on the screen. "All" speaks all the text that gets written to the screen, and "None" speaks none of the text.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Screen Echo.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Screen Text

function ScreenGetHeight

Description Gets the height of the screen in pixels.

Returns Int The height of the screen in pixels.

Category System

function ScreenGetWidth

Description Gets the width of the screen in pixels.

Returns Int The width of the screen in pixels.

Category System

function ScreenStabilizedEvent

Synopsis Called when the screen has become stable.

Description This event is triggered after no screen writes have occured within a reasonable amount of time. The window handle of the last window to which text was written is passed as the parameter to this event.

Returns Void

Param Handle/hwndLastTextWrite the window handle where the last text write occured.

Category Screen Text Events

function SDMGetControlActiveItem

Description Used with SDM windows to get an item's text. This function is only used with SDM windows and not with regular dialog windows.

Returns String Provides the item's text. When an item's text is not present, the null value of " ," is returned.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be read. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle of the SDM window.

Param Int Use the SDMGetFocus function to provide the control ID for the active child window of the dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetControlName

Description Used with SDM windows to get an item's control name. This function is only used with SDM windows and not with regular dialog windows.

Returns String Provides the item's control name. When an item's text is not present, the null value of " ," is returned.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be read. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle of the SDM window.

Param Int Use the SDMGetFocus function to provide the control ID for the active child window of the dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetControlSubtypeCode

Description Obtains the window subtype code number for the specified window and control ID.

Returns Int The window subtype number for the specified window and control ID.

Param Handle This function provides information for the window that is identified by a window handle. Type a variable name or choose a script function to provide the window handle it needs.

Param Int Use the SDMGetFocus function to provide the control ID for the active child window of the dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetControlValue

Description Used with SDM windows to get an edit field's contents. This function is only used with SDM windows and not with regular dialog windows.

Returns String Provides the item's value

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be read. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle of the SDM window.

Param Int Use the SDMGetFocus function to provide the control ID for the active child window of the dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetCurrentControl

Description Retrieves the ID of the control on which the active cursor is positioned inside an SDM dialog box.

Returns Int The ID of the SDM control in which the active cursor is positioned, or 0 if not inside an SDM dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetFirstControl

Description Obtains the control ID of the first dialog option in an SDM dialog box. It can provide the control ID that is needed by the SDMSayControl function.

Returns Int Provides control ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the SDM dialog box. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetFocus

Description Used to get the control ID of the active dialog option or control in an SDM dialog box. This function is most often used as a parameter for the SDMSayWindowTypeAndText function to provide it with a control ID.

Returns Int Provides The control ID within an SDM dialog.

Param Handle Use the GetFocus function to obtain the handle of the current SDM window.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetLastControl

Description Provides the control ID for the last option in an SDM dialog box. It can provide the control ID that is needed by the SDMSayControl function.

Returns Int Provides control ID.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle of the SDM dialog. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetNextControl

Description Obtains the control ID for the next option in an SDM dialog box. It can provide the control ID that is needed by the SDMSayControl function.

Returns Int A control ID is returned when the next control ID is found, 0 is returned when a control ID does not exist.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle of the SDM dialog box. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle.

Param Int Type a variable name or choose a script function that indicates the control ID for the child window which is the starting point for the script function in the SDM dialog.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMGetPrevControl

Description Provides the control ID for the previous option in an SDM dialog box. It can provide the control ID that is needed by the SDMSayControl function.

Returns Int A control ID is returned when the previous control ID is found, 0 is returned when a control ID does not exist.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle of the SDM dialog box. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle.

Param Int Type a variable name or choose a script function that indicates the control ID for the child window which is the starting point for the script function in the SDM dialog.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMSayControl

Description Speaks the contents of a child window along with its prompt in an SDM dialog box. It reads edit fields, list boxes, check boxes, radio buttons, etc. This function is equivalent to SayControl, but is exclusively designed for SDM dialog boxes. All child windows in an SDM dialog box have the same window handle, and the control ID is used to distinguish between the various options in the dialog box.

Param Handle Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the window handle for the dialog box. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle.

Param Int Type a variable name or choose a script function that can provide the control ID for the child window which is to be spoken. Various SDM control ID functions can be used to identify the child window.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMSayStaticText

Description Reads a type of text called static text that may be displayed in an SDM dialog box. It does not read the text in edit fields, check boxes, and so on, or the titles or prompts that are often associated with dialog options

Param Handle Use the GetFocus function to obtain the handle of the current SDM window.

Category Dialog Controls

function SDMSayWindowTypeAndText

Description Used with SDM windows to read the window title (when one is present), the window type, the contents in the window, and related information about the current dialog box option. When this function is used, it marks the text it reads so that the SayNonHighlightedText and SayHighlightedText functions do not repeat the same information when they are triggered. This function is only used with SDM windows and not with regular dialog windows.

Param Handle Type the name of a variable or choose a script function that provides the handle of the window that is to be read. The GetFocus function is often used to provide the handle of the SDM window.

Param Int Use the SDMGetFocus function to provide the control ID for the active child window of the dialog box.

Category Dialog Controls

function SelectFromSavedLocationToCurrent

Synopsis Selects text between the saved and current location

Description This function selects text between the cursor's saved location (at the time when SaveCurrentLocation was called) and the new current location.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE.

Category Selection

function SelectFromStartOfLine

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select from the start of the current line to the PC cursor. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All

Category Selection

function SelectFromTop

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select from the top of the document to the PC cursor. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectHierarchicalElement

Synopsis Selects an HTML element's contents

Description this function selects the text contained in an HTML element. For example, if you are on the table introduction (table with x columns and y rows) and you call this function then the entire table will be selected. If however you are in a table cell then just the table cell will be selected.

Category HTML

function SelectNextCharacter

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the next character. When a character is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the character if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectNextLine

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the next line. When a line is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the line if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectNextParagraph

Description Selects the next paragraph in the focused application. Assumes that the next paragraph is selected by sending Shift + Ctrl + DownArrow.

Category Selection

function SelectNextScreen

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the next page beginning at the PC cursor. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectNextSoundCard

Description switches JAWS to the next sound card in the internal list of sound cards it keeps. To see the sound cards, go to the JAWS menu, Utilities - > Sound Cards.

Returns string the friendly name of the sound card JAWS switched to, or an empty string if the operation fails.

Category Sounds

function SelectNextWord

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the next word. When a word is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the word if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectPreviousSoundCard

Description switches JAWS to the previous sound card in the internal list of sound cards it keeps. To see the sound cards, go to the JAWS menu, Utilities - > Sound Cards.

Returns string the friendly name of the sound card JAWS switched to, or an empty string if the operation fails.

Category Sounds

function SelectPriorCharacter

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the prior character. When a character is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the character if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectPriorLine

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the prior line. When a line is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the line if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectPriorParagraph

Description Selects the prior paragraph in the focused application. Assumes that the prior paragraph is selected by sending Shift + Ctrl + UpArrow.

Category Selection

function SelectPriorScreen

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the prior page ending at the PC cursor. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectPriorWord

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select the prior word. When a word is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the word if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectToBottom

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select from the PC cursor to the end of the document. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SelectToEndOfLine

Description When the PC cursor is active, JAWS allows the application to select to the end of the current line starting at the PC cursor. When a portion of text is selected, JAWS automatically speaks the newly highlighted text if screen echo is set to Highlighted or All.

Category Selection

function SendMessage

Description Provides limited access to the Windows SendMessage function (See the Windows Platform SDK or a Windows programming book for details) It is only possible to use numeric values for wParam and lParam. No strings or other structures can be passed. The return value is always treated as an integer.

Returns Int result of the SendMessage call.

Param Handle/hWnd Window to which the message should be sent.

Param Int/Message Message to be sent.

Optional

Param Int/wParam wParam value for the message, defaults to 0.

Param Int/lParam lParam value for the message, defaults to 0.

Category Window

function SetActiveVoiceProfileByIndex

Description Sets the active voice profile to the one with the given index.

Param int The index of a voice profile.

Optional

Param Int/persist This optional parameter was added in JAWS 10.0. The default value for the parameter is FALSE. This parameter controls whether or not JAWS makes the change permanent by saving the change in active voice profile to Default.jcf.

Category Voices

function SetActiveVoiceProfileByName

Description Sets the active voice profile to the one with the given name.

Param string The name of a voice profile.

Optional

Param Int/persist This optional parameter was added in JAWS 10.0. The default value for the parameter is FALSE. This parameter controls whether or not JAWS makes the change permanent by saving the change in active voice profile to Default.jcf.

Category Voices

function SetAlternateUserDirectoryMode

Description Sets the Alternate User Directory Mode. The Alternate User Directory Mode provides control over the location that will be used as the user settings directory.

Param int/DirectoryMode The possible values are as follows. AlternateUserDirMode_Off (0): Causes the standard user directory for the product to be used. AlternateUserDirMode_Default (1): Causes user settings to be saved in a subdirectory of the temp directory; files saved in this directory are transient and the contents of this directory are deleted when the product enters or exits the mode. AlternateUserDirMode_Roam (1): Causes user settings to be saved in a subdirectory of the ProgramData directory; files saved in this directory are persistent.

Category Settings

function SetBrailleControlKeyProcessingMode

Description Puts the braille keyboard driver into control key processing mode. In that state the next key pressed is sent to the OS as a control character.

Param Int/bState Non-zero to turn the mode on, zero to turn mode off.

Category Braille Keyboard

function SetBrailleMessageStatusText

Synopsis Enables the user to define the text to be shown either in the status area of the Braille display or prepended to a Flash message during the display of a Flash message.

Description This function enables the user to define the text to be shown either in the status area of the Braille display or prepended to a Flash message during the display of a Flash message. If the string parameter is not supplied or is NULL, the default status message as defined in the jcf file will be restored and used.

Returns int TRUE if the function succeeds, false otherwise.

Optional

Param string sStatusMsg the text to be shown in the status cell area of the display or prepended to a Flash message if the display has no status cells.

Category Braille Output

function SetBraillePanSize

Description Sets the amount of text that is passed to the braille logic that the user can pan around.

Param Int/Size 0-Display current line. 1-Start at current line and go to the end of the current paragraph.

Category Braille Keyboard

function SetBrailleRestriction

Synopsis Specifies the area within which the Braille cursor is free to move.

Description selects the area within which the Braille cursor is fre to move. Note has no effect if Tether Braille To Active is on.

Returns Int TRUE if the resttriction was set, false if the Braille cursor is tethered to another cursor.

Param Int one of the constants beginning with Restrict defined in hjconst.jsh. Use RestrictNone to allow the cursor to roam the screen, RestrictAppWindowto restrict to the application window, RestrictRealWindow to restrict to the real window or RestrictWindow to restrict to the current window.

Category Cursors

function SetColumnHeader

Description Sets the row to be used when announcing column headers.

Param int/row Specifies the row containing column headers.

Category Tables

function setCountedSelectionContextItems

Description Sets the bits in the flagset representing the context itemms for which you want counts spoken. See the SelCtxCount constants in HJConst.jsh.

Returns int True if the current location is valid for setting the context flags, false otherwise.

Param int The flagset of context items to be spoken.

Category Speech Markup

function SetCurrentItem

Description Moves focus to a specified item in a ListView or combobox. Note that this does not bring the ListView or combobox window into focus, it simply causes a specific item to be the focused item in that window. This function expands the functionality of lvSetFocusItem to also work for comboboxes.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The window containing a ListView or combobox.

Param Int The 1-based index of the row in the ListView or combobox to receive focus.

Category Dialog Controls

function SetDefaultJCFOption

Description Changes the currently stored default value for an option in memory.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1 (the value was changed), "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0 (it was not changed).

Param Int Type the constant value that names the option you wish to change. Constant values are listed in HJCONST.JSH, and begin with the prefix "OPT_" or "OPTBRL_." Constants beginning with "OPTBRL_" are for Braille devices.

Param Int Type the number to be used as the setting for the option.

Category Settings

function SetFocus

Description Moves the focus to a specified window.

Param Handle Handle of window to which focus should be moved.

Category Window

function SetFocusToWindowAndScheduleFunction

Synopsis Sets focus to a window and schedules a function to run after that window gains focus.

Description This function may be used to set focus to a window and schedules a function to run after that window gains focus. This function first uses the ScheduleFunctionAfterWindowGainsFocus function to schedule the function and then uses the SetFocus function to set focus to the window. All the comments in the description of the ScheduleFunctionAfterWindowGainsFocus function apply to this function.

Returns int TRUE when the function was successfully scheduled and focus was set to the window. FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle/hwnd The window handle of the window to wait to gain focus before scheduling the function.

Param String/FunctionName Name of function to be executed.

Param Int/TimeOut Maximum amount of time, in milliseconds, that the function should wait before canceling the scheduled function. Note that this script function returns immediately without waiting for the specified amount of time. Instead, whenever a Focus Changed event is processed a check is performed to determine whether or not there is an unprocessed request to schedule a function after a given window gains focus. If there is and the function has timed out, the scheduled function is canceled.

Category Scripts

function SetGestureMode

Description Loads the gestures associated with the given gesture mode.

Returns void

Param int Mode number corresponding to one of the GestureMode_* constants in HJConst.

Category Scripts

function SetGraphicLabel

Description Adds a graphic label to the specified graphics file (jgf).

Returns Int TRUE if the label is successfully added.

Param Int/nGraphicID The ID of the graphic. GetGraphicID returns this value.

Param String/nLabel The label to be assigned to the graphic.

Param Int/bApp If bApp is TRUE, then the graphic label is added to the application-specific graphic file. If FALSE, then it is added to the default graphic file.

Category Graphics

function SetJAWSFindText

Description Sets the text to be located when JAWSFindNext runs.

Param string The text to be used with JAWSFindNext.

Category Screen Text

function SetJAWSLanguage

Description In the international versions of JFW, changes the JAWS operating environment to the specified language.

Returns Int TRUE if change was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param string A 3-character Windows language abbreviation (ENU for English, DEU for German, and so on.)

Category Settings

function SetJCFOption

Description Changes the currently stored value for the active application. A new JCF file is loaded each time a different application is used. When a JCF is not available for the application, then the settings in the DEFAULT.JCF are used. The SetDefaultOption is used to change the currently stored default JCF option in memory.

Returns Int "WAS_SUCCESSFUL" = 1 (the value was changed), "WAS_NOT_SUCCESSFUL" = 0 (it was not changed).

Param Int Type the constant value that names the option you wish to change. Constant values are listed in HJCONST.JSH, and begin with the prefix "OPT_" or "OPTBRL_." Constants beginning with "OPTBRL_" are for Braille devices.

Param Int Type the number to be used as the setting for the option.

Category Settings

function SetJTControllerMode

Synopsis Set the JAWS Tandem Controller Mode

Description In Window mode, the Tandem Controller window has a system menu and can be sized according to the user's preferences. In Full Screen mode, Tandem Window consumes the entire screen. Pass one of the following values to SetJTControllerMode. JTCONTROLLER_MODE_WINDOW sets the mode to Window Mode. In this mode, system keys are passed through to the controller system. JTCONTROLLER_MODE_FULL sets the mode to Full. In this mode, only the Alt + Control + Break (ToggleTandemMode) keystroke is handled by the controller. All other keystrokes are passed to the target. JTCONTROLLER_MODE_SLEEP allows all keystrokes to be process by the controller. JTCONTROLLER_MODE_TOGGLE toggles the Tandem Controller mode.

Returns int TRUE if the mode was successfully set. Returns FALSE otherwise.

Param int/nMode

Category Connection

function SetLastScriptKey

Description Sets the name of the last key used for a script. Useful when it is necessary to assign a specific key name to be retrieved by GetCurrentScriptKeyName.

Returns int True if the set was successful, false otherwise.

Param string The key name to use.

Category Scripts

function SetMovementUnit

Description If necessary, this function is used to let the JAWS internal code know what kind of navigation movement is being performed. It is not normally necessary to call this function when a movement is being performed.

Param int One of the Movement Unit Values constants from hjConst.jsh.

Category Misc

function SetPassThroughNextGesture

Description Sets whether or not the next gesture will get passed through to Windows.

Returns void

Param int 1 for enable, 0 for disable

Category Scripts

function SetQuickKeyNavigationMode

Synopsis allows scripter to manually turn on or off the Quick Key Navigation mode..

Description The Quick Key Navigation mode is linked to the Virtual Cursor automatically however it may be manually turned on in other applications which don't use the Virtual cursor. Applications which use this mode must have overriding scripts to handle the movement and reading functions supported by this mode. this mode is linked to the JCF option OPT_QUICK_KEY_NAVIGATION_MODE so turning it on manually when the jcf option is set to 0 will have no effect.

Returns Int true if the mode was enabled or false otherwise.

Param Int true to turn the mode on, false to turn it off.

Category HTML

function SetRegistryEntryDWORD

Synopsis Sets a DWORD entry into the registry, first parameter represents root key.

Description Use to set DWORD entries in registry.

Returns int 1 if successful, otherwise 0.

Param int 0=HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, 1=HKEY_CURRENT_USER, 2=HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, 3=HKEY_USERS.

Param String/byRef/Name of SubKey.

Param String/byRef/Name of Variable

Param int/DWORD to be Assigned variable.

Category System

function SetRegistryEntryString

Synopsis Sets a string entry into the registry, first parameter represents root key.

Description Use to set string entries in registry.

Returns int 1 if successful, otherwise 0.

Param int 0=HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, 1=HKEY_CURRENT_USER, 2=HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, 3=HKEY_USERS.

Param String/byRef/Name of SubKey.

Param String/byRef/Name of Variable.

Param String/byRef/String to be Assigned variable.

Category System

function SetRestriction

Synopsis Specifies the area within which the current cursor is free to move.

Description For all cursors except the PC cursor, selects the area within which the cursor is fre to move.

Returns Int FALSE when the PC cursor is on, TRUE otherwise.

Param Int one of the constants beginning with Restrict defined in hjconst.jsh. Use RestrictNone to allow the cursor to roam the screen, RestrictAppWindowto restrict to the application window, RestrictRealWindow to restrict to the real window or RestrictWindow to restrict to the current window.

Category Cursors

function SetRestrictionToFrame

Synopsis Restricst the active cursor to within a specific frame.

Description For all cursors except the PC cursor, selects the area within which the cursor is fre to move.

Returns Int FALSE if the PC cursor is on or if the specified frame does not exist, TRUE otherwise.

Param String/strFrame The name of the frame whose borders will serve as restricting boundaries for the cursor.

Category Cursors

function SetRestrictionToRect

Synopsis Restricst the active cursor to within a specific rectangle.

Description For all cursors except the PC cursor, selects the area within which the cursor is fre to move.

Returns Int FALSE if the PC cursor is on or if the rectangle is invalid, TRUE otherwise.

Param Int/Left Left edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Top top edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Right right edge of rectangle.

Param Int/Bottom bottom edge of rectangle.

Category Cursors

function SetRowHeader

Description Sets the column to be used when announcing row headers.

Param int/column Specifies the column containing row headers.

Category Tables

function SetSelectionContextFlags

Synopsis Enables the user to determine which contextual information to indicate when navigating.

Description This function enables the user to choose which selection context information to indicate when navigating (in documents supporting this feature). See the selCtx* constants in hjconst.jsh for a list of the flags which may be enabled. Note that the behaviour of the indication if enabled is controlled via the Speech and Sounds Scheme in effect., however this function enables the flags to be toggled on the fly independent of scheme behavior.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param int/nFlags The flags ored together.

Optional

Param int nFlagsOfItemsToBeIndicatedPrior Set this to the selCtx items you want to be spoken prior to text when navigating, eg selCtxPageSectionColumnBreaks selCtxTables selCtxStyles selCtxBorders.

Category Speech Markup

function SetSynth

Description Causes JFW to switch to the specified synthesizer.

Returns Int TRUE if change was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param String/strShortName The short name of the synthesizer found in JFW.INI. This name must be in quotes. For example, you can find the short name for Eloquence by looking in JFW.INI for the entry "Synth1Name=eloq." You would then use the line SetSynth("eloq") in your script or function.

Category Voices

function SetSynthLanguage

Description For synthesizers that support multiple languages, changes the synthesizer to the specified language.

Returns Int TRUE if change was successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param String Enter the language to be switched to, exactly as it appears in the Synthesizer Language submenu of the Language menu. Example; SetSynthLanguage ("American English")

Category Voices

function SetSystemVolume

Description Sets the system volume.

Returns Void

Param Int/NewValue The new value to which you wish to set the volume. Volume ranges from 0 to 100.

Category System

function SetTableTitleReading

Synopsis Updated the Table Titles element in the Adjust JAWS Verbosity list box.

Description The Table Title Reading option allows either column titles, row titles, both or none to be spoken.

Returns String the new value for the element in the list.

Param Int/iRetCurVal Passed by JAWS to instruct the function whether or not to update.

Category Tables

function SetTypingEchoLanguage

Synopsis Sets the synth language which should be used for typing echo.

Description This function allows the user to change the language JAWS uses for typing echo. If a valid language abbreviation is supplied, that language will be used (if supported by the Synthesiser in use) otherwise the global language will be used. Note this is only available in JAWS 5.0 International (v 5.00.709 or higher).

Returns int True if we were able to switch the typing echo language, FALSE otherwise.

Optional

Param string/sLanguageCode any language code for which a language alias is defined for the current synth or a language string understood by the current synth. Note this function only supports aliases which map to an actual language switch (rather than a voice switch).

Category Keyboard

function SetVoiceParameters

Description sets the parameters for the voice context you specify. These include Volume, Rate, Pitch, Punctuation and person.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/volume/ Type the variable to setthe voice volume setting.

Param Int/Rate Type the variable to set the voice rate setting.

Param Int/Pitch Type the variable to set the voice pitch setting.

Param Int/Punctuation Type the variable to set the voice punctuation setting.

Param String/Person Type the variable to set the voice person setting.

Category Voices

function SetVoicePerson

Description Sets the person of the voice you specify to the amount passed to the second parameter.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param String/NewPerson The new person to which you wish to set the voice context.

Category Voices

function SetVoicePitch

Description Sets the pitch of the voice you specify to the amount passed to the second parameter.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/NewValue The new value to which you wish to set the pitch.

Category Voices

function SetVoicePunctuation

Description Sets the punctuation of the voice you specify to the amount passed to the second parameter.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/NewValue The new value to which you wish to set the punctuation.

Category Voices

function SetVoiceRate

Description Sets the rate of the voice you specify to the amount passed to the second parameter.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/NewValue The new value to which you wish to set the rate.

Optional

Param int/bMakePermanent Use true if the speech rate change should be permanent, false if it should be temporary. Default value is false.

Category Voices

function SetVoiceVolume

Description Sets the volume of the voice you specify to the amount passed to the second parameter.

Returns Void

Param String/VoiceContextName The name of the voice context as defined in HjConst.jsh with the prefix VTX_.

Param Int/NewValue The new value to which you wish to set the volume.

Optional

Param int/bMakePermanent Use true if the speech rate change should be permanent, false if it should be temporary. Default value is false.

Category Voices

function SetVPCApplicationMode

Synopsis Enables the user to tell JAWS that if this mode is supported by the current virtual document, then honor it, or, ignore it so that the user can still browse the virtual document as a virtual document.

Description By default, this support is always enabled, that is, if the application requests application mode then the current document will be presented in PCCursor mode only. If however the user wishes to override the application's setting of this mode, they can pass FALSE to this function to ignore the mode and still view the document as a virtual representation.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE, the new state as requested by the caller.

Param int TRUE or FALSE, TRUE to honor this mode if requested by the application or FALSE to ignore it even if requested.

Category HTML

function ShiftEnterKey

Synopsis The SHIFT + ENTER key is passed to the application.

Description Passes the SHIFT + ENTER key through to the application. If the Virtual PC cursor is active and on a link then the link is opened in a new browser window.

Returns Void

Category Keyboard

function ShiftLeftMouseClick

Description Sends a SHIFT + LEFT Mouse Click to the system, useful for selecting contiguous text or items in a list with the mouse pointer.

Category Mouse

function ShiftTabKey

Synopsis Passes the SHIFT + TAB keystroke through to the application.

Description The SHIFT + TAB keystroke is passed to the application. If the Virtual PC cursor is active, it is moved to the previous link or control in the tab order.

Category Keyboard

function ShouldItemBraille

Synopsis Determines if a string with a given Output Mode should be Brailled.

Description This function is used to determine whether or not the user has specified that items spoken with a given Output Mode should also be Brailled in the current Braille verbosity level.

Returns Int Returns 0 if the item should not be Brailled. Returns a non 0 value if the item should be Brailled.

Param Int/iOutputMode The Output Mode of the item you wish to determine if it should be Brailled.

Category Settings

function ShouldItemSpeak

Synopsis Determines if a string with a given Output Mode should be spoken.

Description This function is used to determine whether or not the user has specified that items spoken with a given Output Mode should be spoken in the current verbosity level.

Returns Int Returns 0 if the item should not be spoken. Returns a non 0 value if the item should be spoken.

Param Int/iOutputMode The Output Mode of the item you wish to determine if it should be spoken.

Category Settings

function ShowHelpByID

Description Opens up WinHelp using a specified file and topic ID.

Returns Int TRUE if the help file was successfully displayed.

Param String/strHelpFile The name of a help file. If a complete path is given, then it is used. If only a file name is given, then the default JFW help path is build around it and used.

Param Int/nID The ID of the help topic.

Category Help

function ShowHelpByName

Description Opens up WinHelp using a specified file and index topic.

Returns Int TRUE if the Help file was successfully displayed.

Param String/strHelpFile The name of a help file. If a complete path is given, then it is used. If only a file name is given, then the default JFW help path is build around it and used.

Param String/strKey The index string of the Help topic.

Category Help

function ShowNotificationHistory

Description Shows the notification history of Notification Manager.

Optional

Param int/invokedBy Indicates the method of invocation when calling this function. Use one of the constants from hjConst.jsh indicated as one to be used for Script invocation contexts.

Category Notification Manager

function ShowRectangleWindow

Description When first called, creates a transparent window with a red rectangle border. Subsequent calls moves the window using the new size and location specified by the coordinate parameters. All keystrokes and mouse clicks are passed through this window.

Param Int/nLeft the left edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nTop the top edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nRight the right edge of the rectangle.

Param Int/nBottom the bottom edge of the rectangle.

Category Window

function ShutDownJAWS

Description Closes or quits the JAWS application. The JAWS user is automatically prompted to confirm the intention to terminate JAWS before speech stops.

Category JAWS Program

function ShutDownMAGic

Synopsis Shuts down the MAGic program.

Description Finds the MAGic window and sends a WM_CLOSE to it.

Returns Int FALSE if the MAGic window could not be shut down. Otherwise TRUE.

Category MAGic

function SimulateKey

Synopsis simulates performing the key.

Description If the key name is attached to a script, performs the script; otherwise, sends the key to the application.

Returns int if the key simulation was successful, false otherwise.

Param string the key name to be performed.

Category Keyboard

function SkimRead

Synopsis Starts skimreading from the cursor.

Description Skimreading allows the user to read out certain portions of a document while skipping over irrelevant information. The Skimreading mode maybe specified along with an optional text expression which determines which information is read.

Optional

Param int/iMode Modes are defined in HJConst.jsh and include srmOff (equivalent to a SayAll), srmFirstLineOfParagraph (just read the first line of each paragraph), srmFirstSentenceOfParagraph (just the first sentence of each paragraph) or srmTextMatchingRegularExpression (read just the units of text which match the supplied Regular Expression.

Param int/bIndicateSkimming TRUE to indicate JAWS is skimming, a beep will be heard every 20 units skimmed. The unit will depend on the current SayAll mode.

Param string/sRegularExpression Is a regular expression defining what text should be present or absent in the text unit in order for it to be spoken. Some examples include Joe Blogs Fred (read units including the names Joe, Blogs or Fred), Joe& ~BLogs (text units containing Joe but not Blogs), etc. See the documentation for the full regular expression syntax as it is very powerful.

Param int/nTextRuleUnit when srmTextMatchingRegularExpression is used, the text unit to which the rule is applied and the unit spoken on a match.

Param int/bSilentSkimSummarizeAtEnd if true, does not read each match but adds the text to the User Buffer and presents all matches at once when the SkimRead is stopped or completes (JAWS 6.10 and higher) defaults to FALSE.

Param int/nAttributeMask use attrib constants in hjConst.jsh

Param string/sRGBTextColor use empty string (or don't pass) for any text color

Param string/sRGBBackColor use empty string (or don't pass) for any back color

Param int/bUseRegularExpressionParser if TRUE or not supplied, the text string will be treated as a regular expression as in prior versions of JAWS, if FALSE, a simple case insensitive check for text inclusion of the string will be performed.

Category Skim-Reading

function SkimReadShouldSpeakText

Synopsis Used to determine if the current unit should be spoken when skimreading is being controlled by scripts (eg in MSWord).

Description This function is only used when skimreading is being controlled externally by scripts as in MSWord.

Returns int true or false

Param string/sText text of unit to be checked against the current skimreading parameters. If skimreading is set to srmTextMatchesRegularExpression then the regular expression will be applied to this text and the function will return true if it should be spoken, false otherwise. If the skimreading mode is set to anything other than srmTextMatchesRegularExpression, the function will return TRUE unless a skimread is not in progress.

Category Skim-Reading

function SmartWordReadingSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function smmGetBehavior

Synopsis Obtains the current behavior for a given scheme property.

Description This function allows the scripter to obtain a scheme behavior.

Returns int the behavior for the given table and key.

Param string/sBehaviorTableName the category of behaviors you wish too query. This is taken from the section name in the SMF file (minus the "Behavior table" suffix), for example, if you wish to query an Attribute behavior, the value of this parameter should be set to "Attribute".

Param string/sKey the key from the behavior table you wish to query.

Param string/byRef/sData the data for the behavior. This piece of data will correspond to data1 through data4 for that given table and key, see the smf files for more detail. for example, if the behavior is speak item then the data will contain the optional text and voice alias used to speak the item. If the behavior is to change language then the data will contain the language alias etc.

Optional

Param string/byRef/sData2 the second set of data for the behavior. For example, if you are retrieving data for the behavior speak and play sound, the behavior may contain both overriding text for the speak behavior and a sound file for the sound behavior. When the bahavior is set to speak and play sound sData will contain the overriding text stored in data1 and sData2 will contain the sound file stored in data2.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetBehaviorForControlState

Synopsis Gets the behavior which will be used for the specified control state.

Description See hjconst.jsh for the list of valid behavior constants.

Returns Int a constant representing the behavior.

Param Int/iControlstate the control state whose behavior you want.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetBehaviorForControlType

Synopsis Gets the behavior which will be used for the specified control type.

Description See hjconst.jsh for the list of valid behavior constants.

Returns Int a constant representing the behavior.

Param Int/iControltype the control type whose behavior you want.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetDesiredUnitsOfMeasure

Synopsis Gets the units of measure used for reporting indentation and other measurements.

Description This function is used to get the units of measure JAWS uses for speaking measurements such as indentation etc.

Returns int the unit of measure currently set in the Speech Markup Engine (see smmSetDesiredUnitsOfMeasure), one of smmPixels, smmSpaces, smmPoints, smmMM, smmCM or smmInches.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForAllCaps

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for a capitalized word.

Description This function returns the end markup which will be used for a capitalized word.

Returns String the end Speech Markup which will be used to indicate a capitalized word. Note that some behaviors don't require an end tag and hence this will be blank.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForAttributes

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given attributes.

Description If an attribute or set of attributes is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the font name. See the Attribute Behavior Table in default.jcf. Note some mappings don't require an end markup tag hence the mapping will be blank.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the end of text in this attribute.

Param Int/iAttributeKey this int must represent the attributes to lookup ored together.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForColor

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given color.

Description If a text/background color combination is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the color. See the Color Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the end of text in this color. Note that not all behaviors require an end tag.

Param Int/iTextColor

Param Int/iBackgroundColor

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForControlState

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given control state.

Description If a control state is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the control state. See the ControlState Behavior Table in default.jcf. Note that since only sounds or speak item maybe assigned to a control state, you never need to use or get the end markup for control state behaviors.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the control state. Note that it is generally unlikely that a control state will be mapped to a behavior requiring an end markup tag.

Param Int/iControlType (required to determine the appropriate state)

Param Int/iControlState state of control, see hjconst.jsh for control states.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForControlType

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given control type.

Description If a control type is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the control type. See the ControlTypes Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the end of the control. Note that not all behaviors require an end tag.

Param Int/iControlType (must match one of the WT_ constants in hjconst.jsh).

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForFontName

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given font name.

Description If a font is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the font name. See the Font Name Behavior Table in default.jcf. Note some mappings don't require an end markup tag hence the mapping will be blank.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the end of text in this font.

Param String/sFontName the font name

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForFontSize

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for the given font size.

Description If a font size is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the end markup for the font size. See the Font Size Behavior Table in default.jcf. Note some mappings don't require an end markup tag hence the mapping will be blank.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the end of text in this font.

Param Int/iPointSize the font size marking the upper bound of a given range of font sizes.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetEndMarkupForSingleCap

Synopsis Returns the end Speech Markup mapping for a single capitalized letter.

Description This function returns the end markup which will be used for a single capitalized letter.

Returns String the end Speech Markup which will be used to indicate a single capital letter. Note that some behaviors don't require an end tag and hence this will be blank.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetMarkupForSymbol

Synopsis Returns the appropriate markup for a symbol.

Description for example, this function will return & for the & sign.

Returns String the markup for the given symbol.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetSpeechMarkupTextOptions

Synopsis Retrieves the text options appropriate for the current jcf settings and supplied output type.

Description When using the smmMarkupString function, the result of this function maybe used as the TextOptions parameter. This function sets the text options appropriately according to the currently selected jcf option values and Output type.

Returns Int the bit flags of the appropriate text options for the given output type.

Param Int/iOutputType the output type to use to retrieve the appropriate text options.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForAllCaps

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for a capitalized word (or letter group).

Description This function returns the markup which will be used to introduce a capitalized word or letter group.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate a capitalized word.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForAttributes

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given attributes.

Description If an attribute or set of attributes is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the attributes. See the attributes Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the beginning of text in this attribute.

Param Int/iAttributeKey this int must represent the attributes to lookup ored together.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForColor

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given text/background color combination.

Description If a text/background color combination is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the color. See the Color Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the beginning of text in this color.

Param Int/iTextColor

Param Int/iBackgroundColor

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForControlState

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given control state.

Description If a control state is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the control state. See the ControlState Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the control state.

Param Int/iControlType (required to determine the appropriate state).

Param Int/iControlState state of control, see hjconst.jsh for control states.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForControlType

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given control type.

Description If a control type is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the control type. See the ControlTypes Behavior Table in default.jcf

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to identify this control type.

Param Int/iControlType (must map to one of the WT_ constants in hjconst.jsh

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForFontName

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given font name.

Description If a font is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the font name. See the Font Name Behavior Table in default.jcf.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the beginning of text in this font.

Param String/sFontName the font name.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForFontSize

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for the given font size.

Description If a font size is mapped to a Speech Behavior, this function returns the start markup for the font size. See the Font Size Behavior Table in default.jcf. Note that the entries mark the upperbound for the font size, so, if there are two consequtive entries, one for 10 points and the next for 20, the first entry means 0 to 10 and the next means 11 to 20.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate the beginning of text in this font size.

Param Int/iPointSize point size marking upper bound of sizes in this range.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetStartMarkupForSingleCap

Synopsis Returns the Speech Markup mapping for a single capitalized letter.

Description This function returns the markup which will be used for a single capitalized letter.

Returns String the Speech Markup which will be used to indicate a single capital letter.

Category Speech Markup

function smmGetSymbolForMarkup

Synopsis Returns the symbol for the specified markup.

Description For example, this function will return the & sign for the markup &

Returns String the symbol for the given markup.

Category Speech Markup

function smmMarkupString

Synopsis Marks up a string according to a set of text options, attributes etc.

Description This function marks up a string using information supplied as optional parameters.

Returns String the string marked up ready for speaking with the say command specifying true for the ContainsMarkup optional parameter

Param String/sText text to mark up

Optional

Param Int/iTextOptions see bit flags defined in hjconst.jsh, TextOptions.

Param Int/iControlType see wt_ constants.

Param Int/iControlState see control states in hjconst.jsh.

Param Int/iAttributes bit flags specifying the attributes of this text, see hjconst.jsh.

Param String/sFontName the font name of all characters in the string.

Param Int/iPointSize the size of the font for this text.

Param Int/iTextColor the color of the text.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor the backround color of this text.

Param String/sLanguage the language code for this text.

Param string/sStyle The style description (eg heading 1, normal, etc) for this text (only optional in 5.10)

Category Speech Markup

function smmReplaceSymbolsWithMarkup

Synopsis Replaces all the symbols in a string with the correct markup.

Description This function processes a string containing symbols and replaces each occurance of a symbol with the correct markup so that the string maybe enhanced with other markup tags and spoken obeying the markup.

Returns String the original string with all symbols replaced by appropriate markup.

Param string/sText Enter the text whose symbols should be replaced by markup symbols.

Category Speech Markup

function smmSchemeDefinesBehaviorFor

Synopsis Determines if the active scheme defines a behavior for any of the specified text option flags.

Description This function is used to determine if the current scheme defines a behavior for any of the specified text option flags. For example, calling this function with a parameter of toAttributes will return 0 for classic since the classic scheme ignores any text attributes. Calling this function with a parameter of toAttributes with the Proofreading or Classic with Attributes schemes loaded however will return 1.

Returns int true if the current scheme will act upon the supplied text options, false otherwise.

Param int iTextOptions any number of text options bitwise ored together (see HJConst.jsh) for the list of text options.

Category Speech Markup

function smmSetBehavior

Synopsis Allows the adjustment of a scheme behavior via scripts.

Description This function allows the scripter to change a scheme behavior on the fly. the setting is only temporary similar to SetJCFOption however it is very useful when you need to change the behavior of a scheme programmatically.

Returns int true if the behavior was successfully changed, false otherwise.

Param string/sBehaviorTableName the category of behaviors you wish too change. this is taken from the section name in the SMF file (minus the "Behavior table" suffix), for example, if you wish to change an Attribute behavior, the value of this parameter should be set to "Attribute".

Param string/sKey the key from the behavior table you wish to modify (or add).

Param int/iBehavior the new behavior, 0 ignore, 1 speak item, 2 play sound, 3 change voice, 4 change language, or 5 speak and play sound. (See hjconst.jsh).

Optional

Param string/sData the new data for the behavior. For example, if you are changing the behavior to change language and you wish to specify the new language, use this parameter to provide the data for the behavior. Note this data corresponds to data1 through data4 in the SMF file depending on the behavior you set. If you do not provide the data, the behavior will inherit the current data from the active scheme.

Param string/sData2 a second set of new data for the behavior. For example, if you are changing the behavior to speak and play sound, you may need to supply overriding text for the speak behavior and will need to supply a sound file for the sound behavior. When the bahavior is set to speak and play sound sData will correspond to data1 and sData2 will correspond to data2.

Category Speech Markup

function smmSetDesiredUnitsOfMeasure

Synopsis Sets the units of measure used for reporting indentation and other measurements.

Description This function is used to set the units of measure JAWS uses for speaking measurements such as indentation etc.

Returns void

Param int iUnit one of smmPixels, smmSpaces, smmPoints, smmMM, smmCM or smmInches.

Category Speech Markup

function smmStripMarkup

Synopsis Strips speech markup from a string.

Description This function strips all speech markup commands and replaces all markup symbols with their correct symbols.

Returns String the original string with all markup removed and all &sym; replaced with the correct symbols.

Param String/sMarkup the string containing markup.

Category Speech Markup

function smmToggleTrainingMode

Synopsis Toggles the Speech and Sounds Manager training mode on and off.

Description When the Speech and Sounds Manager Training Mode is on, any item which is indicated by a sound or voice change also speaks the item as with the classic scheme. This enables a user of a new scheme to familiarize themself with the sounds and voices chosen to indicate a particular item.

Returns void

Param int/bFlag set to 1 to turn training mode on, set to 0 to turn it off.

Category Speech Markup

function smmTrainingModeActive

Synopsis Determines if the Speech and Sounds Manager training mode is on or off.

Description This function returns 1 if the training mode is on, 0 if it is off.

Returns int 1 or 0

Category Speech Markup

function SpeakPlaceMarkerByIndex

Synopsis speaks the text at the nth placemarker and optionally moves the cursor to the placemarker.

Description This function speaks the text at the nth placemarker and optionally moves the cursor to the placemarker.

Returns Int True or False, depending if the nth placemarker was found.

Param Int/nIndex the 1-based index of the place marker to speak and optionally move to.

Param Int/bMove True if the cursor should be relocated to the placemarker, False to speak but not move to the placemarker.

Category HTML Placemarkers

function SpeechInUse

Description Checks to see if speech output is being used.

Returns Int TRUE if synthesizer is active, FALSE otherwise.

Category Voices

function SpeechOff

Description Causes the synthesizer to be muted. This is particularly useful when you need to free the synthesizer so that a wave file can be played. You can reverse this action with SpeechOn

Optional

Param int True if speech is to be turned off and stay off until specifically turned back on with the SpeechOn(True) method, false otherwise. Setting this parameter to true will allow speech to remain off even if an application switches voice profiles. Note that true will cause SpeechOff to respond more slowly since the synthesizer is unloaded, so if you are temporarily turning speech off then back on again in a script process then do not set this parameter to True. This optional parameter is available as of JAWS 11 update 1.

Category Voices

function SpeechOn

Description UnMutes the synthesizer. Reverses the action of SpeechOff.

Optional

Param int True if speech is to be turned back on after having been turned off by the SpeechOff(true) method, false otherwise. This optional parameter is available as of JAWS 11 update 1.

Category Voices

function SpeechToggledEvent

Synopsis Is called whenever speech is turned on or off

Description This function is called whenever speech is turned on or off. It is passed a boolean value indicating whether speech has been turned on or off.

Param Int/bSpeechOn This is the boolean value whether speech has been turned on or off.

Category Settings Events

function SpellFromCursor

Synopsis Spellls the contents of the current line from the cursor to the end of the line.

Description This function spells the contents of the current line from the cursor to the end of the line.

Returns Void

Category Screen Text

function SpellLine

Synopsis Spellls the contents of the current line.

Description This function spells the contents of the current line.

Returns Void

Category Screen Text

function SpellModeSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category Settings

function SpellModeToggle

Synopsis Toggles mode for SpellLine, SpellWord, etc. between Phonetic and standard spelling.

Description Sets the OPT_SPELL_PHONETIC JCF option monitored by internal spell functions.

Returns String The new option (text).

Param Int/iRetCurVal Pass True to keep the value the same, false to update it.

Category Screen Text

function SpellString

Description Spells a string of text. This is similar to the SayString function. However, it spells the string letter by letter instead of speaking words.

Param string Type the text that is to be spelled, or specify a variable name or script function that can provide the required text string. Text strings that are typed must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Category Say

function SpellToCursor

Synopsis Spellls the contents of the current line upto the cursor.

Description This function spells the contents of the current line upto the cursor.

Returns Void

Category Screen Text

function SpellWord

Description Spells the word at the active cursor.

Category Screen Text

function SpellWordPhonetic

Synopsis Spells the word at the cursor using phonetics.

Description This function spells the word at the active cursor using Phonetic alphabet.

Returns Void

Category Screen Text

function StartJAWSTaskList

Description The JTL allows the user to minimize, maximize, close, start, and switch to applications

Returns Int The value is 0 if JAWSTaskList.dll can not be loaded, or 1 if the function is called from the dll successfully.

Category User Interaction

function StartMAGicSayAll

Synopsis Notifies JAWS that MAGic is starting a SayAll

Description This function sets IsSayAllInProgress to TRUE. This function was introduced in JAWS 8.0 update1.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Int/bUseSayAllSynthesizer This parameter may be used to indicate whether or not the Say All speech synthesizer should be used. The default value of this parameter if FALSE which causes JAWS to use the primary speech synthesizer for the Say All operation.

Category MAGic

function StartOfRow

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the start of the current row.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function StepOutOfCurrentElement

Synopsis Moves to the beginning or end of the ancestor element.

Description This function moves to the beginning or end of the ancestor element, effectively stepping out of the element or moving up one level in the element hierarchy. This can be used for stepping out of a nested list either to the beginning or end of the nested list. Repeated calls will keep stepping out of the element at that level until you reach the top level body. The single parameter specifies whether you are moved to the end or beginning of the element. A second optional parameter allows you to specify how many levels you are stepped out. The default is 0 which means the function will determine the appropriate number of levels for the current element.

Returns Int true if the function relocated the virtual cursor, false otherwise.

Param Int/bFindTheEnd true to move to the end or false to move to the beginning.

Optional

Param Int/nLevels how many levels to step out. Use a value of 0 to force the function to automatically determine the appropriate number of levels to step out. For example, if you are in a table cell and you want to step out of the table then nLevels should be at least 2 because the first level will only refer to the row containing the cell element.

Category HTML Navigation

function StopSpeech

Description Silences the synthesizer. Same as pressing the CTRL key.

Category Voices

function StoreNotification

Description Stores the notification text so that it can be used later in the scripts.

Param string/NotificationText The text of the notification.

Param string/AppName The name of the application which sent the notification.

Category Notification Manager

function stringChopLeft

Synopsis Chops the first part of a string by the specified number of characters.

Description This function chops the first part of a string by the specified number of characters and returns the remainder.

Returns String chopped by supplied number of characters.

Param String/sStr string to chop.

Param Int/iChop by how many characters.

Category Strings

function stringChopRight

Synopsis Chops the last part of a string by the specified number of characters.

Description This function chops the last part of a string by the specified number of characters and returns the remainder, ie the first part.

Returns String chopped by supplied number of characters.

Param String/sStr string to chop.

Param Int/iChop by how many characters.

Category Strings

function StringCompare

Description Compares two string with case sensitivity optional

Returns int 0 if the two strings are equal, a negative number if the first string is less than the second, or a number greater than 0 if the first string is greater than the second.

Param string the first string in the comparison.

Param string the second string in the comparison.

Optional

Param int true if the compare is to be case sensitive, false otherwise. The default is false.

Category Strings

function StringContains

Description Determines whether a specified text string is contained within another text string.

Returns Int An integer is returned to indicate the position in string 1, where the two strings begin to match. If a value of 5 is returned, this means that the string in parameter 2 is present in parameter 1 and the matching characters begin at the fifth character in the string. If a value of 0 is returned, this means that the string in parameter 2 is not contained within the string in parameter 1.

Param string This parameter specifies the string that is to be searched. The search starts at the beginning of this string. Type the text string, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Text strings must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Param string This parameter contains the string you are trying to locate. Type the text string, type a variable name, or choose a script function. Text strings must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Category Strings

function StringContainsChars

Synopsis determines if a string contains any of the characters in the second string

Description this function returns TRUE if any of the characters in string 2 appear in string 1.

Returns int True if string1 contains any of the characters in string2

Param string/sStr the string to search

Param string/sCharList the list of characters to look for in sStr

Category Strings

function StringDiff

Description Retrieves the parts of a string which precede or follow the contents of a second string.

Returns String A concatenation of the parts of s1 which come before and after the contents of s2. If s2 is not contained within s1, then the empty string is returned.

Param String/s1 The string to be searched.

Param String/s2 The string to search for.

Category Strings

function StringIsBlank

Synopsis Determines if a string is blank.

Description This function returns true if the specified string only contains spaces, tabs or newline characters. It returns false if the string contains any printable character. This is useful for determining if strings returned from the object model of an application are blank as far as JAWS speaking is concerned.

Returns Int true or false.

Param String/sStr the string to test.

Category Strings

function StringLeft

Description Extracts a specified number of leftmost characters from a string.

Returns String The string that is extracted from strString.

Param String/strString The string from which the leftmost characters will be extracted.

Param Int/nCount The number of leftmost characters that will be extracted.

Category Strings

function StringLength

Description Used to find the length of a string.

Returns Int Returns an integer value specifying the length of the string.

Param String The string for which the length is requested.

Category Strings

function StringLower

Description Converts a mixed case string to all lower case.

Returns String The converted string.

Param String/strString The string to be converted.

Category Strings

function StringMixedCaseToMultiword

Synopsis Converts a mixed case word to multiple words.

Description This function converts a mixed case string to multiple words. For example ScreenSensitiveHelp is converted to Screen Sensitive Help.

Returns String the mixed case string with spaces inserted before each capital letter.

Param String/sMixedCase the string containing mixed case words.

Category Strings

function StringRemoveCharsInRange

Synopsis Removes characters that are in the range FirstChar & LastChar, inclusive

Description Each Unicode character, in addition to having a printable representation, has an ordinal value. For example uppercase A has an ordinal value of 65, uppercase Z has an ordinal value of 90, and all other uppercase letters have ordinal values between these two. Calling StringRemoveChars("Hello There",65,90) would return "ello here" (The quote marks surrounding the returned value are not actually returned.)

Returns string the resultant string

Param string/source the string from which characters should be removed

Param int/FirstChar the ordinal value of the first character to be removed

Param int/LastChar the ordinal value of the last character to be removed

Category Strings

function StringReplaceChars

Synopsis Replaces all characters in the character list with the specified character.

Description For example stringReplaceChars("hello", "lo","-") would result in he---

Returns string the resultant string

Param string/sSource the string to search

Param string/sCharList string of characters you want to replace occurrences of.

Param string/sChar the char to replace each of the characters in sCharList if found.

Category Strings

function StringReplaceSubstrings

Synopsis Replaces occurances of one substring with another.

Description For example, StringReplaceSubstrings("hello there everyone", "there", an empty string) would result in hello everyone.

Returns string the resultant string

Param string/sSource source string

Param string/sSubstringToReplace the substring in source to replace.

Param string/sReplacement the string to replace any occurances of above string with (maybe null to remove occurances).

Category Strings

function StringReverse

Synopsis Reverses a string.

Description This function reverses a string, useful when you need to look at the differences between the ends of two strings.

Returns String the reversed string.

Param String/sSource string to reverse.

Category Strings

function StringRight

Description Extracts a specified number of rightmost characters from a string.

Returns String The string that is extracted from strString..

Param String/strString The string from which the rightmost characters will be extracted.

Param Int/nCount The number of rightmost characters that will be extracted.

Category Strings

function StringSegment

Description When a string contains delimiters, StringSegment can be called to extract a segment of the string. One is the index of the first string. As of JAWS 7.0, negative numbers extract segments from the right end of the string. So -1 will return the last segment, -2 the second to the last etc.

Returns String The string segment specified by nIndex.

Param String/strString The string that is delimited by some character or characters.

Param String/strDelimiters The delimiter or set of delimiters. This string must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Param Int/nIndex The index of the segment to be retrieved. One is the index of the first segment. -1 is the index of the last segment

Category Strings

function StringSegmentCount

Description Retrieves a count of segments in a string.

Returns Int The count of segments in the string

Param String/strString The string that is delimited by some character or characters.

Param String/strDelimiters The delimiter or set of delimiters. This string must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Category Strings

function StringSegmentIndex

Description When a string contains delimiters, StringSegmentIndex can be called to determine the index of a particular segment.

Returns Int the 1-based index of the specified segment (0 if the segment wasn't found).

Param String/strString The string that is delimited by some character or characters.

Param String/strDelimiters The delimiter or set of delimiters. This string must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Param String/strSegment the segment whose index you want.

Optional

Param Int/iExactMatch true if the segment should match exactly, false to just check that the segment contains the specified string.

Category Strings

function StringSplit

Description Splits a string into an array of strings, with the delimiter excluded from the array.

Returns stringArray An array containing the individual strings into which the original string has been split.

Param string The string to be split.

Param string The delimiter used to split the string. The delimiter will not be included in the array of strings.

Param int True if the array of string should not contain null strings as a result of the split, otherwise specify false to include the null strings.

Category Strings

function StringStartsWith

Description Determines if s1 starts with s2. For example, if s = "Hello there" and s2 = "hello", then the function will return true. Note that the function will also return true if the strings are identical.

Returns int true if s1 starts with s2, false otherwise.

Param string/s1 The first string

Param string/s2 the second string

Optional

Param int true if the compare is to be case sensitive, false otherwise. The default is false.

Category Strings

function stringStripAllBlanks

Synopsis Strips all blanks from a string.

Description this function strips leading, embedded and trailing blanks from a string.

Returns String The string without blanks.

Param String/sStrTOStrip string containing blanks to strip.

Category Strings

function StringToHandle

Description Converts a string value to a handle. It is assumed that the string contains atextual representation of an actual handle value.

Returns Handle The converted string.

Param string The string to be converted to a handle.

Category Strings

function StringToInt

Description Converts a string value to an integer and returns the integer value.

Returns Int The newly created integer.

Param string The string to be converted to an integer.

Category Strings

function StringTrimCommon

Synopsis Compares two strings and trims common characters from either the start, the end or both start and end returning the difference between the strings by reference.

Description This function compares two strings and trims the common characters from either the start, the end or both the start and end. The user specifies which end to trim by setting the third parameter to 0 for both ends, 1 for the start or 2 for the end. For example, if string 1 is "hello world" and string 2 is "hello fred", StringTrimCommon(s1, s2, 1) would return world in s1 and fred in s2 and the return value would be 1. If the strings are identical then the function returns FALSE since there is nothing left after trimming common characters.

Returns int TRUE if the function trimmed common characters and either s1 or s2 contain something after the comparison, FALSE if s1 and s2 are identical.

Param string/ByRef/s1 the first string to compare. Note after calling this function this parameter is replaced by the piece of s1 which is not contained in s2.

Param string/ByRef/s2 the second string to compare. Note after calling this function, s2 is replaced by the piece of s2 which is not contained in s1.

Optional

Param int/nTrimWhat 0 both start and end, (default), 1 trim start, 2 trim end.

Category Strings

function StringTrimLeadingAndTrailingBlanks

Description strips both leading and trailing blanks from a string.

Returns String the string with both leading and trailing blanks trimmed.

Param String/sSource string to trim.

Category Strings

function StringTrimLeadingBlanks

Synopsis Removes leading blanks from a string.

Description strips leading blanks from a string.

Returns String the string with leading blanks trimmed.

Param String/sSource string to trim.

Category Strings

function StringTrimTrailingBlanks

Synopsis Removes trailing blanks from a string.

Description strips trailing blanks from a string.

Returns String the string with trailing blanks trimmed.

Param String/sSource string to trim.

Category Strings

function StringUpper

Description Converts a mixed case string to all upper case.

Returns String The converted string.

Param String/strString the string to be converted.

Category Strings

function SubString

Description Extracts part of a string from another string. It could be used to read a portion of the information that appears on a status line.

Returns String Provides a substring of text for use by other functions.

Param string Type a string to be processed, or specify a variable name or script function that can provide the text string. Text strings must be enclosed within quotation marks.

Param Int Type a number to indicate the position of the first character in the substring which is to be extracted. The index number of the first character in the string is 1.

Param Int Type an integer to indicate the number of characters that are to be extracted from the string. If the int is greater than the number of characters remaining in the string, then the number is silently rounded down.

Category Strings

function SupportsEditCallbacks

Synopsis tests to see if the current control supports the edit callbacks interface

Description Checks the current control to determine if there is an edit callback interface available to handle the caret movement

Returns Int TRUE if edit callback interface is being used, FALSE otherwise.

Category Screen Text

function SuppressG2TranslationForNextStructuredModeSegment

Description Suppresses the translation of the next Braille segment in a set of components for a structured line. Call from a BrailleAddObjectXX callback method which corresponds to a Braille structure component that precedes the component to always be untranslated.

Category Braille Output

function SwitchTextViewerMonitor

Synopsis Moves MAGic's text viewer between multiple monitors.

Description Used to move MAGic's to the next available monitor in a multiple-monitor setup.

Category MAGic

function SwitchTextViewerPosition

Synopsis Switches Text Biewer between top and bottom of screen.

Description Switches MAGic's Text Viewer's position between the top and bottom of the screen.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToConfiguration

Description When this function is called, the currently loaded set of configuration files is unloaded from memory and the specified set of configuration files is loaded in its place.

Returns Int TRUE if the argument passed in is a valid string (not an empty string). FALSE if an invalid string is passed into the function.

Param String/strConfiguration The base name of the set of Configuration files to load. Calling this function with MyConfigurations, for example, would load the Configuration, Keymap, Script, Dictionary, Graphics, Symbols, and Frame files that have base name MyConfiguration.

Category Settings

function SwitchToNextColorScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToNextCursorScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToNextMouseScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToPreviousApp

Synopsis Switches to the nth most recently used application window.

Description This simulates holding down the ALT key and pressing TAB a specified number of times.

Optional

Param int/nTimes The number of times the Tab key should be simulated. This defaults to 1, which which is the equivalent of pressing ALT + TAB.

Category System

function SwitchToPriorColorScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToPriorCursorScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToPriorMouseScheme

Description MAGic-specific function for switching schemes in MAGic. These functions write to the default.mcf MAGic configuration file.

Category MAGic

function SwitchToScheme

Synopsis Switches to the specified Speech Manager Scheme.

Description This function switches to the specified Speech Manager Scheme. If the scheme exists then the function returns TRUE, if it doesn't it returns FALSE and no scheme change occurs.

Returns Int TRUE or FALSE.

Param string sScheme the scheme name (no extention or path required).

Category Speech Markup

function SwitchToScriptFile

Description When this function is called, the currently loaded binary script file (A file with a .JSB extension) is unloaded from memory and one of the two script files specified by the functions parameters is loaded in its place. The first parameter to the function is the name of the first JSB file you wish for JFW to attempt to load into memory and the second parameter gives the name of an alternative binary script file that will only be loaded if the first file cannot be found.

Param String/strScriptFileName1 The name of the binary script file you wish to be loaded into memory. This parameter must be a script file name in quotes or the name of a variable in which the script file name is stored. This parameter must be the script file name with or without a .jsb extension. An attempt to use a .jss extension in the file name will result in an error and a warning dialog box.

Param String/strScriptFileName2 The name of the binary script file you wish to be loaded into memory if the first file does not exist. This parameter must be a script file name in quotes or the name of a variable in which the script file name is stored. This parameter must contain the script file name with or without a .jsb extension. An attempt to use a .jss extension in the file name will result in an error and a warning dialog box.

Category Scripts

function SynthCount

Description Retrieves the number of synthesizers configured in JAWS

Returns Int the number of synthesizers configured in JAWS

Category Settings

function SynthDisplayLoadErrors

Description Retrieves whether or not JAWS displays an error to the user when the synthesizer at the specified index fails to load

Returns Int TRUE if the error should be displayed, FALSE otherwise

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer

Category Settings

function SynthDriver

Description Retrieves the driver name of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The driver name of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose driver name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SynthDriverInformation

Description Retrieves the driver information of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The driver information string of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose driver information string is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SynthesizerMute

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function SynthLongName

Description Retrieves the descriptive name of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The descriptive name of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SynthName

Description Retrieves the name of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The name of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SynthPort

Description Retrieves the port name of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The port name of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose port name is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SynthPortString

Description Retrieves the port string of the synthesizer at the specified index

Returns String The port string of the requested synthesier, or " ," if there is not a synthesizer at that index.

Param int/nIndex the index of the synthesizer whose port string is to be retrieved

Category Settings

function SysGetDate

Description Obtains a string representing the given date in the specified format.

Returns String A string representing the given date, or the current system date if no month, day and year are provided.

Optional

Param String/strFormat The desired date format. For example "dd/MM/yyyy."

Param Int/month A value between 1 and 12.

Param Int/day A value between 1 and the number of days in the month of interest.

Param Int/year Four digits year number.

Category System

function SysGetTime

Description Obtains a string representing the given time in the specified format.

Returns String A string representing the given time, or the current system time if no hour, minute and second are provided.

Optional

Param String/strFormat The desired time format. For example "hh:mm tt."

Param Int/hour A value between 0 and 23.

Param Int/min A value between 0 and 59.

Param Int/sec A value between 0 and 59.

Category System

function SysTrayGetItemCount

Description Obtains the number of items in the System Tray.

Returns Int iIem count.

Category System

function SysTrayGetItemToolTip

Description This function is used in ListTaskTrayIcons to obtain the ToolTip that corresponds to a specific Task tray icon. This function takes a single parameter, the index of the Task tray icon for which the ToolTip is desired. It returns a string value that is the text of the ToolTip in question.

Returns String The text of the tool tip of the specified Task tray icon.

Param Int/nIdx The index of the Task tray icon in question.

Category System

function SysTrayMoveToItem

Description Moves the JAWS cursor to the location of an item in the System Tray.

Returns Int TRUE if Successful.

Param Int/ItemNumber the index number of the item.

Category System

function TabKey

Synopsis Passes the TAB key through to the application.

Description The TAB key is passed to the application. If the Virtual PC cursor is active, it is moved to the next link or control in the tab order.

Category Keyboard

function TandemAcceptConnections

Description Initiates a Tandem target session. Same as going to JAWS menu - Utilities - Tandem - "Allow Control Of My PC".

Returns int returns zero in case of failure, non-zero otherwise.

Category Connection

function TandemDisconnect

Description Break current Tandem connection. Same as going to JAWS menu - Utilities - Tandem - Disconnect.

Returns int Returns zero in case of failure, and non-zero otherwise.

Category Connection

function TandemIsConnected

Description Checks if any type of Tandem session is in progress.

Returns int Returns zero is there is no connections, non zero otherwise.

Category Connection

function tbGetItemRect

Description Gets the bounding rectangle of the specified item in a ToolBar.

Returns Int TRUE if the bounding rectangle is successfully retrieved.

Param Handle/hwnd The handle of the ToolBar of interest.

Param Int/Item index of the item desired.

Param Int/nLeft/ByRef The left edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nRight/ByRef The right edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nTop/ByRef The top edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Param Int/nBottom/ByRef The bottom edge of the bounding rectangle after the function is called.

Category Dialog Controls

function tbGetItemState

Description Retrieves the state of an item on a ToolBar. Refer to the return states for more information.

Returns Int a combination of state flags. See the TBSTATE_* values in HJCONST.JSH.

Param Handle/hwnd window handle of the ToolBar.

Param Int/item 1-based index of the item.

Category Dialog Controls

function tbGetItemText

Description Retrieves the text of an item in a Toolbar.

Returns String The contents of the requested item. If the item is a graphic, text will only be returned if that graphic has a JAWS graphic label.

Param Handle to the window containing a ToolBar.

Param Int 1-based index of the item in the ToolBAr.

Category Dialog Controls

function TextToHTML

Synopsis converts a plain text string containing URLS to HTML.

Description This function is useful for obtaining text from the output of a script, converting it to HTML and then passing that HTML to the results viewer so that URLS within plain text can be invoked from the results viewer.

Returns string HTML

Param string text to convert

Param string title of HTML document

Category strings

function TextViewerPanLeft

Description When there is more text on a line than can be completely displayed in the Text Viewer, TextViewerPanLeft brings into view text that precedes the currently displayed range of text. If the disable line panning option is unchecked in the Text Viewer Settings dialog, TextViewerPanLeft will move to the previous line if activated while displaying the left-most text on the current line.

Category MAGic

function TextViewerPanRight

Description When there is more text on a line than can be completely displayed in the Text Viewer, TextViewerPanRight brings into view text that follows the currently displayed range of text. If the disable line panning option is unchecked in the Text Viewer Settings dialog, TextViewerPanRight will move to the next line if activated while displaying the right-most text on the current line.

Category MAGic

function TimedMessageBox

Synopsis Displays a message box for a given length of time.

Description Use to assert a message box for a given amount of time while awaiting processing.

Param Int/nButtons Enter the desired MB_ constants from HjConst.jsh, or simply 0 for default behavior. You can use the ICONERROR or other ICON constants to provide known graphics and system beeps.

Param String/strText Enter the text of the message box window.

Param String/strTitle Enter the text for the title of the window.

Param Int/iTimer Enter the time in milliseconds to have the message box stay on the screen.

Category User Interaction

function ToggleBrailleViewerEnable

Description If the Braille Viewer is currently disabled, enable it. If the Braille Viewer is currently enabled, disable it.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer enabled state is toggled, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function ToggleExpandAbbreviations

Synopsis Toggles the expansion of abbreviations on web pages.

Description This function toggles the expansion of abbreviations on web pages (using the abbr tag) on and off.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Expand abbreviations.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function ToggleExpandAcronyms

Synopsis Toggles the expansion of acronyms on web pages.

Description This function toggles the expansion of acronyms on web pages (using the acronym tag) on and off.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Expand acronyms.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function ToggleHomeRow

Description Toggles Home Row mode ON/OFF. Home Row mode is a shifted state for the keyboard. It is analogous to the NUM LOCK on the numeric keypad. When it is on, the alphabet keys and number keys can be used to perform script functions. When Home Row mode is turned OFF, the keys perform their standard functions.

Returns Int "ON" = 1, "OFF" = 0.

Category Utility

function ToggleLanguageDetection

Synopsis Toggles the language detection.

Description Toggles whether JAWS recognizes language changes.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Language Detection.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Settings

function ToggleLocatorMode

Description Toggles the current state of the MAGic Locator.

Returns Void

Optional

Param Int 1 if MAGic should restore the original cursor position if exiting the locator.

Category MAGic

function ToggleOutputType

Synopsis cycles the Spoken or Braille output type message level

Description This function cycles the spoken or Brailled output type message length from 0 (don't speak/Braille, 1 use long messages or 2 use short messages). You determine whether the cycling affects Speech or Braille by using the second optional parameter. If this parameter is not specified the function defaults to cycling the Speech message length.

Returns int the new value

Param int/iOutputType the Output Type to cycle.

Optional

Param int/iDestination 0 speech, 1 Braille

Category Braille Settings

function ToggleRestriction

Description This toggles JAWS between restricted and unrestricted mode. These modes do not affect the movement of the PC cursor. When unrestricted mode is used, the other cursors can be freely moved within the active application window. When restricted mode is used, the movement of these cursors is limited to a child window. When the function is used, it returns a constant value representing the new setting. ON indicates that the restriction is on, and OFF indicates that the restriction is off.

Returns Int "ON" = 1, "OFF" = 0.

Category Cursors

function ToggleTextViewer

Synopsis Turns the MAGic Text Viewer on and off.

Description Turns the MAGic Text Viewer on and off.

Returns Int "ON" = 1, "OFF" = 0.

Category MAGic

function ToggleTextViewerEnable

Description If the Text Viewer is currently disabled, enable it. If the Text Viewer is currently enabled, disable it.

Returns int TRUE if the viewer enabled state is toggled, FALSE otherwise.

Category Braille and Text Viewer

function ToggleUseVirtualInfoInFormsMode

Synopsis Toggles the use of information from the Virtual Document when in Forms Mode.

Description This function toggles the use of information from the Virtual Document when in Forms Mode. There are times when the Virtual Document and real document get out of synchronization due to errors in the HTML which will cause erroneous information in Forms Mode when this setting is enabled. If the HTML is correct however, this setting will ensure that prompts spoken for controls in Forms Mode will be identical to the prompts spoken in Virtual Mode.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Use Virtual info for Forms Mode Labels.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category HTML User Settings

function TopAndBottomEdgeIndicate

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function TopOfColumn

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the top of the current column.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function TrapKeys

Description Turns Trap key mode On or Off. When Trap Key mode is on, any keys not attached to scripts are simply ignored and not passed on to the current application. The primary use for this feature is in the Keyboard Help, where keys not attached to scripts should be ignored.

Param Int TRUE to enable trapping, FALSE to disable it.

Optional

Param Int TRUE to enable trapping of keystrokes used in combination with delayed modifier keys. Set to FALSE, for example, if you want system keys such as Alt to be sent through to the system, even though trap keys is enabled.

Category Keyboard

function TreeCoreGetDefaultBrailleMarkingList

Synopsis Returns the Braille Marking options for the JAWS tree view.

Description Returns the list of options for marking with dots 7 and 8 on the Braille display. This string is formatted for the JAWS tree view.

Returns String the list of options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultBrailleOptions

Synopsis Returns the list of the default Braille Options.

Description returns all the default Braille options with their complete node paths. These are the options for your Braille display.

Returns String the list of options.

Optional

Param int True if the root node is to be discarded when building the branch to display, false otherwise. Default is false.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultEditingOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Editing Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Editing Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultGeneralOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to General Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to General Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultNumbersOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Numbers Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Numbers Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultOptions

Synopsis Default options for AdustJawsOptions dialog box.

Description This function returns the string list of all the default options with node paths for the AdjustOptions dialog.

Returns String the list of options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultReadingOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Reading Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Reading Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultSayAllOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to SayAll Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to SayAll Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultSpellingOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Spelling Options.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Spelling Options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorFormsOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Forms Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Forms Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorGeneralOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to General Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to General Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorGraphicsOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Graphics Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Graphics Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorHeadingAndFrameOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Heading And Frame Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Heading And Frame Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorLinksOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Links Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Links Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorListAndTableOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to List And Table Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to List And Table Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorOptions

Synopsis This function returns the list of the default options for thh Virtual Cursor

Description This function returns the list of options for the Virtual Cursor, formerly html options.

Returns String the list of options.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorTextOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to Text Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Returns string The branch of the Options tree belonging to Text Options under the Virtual Options branch.

Category User Options

function TreeCoreGetDefaultVCursorTopLevelOptions

Description Constructs the branch of the Options tree belonging to the top level options under the Virtual Cursor Options.

Returns string The the branch of the Options tree belonging to the top level options under the Virtual Cursor Options.

Category User Options

function TULSwitchToRuleSet

Synopsis Switches the TextUnitLocator module to use the named rule set for the currently active cursor.

Description This function switches the TextUnitLocator module to use the named rule set for the currently active cursor. If the name is empty, the default rules set for the current cursor and window class will be used. When switching to the default, the following search is performed: attempt to switch to a set for the current cursor and window class, if not found, switch to the rule for the current cursor, if not found, switch to the default rule. See default.jcf sections whose names begin with TextUnitRuleSet for details. The string following the first part of the section name is used as the rule set name for this function. For example, to switch to the rule set for the section whose name is "TextUnitRuleSet joe", use TULSwitchToRuleSet("joe"). See default.jcf for details about the keys for a rule.

Returns int TRUE or FALSE depending on whether the switch succeeded.

Param string/name of rule to switch active cursor to or empty string to switch back to default for current situation.

Category Cursors

function TurnOffFormsMode

Description Used to turn off forms mode.

Optional

Param int If set to FormsModeEventSpeechSilent, FormsModeEvent will not announce that forms mode is being turned off.

Category HTML

function TurnOnFormsMode

Description Used to turn on forms mode after it has been manually turned off. Unlike calling EnterKey, this function simply re-enables forms mode regardless of what kind of control currently has focus. Note this is only available in JAWS 5.0 international, build 5.00.760 or higher.

Category HTML

function tvCollapse

Description Collapses the currently selected treeview node.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvExpand

Description Expands the currently selected treeview node.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetFocusItemExpandState

Description Use this function to get the expanded/collapsed state of the focus item in a treeview. This function does not use MSAA for determining the treeview item state.

Returns int -1 if the focus treeview item has no children, 1 if the focus treeview item is expanded, 0 if the focus treeview item is collapsed.

Param handle The handle of a treeview.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetFocusItemText

Description Retrieves the text of the focus item for a treeview.

Returns string The text of the focus item in the tree view.

Param handle The handle of a treeview.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetItemStateImageIndex

Description Use this function to distinguish between the differring state graphics that may be placed beside items in a tree view.

Returns int the state image index for the currently active treeview item. This value should change as the state graphic changes on the screen.

Param handle The handle of the treeview window.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetItemText

Description Returns a string for a specific tree item.

Returns String The HTREEITEM text.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Param int/nTreeItem Integer representing a specific HTREEITEM.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetParent

Description Returns an integer, representing the HTREEITEM, for the parent of a specific tree item.

Returns int The parent HTREEITEM.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Param int/nTreeItem Integer representing a specific HTREEITEM.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvGetSelection

Description Returns an integer, representing the HTREEITEM, for the current selected item.

Returns int The selected HTREEITEM.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvSelectNextItem

Description Selects the next visible item depending on the current selected item.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function tvSelectPriorItem

Description Selects the prior visible item depending on the current selected item.

Returns Int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param Handle The TreeView window.

Category Dialog Controls

function TypeCurrentScriptKey

Synopsis Passes the attached key through to the application.

Description The key attached to the current script is passed through to the application.

Category Scripts

function TypeFormattedString

Description Types a Formatted string you specify with the messages received as subsequent parameters. The message to be formatted must be delimited with the parameter place holder delimiters, such as %1 %2 %3 %4 %5.

Returns Int The number of keystrokes simulated.

Param String/Message string containing text intermingled with parameter place holders.

Optional

Param String item to be substituted in place of %1 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %2 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %3 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %4 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %5 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %6 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %7 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %8 every time it appears in Message.

Param String item to be substituted in place of %9 every time it appears in Message.

Category Strings

function TypeKey

Description Simulates a keystroke. Unlike TypeString, TypeKey translates the message constant at runtime.

Returns Int TRUE if the string is successfully simulated.

Param string A message constant containing a keystroke name. Or, a string variable or constant containing an integer representing a scan code of the key to be typed.

Optional

Param int - 0 no input origin specified. 1 specifies that the command has originated from the keyboard. 2 specifies that the command has originated from a Braille display (i.e. Whiz wheel up/down). 3 specifies that the command has originated from a mouse click. Defaults to 0.

Category Keyboard

function TypeString

Description Used to simulate a string of keystrokes. For example: to send a group of keystrokes through to the application simulating the string "test," you could either enter the line {t}{e}{s}{t}, or you could use TypeString ("test").

Returns Int The number of keystrokes simulated.

Param string The string of characters that will be sent to the underlying application. This parameter must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Category Strings

function TypingEcho

Synopsis Echoes characters, words, or none.

Description JAWS will echo or speak each character as you type, or just the complete word when you press the space bar, or nothing.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Typing Echo.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Keyboard

function TypingEchoSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function UIARefresh

Synopsis Forces JAWS to reload the name/value/state/description of the object with focus using UI Automation

Description This function is only needed in situations where the object with focus changes without firing MSAA or UI Automation events to let JAWS know to update it's cached data.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. When bSynchronous is True then a return of True means that the refresh was successful. When bSynchronous is False, a return of True simply means that the refresh was requested.

Optional

Param int/Synchronous When True the function will not return until the refresh is complete. When False, the function will return immediately and the refresh will complete at some time in the future. If you wish to simply cause a FocusChangedEvent to be called with updated info as the result of the refresh, then pass False for this parameter. If you want to immediately process the updated data and want to suppress any FocusChanged event that could result, then pass True for this parameter.

Param int/MaxMillisecondsToWait If bSynchronous is True, then MaxMillisecondsToWait determines how much time to wait for completion before returning failure. If bSynchronous is False, then this parameter is ignored.

Category Object Model and MSAA

function UIARequestEvents

Synopsis Requests that UI Automation events be sent by a window and optionally by descendent windows

Description This function is used internally by MAGIC scripts to ensure that UIA scrolling events are received. Third party scripters should use the UIAScript API instead.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param HANDLE/window The window of interest

Optional

Param int/IncludeDescendentWindows When True, also requests events from descendents of the specified window. Defaults to False.

Category MAGic

function UnloadKeymapSection

Description Unloads a key map section from the key map file.

Returns void

Param string The name of the key map section to unload. The name must match a section in the JKM file, excluding the trailing portion of the section name that specifies the section as a key map. For example, "Custom" specifies the key map section called "[Custom Keys]" in the JKM file.

Category Keyboard

function UnScheduleFunction

Description Used to cancel a ScheduleFunction call.

Returns Int TRUE if the call was found and cancelled, otherwise returns FALSE.

Param Int/ID The value returned by the ScheduleFunction call.

Category Scripts

function UOGrade2Rules

Description Function to toggle the grade II rule to use.

Returns string The braille translation rule mode.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function UpCell

Description When inside a table or spreadsheet, moves the active cursor to the same cell in the prior row.

Returns Int TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise.

Category Tables

function UpdateResultsViewerTitle

Synopsis Modifies the Results Viewer's Window Title.

Description This function modifies the Results Viewer's Window Title.

Returns Void

Param String/sText The new Window Title.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UseDocumentServerReadingFunctionality

Synopsis Tests a window to determine whether or not the document sever (FSDOM) should be used in reading operations.

Description The window first must be determined. If the mouse or JAWS cursor was the last to move, then the window at the mouse or JAWS cursor is used. Otherwise, the current focus window is utilized. The window is then tested to see if it is a type that can be handled by the FSDOM.

Returns int TRUE if FSDOM can handle the window, FALSE otherwise.

Category MAGic

function UserBufferActivate

Synopsis Activates the User Virtual Buffer.

Description The User Virtual buffer may be used as a replacement focus for graphical or other windows where the real focus is not meaningful. the User Virtual Buffer maybe populated with text. Each piece of text may have an associated function assigned to it so that when Enter or the Left Mouse button is presssed in this text, the function will be called.

Returns Int true if the buffer was activated, false if already active.

Optional

Param Int/iTrapKeys true to trap (default) false to allow all keys to be passed to the application.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferActivateEx

Synopsis Activates the User Virtual Buffer with parameters.

Description The User Virtual buffer may be used as a replacement focus for graphical or other windows where the real focus is not meaningful. the User Virtual Buffer maybe populated with text. Each piece of text may have an associated function assigned to it so that when Enter or the Left Mouse button is presssed in this text, the function will be called. This function is like UserBufferActivate except that it accepts parameters to allow a script to identify the user buffer. The passed values are stored for return by UserBufferWindowName, UserBufferWindowType, UserBufferWindowTypeCode, and UserBufferWindowControlID. When UserBufferDeactivate is called these values are copied for return by UserBufferPrevWindowName, etc.

Returns Int true if the buffer was activated, false if already active.

Param String/sName The name that you want to assign the virtual buffer.

Param String/sType The window type that you want to assign the virtual buffer. It has to be a string.

Param Int/iTypecode The type code for the Virtual buffer as an Integer.

Param Int/iControlId The Control Id for the Virtual Buffer as an Integer.

Optional

Param Int/AllowAllKeys True if keys should not be trapped, false otherwise. default is false.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferAddText

Synopsis Adds the specified text and associated function to the User Virtual Buffer.

Description This function adds the text to the Virtual User Buffer along with the specified function. The function's display name is used in the links dialog as a human readable name in place of the code function name.

Returns Int true if the text was added, false if not.

Param String/sText The text to be added to the buffer (if this doesn't end in a newline character then one will be added)

Optional

Param String/sFunctionString the function name including any parentheses and parameters to be called when the Enter key or mouse click occurs in the associated text.

Param String/sFunctionDisplayName the name to be used in the list links dialog when it is invoked when the User Virtual Buffer is active.

Param String/sFontName the name of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iPointSize the point size of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iAttributes the attribute flags used for ins + f when located in this text for.

Param Int/iTextColor the text colour.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor the background color.

Param Int/iAddLineBreak add a line break to this string automatically, true by default.

Param int/ct Control Type (see WT_XX constants in HJConst.jsh (JAWS 7.0 and higher)

Param int/cs Control State, see CTRL_STATE constants in HJConst.jsh (JAWS 7.0 and higher)

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferAddTextResultsViewer

Synopsis Adds the specified text and associated function to the User Virtual Buffer.

Description This function adds the text to the Virtual User Buffer along with the specified function. The function's display name is used in the links dialog as a human readable name in place of the code function name. This Results Viewer version of the UserBufferAddText function also sends text to the Results Viewer's web control.

Returns Int true if the text was added, false if not.

Param String/sText The text to be added to the buffer (if this doesn't end in a newline character then one will be added)

Optional

Param String/sFunctionString the function name including any parentheses and parameters to be called when the Enter key or mouse click occurs in the associated text.

Param String/sFunctionDisplayName the name to be used in the list links dialog when it is invoked when the User Virtual Buffer is active.

Param String/sFontName the name of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iPointSize the point size of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iAttributes the attribute flags used for ins + f when located in this text for.

Param Int/iTextColor the text colour.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor the background color.

Param Int/iAddLineBreak add a line break to this string automatically, true by default.

Param int/ct Control Type (see WT_XX constants in HJConst.jsh (JAWS 7.0 and higher)

Param int/cs Control State, see CTRL_STATE constants in HJConst.jsh (JAWS 7.0 and higher)

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferAddTextWithHTML

Description Add text with legal HTML links where the href attribute points to a source to run via the default application. This is not a full HTML document, you must continue to use the standard font / point size / colors codes from Windows / JAWS rather than HTML, but provides a way to run external links not done via runtime macros. The HTML a tag must be done legally, e.g. a name to properly run. Bad HTML gets ignored

Param String/strText The text to be added to the buffer. This text may optionally contain HTML hyperlinks and need not be small chunks. While the links are added in as link on their own lines, all remaining newline characters and white space are as you have them.

Optional

Param int/iAddLineBreak TRUE to add a line break at the end of the text. This would result in two if your text ends with one.

Param String/sFontName the name of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iPointSize the point size of the font used for ins + f when located in this text.

Param Int/iAttributes the attribute flags used for ins + f when located in this text for.

Param Int/iTextColor the text colour.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor the background color.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferClear

Synopsis Clears the user buffer of text and associated functions.

Description This function clears the User Virtual Buffer ready to be repopulated with text and functions.

Returns Void

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferClearResultsViewer

Synopsis Clears the user buffer of text and associated functions.

Description This function clears the User Virtual Buffer ready to be repopulated with text and functions. The Results Viewer version of the UserBufferClear function also clears the window contents of the Results Viewer web control.

Returns Void

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferDeactivate

Synopsis Deactivates the User Virtual Buffer.

Description When this occurs, JAWS will track the normal focus rather than allow navigation in the User Virtual Buffer.

Returns Int true if the buffer was deactivated, false if not active.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferDeactivateResultsViewer

Synopsis Closes the Results Viewer.

Description Closes the Results Viewer.

Returns Int true if Results Viewer was active and closed, false if not active.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferGetFontInfo

Synopsis Returns the User Buffer's font information.

Description This function returns the font information set by the user for all text added to the buffer for which this information is not specified.

Returns Int true if get was successful.

Param String/byRef/sFontName font name.

Param Int/byRef/iPointSize point size.

Param Int/byRef/iAttributes attributes of text eg attrib_bold & attrib_italic etc.

Param Int/byRef/iTextColor color value for text color.

Param Int/byRef/iBackgroundColor color value for background color.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferGetLength

Synopsis Gets the number of characters in the User Buffer.

Description This function returns the number of characters in the User Buffer.

Returns Int number of characters (including newlines).

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferGetText

Synopsis Gets the text in the user buffer.

Description This function returns the text in the user buffer. It is useful when you want to save and restore the contents.

Returns String the text.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferIsActive

Synopsis Determines if the User Virtual Buffer is active.

Description This function determines if the User Virtual Buffer is currently active.

Returns Int true or false.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferIsActiveResultsViewer

Synopsis Determines if the Results Viewer is active.

Description Determines if the Results Viewer is active.

Returns Int true or false.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferIsTrappingKeys

Synopsis Determines if the User Virtual Buffer is trapping keys.

Description This function determines if the User Virtual Buffer is currently trapping keys.

Returns Int true or false.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferPrevWindowName

Synopsis Retrieves the previous window name that was assigned to a virtual buffer.

Description This function retrieves the window name that was assigned to the previously active virtual buffer. It is the value returned by UserBufferWindowName prior to the last invocation of UserBufferDeactivate.

Returns String Returns the window name of the previous virtual buffer.

Category Virtual Viewer

function userBufferPrevWindowType

Synopsis Retrieves the Window type name assigned to the previous virtual buffer.

Description This function retrieves the Window type name that was assigned to the previous virtual buffer.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferSetFontInfo

Synopsis Allows user to specify default font name, point size, attribs and text/background colors.

Description This function allows user to specify default font name, point size, attribs and text/background colors, so this info doesn't have to be added for each segment of text.

Returns Int true if set was successful.

Param String/sFontName font name.

Param Int/iPointSize point size.

Param Int/iAttributes attributes of text eg attrib_bold & attrib_italic etc.

Param Int/iTextColor color value for text color.

Param Int/iBackgroundColor color value for background color.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UserBufferWindowName

Synopsis Retrieves the window name that was specified by the UserBufferActivateEx function.

Description This function retrieves the window name that was specified by the UserBufferActivateEx function.

Returns string the user buffer window name

Category Virtual Viewer

function userBufferWindowType

Synopsis Retrieves the Window type name that was specified by the UserBufferActivateEx function.

Description This function retrieves the Window type name that was specified by the UserBufferActivateEx function.

Category Virtual Viewer

function UseSapi5ForSayAll

Synopsis Returns TRUE if SAPI 5 should be used for Say All.

Description This function returns TRUE if SAPI 5 should be used for Say All and returns FALSE otherwise.

Returns Int TRUE if SAPI 5 should be used for Say All. FALSE otherwise.

Category Voices

function UsingRemotePACMateBX

Description determines if JAWS is running in an remote PAC Mate BX session.

Returns int TRUE if running in a remote PAC Mate BX session.

Category Keyboard

function vCursorAbbreviationsExpand

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorAccessKeysShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorAcronymsExpand

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorAttributesIndicate

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorBlockQuotesIdentifyStartAndEnd

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorButtonsShowUsing

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorCustomPageSummary

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorFormFieldsIdentifyPromptUsing

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorFormsModeAutoOff

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorFramesShowStartAndEnd

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorGraphicalLinksSet

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorGraphicsSetRecognition

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorGraphicsSetRecognitionJlp

Description Help callback function which provides help for the selected setting and item in the tree view inspired by the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun internal function.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value which may be set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function.

Category User Options

function vCursorGraphicsShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorHeadingsAnnounce

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorImageMapLinksShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorInlineFramesShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorLayoutTables

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorLinksIdentifySamePage

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorLinksIdentifyType

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorListsIdentifyStartAndEnd

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorRepeatedTextSkip

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorScreenTrack

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorTablesShowStartAndEnd

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorTableTitlesAnnounce

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorTextLinksShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function vCursorUntaggedGraphicalLinkShow

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function VerbosityLevel

Description Changes the verbosity setting. Settings include Beginner, Intermediate, and Advanced. The verbosity setting determines how much descriptive information is to be spoken as you use Windows.

Category Settings

function VerbosityLevelToggle

Synopsis Toggles Verbosity from Beginner, to Intermediate, to Advanced.

Description Controls how much JFW will say when the focus changes or other events occur on the screen or in response to key strokes.

Returns String description of value to be displayed as value of Verbosity Level setting.

Param Int/iRetCurVal true if current value is to be returned, false if value is to be updated and returned.

Category Settings

function VerbositySetLevel

Description Callback function for the dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. The int parameter is set to TRUE when the tree is refreshed, FALSE if the corresponding option was executed.

Returns string The human-readable string name of the new setting.

Param int/iRetCurVal The value set by the internal dlgSelectTreeFunctionToRun function. 0 = change setting, 1 = retain current setting.

Category User Options

function VisualStudioGetAddinObject

Description Works around a bug in Visual Studio 2010 where a script can't call any methods on an AddIn retrieved from the VisualStudio AddIns collection. The AddIn thus retrieved provides information like the name and ProgId of the AddIn, and a function called GetObject that provides an IDispatch interface to the AddIn itself. This function does the job of the AddIn.GetObject method were it not to be broken.

Returns object that gives access to the public methods of the Connect object implemented by the AddIn

Param object/AddIn An AddIn object as retrieved from the VisualStudio AddIns collection.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function WaitForFocusToMoveTo

Description This function waits to return until the specified object has gained focus, or the timeout has elapsed. It is used to wait for MSAA objects to receive focus, so you should not simply use zeros for parameters 2 and 3. You can get the necessary handle, object ID, and child ID that identify the MSAA object with the function GetFocus.

Returns int True if this function returned because the specified object gained focus. False if this function returned because the timeout elapsed.

Param handle Handle of the window that is expected to receive focus.

Param int Object ID of the object that is expected to receive focus.

Param int Child ID of the object that is expected to receive focus.

Param int Maximum amount of time, in milliseconds, that the function should wait before returning if the specified object does not receive focus.

Category Object Model And MSAA

function WasTextAlreadyAppended

Synopsis Checks if a text is already in the clipboard.

Description Checks if text is already in the clipboard.

Returns Int TRUE if already exists.

Param String/sSourceText The current collection of appended text.

Param String/sTextToFind The text that is about to be appended.

Category Clipboard

function WindowActivatedEvent

Synopsis This function is triggered when a window is activated.

Description This function is generally triggered when focus changes because of the opening or closing of a top-level window, such as when a dialog appears or disappears.

Param handle/hWindow Handle of the window just activated.

Category Window Events

function WriteSettingInteger

Synopsis Writes an integer value to an ini style file.

Description Writes an integer value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values. The file that is written to is identified by the FileType parameter and an optional FileName parameter. For some values of the FileType parameter, FT_CURRENT_JCF and FT_JSI, for which a file name is required, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used if a file name is not provided via the FileName parameter. For FT_CURRENT_JCF, if a file name is not supplied, the domain-specific file will be used if available. Otherwise, the application's jcf file will be used.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise.

Param string/sectionName The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/keyName The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param int/keyValue The value that will be written to the given key.

Param int/FileType One of the FileType (FT_) constants that identify the type of file and its location. The currently supported file types for writing are as follows: FT_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When writing to this file, the changes will always be written to either the copy of Default.JCF found in the user settings directory or one of the transient settings files for Default.JCF, depending on the value of the WriteDestination parameter. The copy of Default.JCF found in the shared settings directory will never be modified. FT_CURRENT_JCF: Any domain-specific JCF file. If not found, the application jcf file will be used. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When writing to this file, the changes will always be written to either the copy of the JCF file found in the user settings directory or one of the transient settings files for the JCF file, depending on the value of the WriteDestination parameter. The copy of the JCF file found in the shared settings directory will never be modified. FT_JSI: A JSI file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. The changes will always be written to the PersonalizedSettings subdirectory of the user settings directory. The file types FT_MODULE_INI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, and FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF are not supported by WriteSettingInteger.

Optional

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Param string/FileName The name of file to write to. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. It is unnecessary to specify the full path of the file, only the file name need be specified, since the file used will always be located in either the user settings directory or the personalized settings directory. The FileType parameter is used to determine in which directory the file will be placed. If this parameter is not specified and a file name is required for the specified file type, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. It is not necessary to specify the file extension since the file extension that is appropriate for the specified file type will be added automatically.

Category Files

function WriteSettingString

Synopsis Writes a string value to an ini style file.

Description Writes a string value to an ini style file. An ini style file is a file containing sections of keys with their values. The file that is written to is identified by the FileType parameter and an optional FileName parameter. For some values of the FileType parameter, FT_CURRENT_JCF and FT_JSI, for which a file name is required, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used if a file name is not provided via the FileName parameter. For FT_CURRENT_JCF, if a file name is not supplied, the domain-specific file will be used if available. Otherwise, the application's jcf file will be used.

Returns int TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise

Param string/sectionName The name of the section where the key and value will be written. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/keyName The name of the key that will hold the value. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes.

Param string/keyValue The value that will be written to the given key.

Param int/FileType One of the FileType (FT_) constants that identify the type of file and its location. The currently supported file types for writing are as follows: FT_DEFAULT_JCF: The file Default.JCF. The FileName parameter is ignored for this file type. When writing to this file, the changes will always be written to either the copy of Default.JCF found in the user settings directory or one of the transient settings files for Default.JCF, depending on the value of the WriteDestination parameter. The copy of Default.JCF found in the shared settings directory will never be modified. FT_CURRENT_JCF: Any domain-specific JCF file. If not found, the application jcf file will be used. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. When writing to this file, the changes will always be written to either the copy of the JCF file found in the user settings directory or one of the transient settings files for the JCF file, depending on the value of the WriteDestination parameter. The copy of the JCF file found in the shared settings directory will never be modified. FT_JSI: A JSI file. If the FileName parameter is not specified, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. The changes will always be written to the PersonalizedSettings subdirectory of the user settings directory. The file types FT_MODULE_INI, FT_SHARED_DEFAULT_JCF, and FT_SHARED_CURRENT_JCF are not supported by WriteSettingString.

Optional

Param int/WriteDestination One of the WriteDestination (wd) constants defined in HJConst.JSH. The possible values are as follows: wdUser - indicates that the setting should be saved to the user settings file; wdSession - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient session settings file; wdFocus - indicates that the setting should be saved to the transient focus settings file. Note that this parameter is ignored if the FileType parameter is FT_JSI. If this parameter is not specified the default value of wdUser will be used.

Param string/FileName The name of file to write to. This value must either be a variable or contained in quotes. It is unnecessary to specify the full path of the file, only the file name need be specified, since the file used will always be located in either the user settings directory or the personalized settings directory. The FileType parameter is used to determine in which directory the file will be placed. If this parameter is not specified and a file name is required for the specified file type, the value returned by GetActiveConfiguration will be used. It is not necessary to specify the file extension since the file extension that is appropriate for the specified file type will be added automatically.

Category Files